,^\iiV, V . %„.' ,-:4*^* -^.„/ ..M%;-. Vo*' .-.-•^v.. ^^„/ ..•> - 6 £< « \^'^S^y .^ ^/^-l^-K^' ,/ \ •^S^ii^S'^'^ <^^%ii' /^\- ^3i^J?5^,^ V ^^^ •J • .-J ^ :r v^ A^' ' c o > /O' ^^0^ ■\ ■v''^ ^^ "." V O -^^ ■' a"- ■ •v'^ <.^'"^.> ,.^^' V o ^ ... <-^ -^ -I.- V c '. ^^ L* -^^o^ °^- "■•'■ ,0 r^S^: '^^ .. V'^^'^^' ^^^V V^^^\/ ^ - - ■<5.'.- '>• .J>' -.'g -\ ■^^. ^^'':'' o .'' " ' ,.^ .0^ ■. ^ .^' '.;ri > '•p <■ \'. ■j> s ' •^ ■\> ...v^ - s .S' "^,V. ,0 \ ■x- o ,0.^ V '^^ ^..? o ■^ .0- .-S" 'i- x^ .■'.1^'' .;->.'■ ^^-^ ..'/■-' - ''^^--'^' ,0- l^' ' v. A^' ./V -•^^'''^.- ^. .% ^^'■ .0^ %. \^ \f' ,,./ ^■^.V.s^' <". 't ,c. ,.^'^ \ .0^ v^- ^' "t ■K^. ^ .■^>^ c- :/i ^i'-u ^z- .0^ ■>^'^^'. ^. .v->^ -^ . , -t- aV 'V. -^■<>' • '^ ._p. '. l .■ ■ •r- b ' \ ,\' •^.. 0^ &' . o -^ .^ -^ ^^ ..•/,^ .0 V '-- o ,0' 5^, A^-^;-. V V\^ ^ -Mi-::--:. -^-.-^ - -J i—. \\ O >Cr>,^ '>> -^^ -:-:■■-. -. V, V^i. >-*: - C" c^'^ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION BUREAL' OF ETHNOLOGY J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR A COLLECTION OF G E S T U R E S 1 Cx N S AND Sr(JNALS NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS SOME COMPARISONS ItltEVET LIEVT. COL AND FOllilERLY A(ITl\(i CBIEr SKIXAL OFEICEH. U. S AUMY DISmrBUTED ONLY TO COLLAHOKATOliS . WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT l> li I N T I N H OFEKJE 1880 A COLLECTION OF GESTURE 8ICXS OF THE NORTH AMEIUCAN INIHANS. IN-TRODXJCrORY LKTTER. Smithsonian Institution. Bureau of Ktiinoi,o(tV, Wa.shiiigt<»t, D. ('., JiiJi/ 31, l.'^SO. To THE COLLABOKATORS WITH THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY IN IIIK StIDV OF Sign Language : Gentlemen : This paper CDiitaiiis the (lescrii)tioiis of tlie jiesture-sioiis of tlie North Aincriean Indians which at tlie above date have l)een obtained by this linrean. It will not be used for publication in its present shajje, and will \h\ distributed only to those corre- spondents who have contributed to its contents, and 1o otliers whose e\pecte(l co-opera- tion, the results of which are not yet reci'ived, is relied ujion to idd valne to the tinal work. Nodiscussion is now introduced. The descriptions alone, in a tentative arranji'e- ment, are presented for the j)uri>ose of the verification of observations, Ibi- verbal corrections of every kind, and for the study of all colbiborators, as well as that of the editor, to secure accurate classiticat ion and (•oin])arison. ( )nly sucli notes of rescnililance or discordance between several of the Indian sij^iis, and between some of them and those of deaf mutes, foreii;n tribes of men, and ideouraphic characters, are now ])rinted as have already been attachcil to tlie same sij^ns Iti flic com|ii!alion for preliminary treatises already produced. It is convenient to retain those in tlie same connection. INIaiiy others of the same liind, remaiiiinu' Iti MS. mcnioranda. aic omitted, be<'anse their insertion will be moic correctly made alter the jiropcr arraniicmcnt has been accomidishcd. Any such, occnrrinu lo collaboratois. will, it is hop<'d. be sn^iuested by them in the margin of the picscnt ]iaper wjieii- they may seem to be most ajipro- priate. The primary object of this paper is that c\ery contrilmtor to it may lie enabled to revise his own contribution, which for the jiresent is di\ idcil and arranucd accord- injj to a scheme of linj;iiistic families and subordinate lan;;nai;es oi- triltes, as set forth in the List of Authorities and Collauorators, which also serves as an index to the Vocabulary. It is siipiwsed that tliis nrrangenient will prove the best to stiuly the diversities and ajireemeiits of si,mis. Tov that imi.ortaiit objeet it is more eou- veuieut that the names of the tribe or tribes among wliieh the si.-iis desci-ibed liave been observed shonld catch the eye in immediate connection with the signs, than that those of the observers only shonld follow. Some of the latter, indeed, having given both similar and ditfering signs for more than one tribe, the use of the contributor's name alone would create confusion. To print iu every case the uaiue of the contributor, and also the name of the tribe, would seriously burden the paper and be unnecessary to the student, th(^ reference being readily made to each authority through the index. No contribution has been i)rinted which asserted that any described sign is ns«'ted, but their descriptions are reprinted, as being all that can be used of the past, for whatever weight they may have, and they are kei)t sejiarate from the linguistic ehissitication. Contril)utors will ol)serve that there has been no attempt to change their phrase- ology even wluMi it seemed to be defective. Besides the ordinary errors of the press, and those that may have crept into the coi)y by mistakes in reading or transcribing the written descri])tions, some of the contributors will probably share the common experience of surprise at the extent to which details of expression and punctuation, when in the severe clearness of print, have altered the shade of meaning as intended to be conveyed in their ]MS. The w'ide margins and calendered i)aper will readily allow even of recoinposition of sentences when desirable. For this jinrpose, as well as several others, this ])aper will be regarded by each correspondent as simply a proof- sheet sent directly to himself from the printer, and it will of course be understood that a corres])ondent who may make any kind of correction or note ui)on this pai)er will return it by mail (as book proof), so annotated, to the undersigned, thereby saving corresi)ondence and securing accuracy. It is indeed requested that all coi)ies shall be returned whether annotated or not, in order to prevent a ])rofessedly imperfect edition from falling into improper hands. It is much regretted that the illustrati(Uis and dia- granumitic aids to the descriptions, furnished by most of the contributors, cannot be reproduced in this i)aper, so that their accuracy also might be determined, but the cost of such illustrations cannot be incurred at this time and for this purjiose. The " Outlines for Arm Positions " and " Types of Hand Positions " were provided for from the appropriation for this Bureau, but its amount does not admit of sucli an under- taking as now in question. In this connection it may be mentioned that the descrip- tions frequently refer to illustrations furnished by the coutributors or to the "Out- lines" and " Types," and these references are retained in print. As all the contributors reiiu-mber their own illustrations, etc.. the references will be intelligible to themselves, thongli luifortmiatfly not always ti> otireis who iiiiuht w isli to ciiniiiari' tln'iii with tlieir illustrations. Tiie ascertainiiient of tlic conccptioiis or oiii;iii of tin- several si^ns, eiiilinilN iiij; as tlit'v do, many sociolouie, iiiytliologie, and other elhiiouia]>liie ideas, is of si)eeial ini- liortance. When those obtained throuj;'li eollalioiatois are iiriiited in the \'oCA]Ui.AUV before the authority, they are to be understood to have lieen j^athered from an Indian as being his own eouception. ^Vhen printed attei' the authority and within (|noialion marks, they are in the words of the collaborator as olferecl by himself. When jiriiited after the authority ami without (luotation maiks, they are suggested at this IJureau. All should be ecjually criticised and sni)])lemented, and any error in jjrinting the authority for the conceptions corrected. It has sometimes been iinpossible to decide whether the correspondent intended to give them as his own or as from an Indian. The iniportancee of an Indian's eoneeption is so mneli greater than aii\ otiiei' tiiat the fact should be made clear. The margins will also allow of additions to all contributions, whether from inter- vening indeiiendent research or as suggested b_\- any ])art ol' the material collected. This work being on the co-operative princijile, it is not sujiposed that jealousies or questions of i)recedeiu'e w ill arise, and each contributor will be credited w itli I hi- amount of capital ad\'anee(l for tiie common stock. It is highly (lesirabl(> that the signs as described by each should be eom|)ared by him with those of others, and notes of coin- cidence or discrepancy made. I'erhaps, in some instances, the signs as described by one of the other contriljutors may l)e recogni/.ed as intended for the same sign for the same idea or object as that of the correspondent, and the foiiner may prove to be the better description. The itersonal habitude of some individual in an,\ tribe, and still more fre(piently the usage or "fashion" of ditferent tribes, amy, by a peculiar abbre- viation or fanciful flourish, have induced a differentiation in descrii)tion with no real distinction either in concei)ti()n or essential formation. ^Vll collaborators will there- fore be candid in admittiiig, shoidd such cases occur, that their own descriptions are mere unessential variants from others printed, otherwise adhere to their own and explain the true distinction. When the deserii)tions show substantial identit.v, they will in the final publication be united, with a c(unbined reference to all the authorities giving' them, as they are in some cases of those taken at Washington in the present VOCABtLAKY. It will probably be also noticed that a sign described will ha\e the same actually substantive formation as some other in the VocABrLAiiY wiiich is statc(l to be with a signification so markedly distinguished as to be insusce|)tible of classilication as a .sjnonyni. It will then be imi)ortant for each contributor of the rival signs to icfresh his memory as to accuracy of description or significance, or both, and to announce his deci.siou. No error is necessarily involved. It will be very remarkable if jirecisely the same sign does not i)rove to be used by difl'erent persons or liodies of iieojile with wholly distinct signitications. the gra])hic forms for objects and ideas being much more likely to be coincident than sound is for simihir expressions, yet in all oral languages the same precise sound is used tor utterly diverse meanings. Tiie tirst eoncei)tion of many objects must be the same. It has been tbiind, indeed, that the honH)i(hony ol Woids and the honiomorphy of ideograi)hic pictures is noticeable in ojiposite signitications, the conceptions ai-ising from the opposition itself. The ditferentiation in portraiture or accent is a subserpient and renie--;;;- ^^^^^/^^l^l^^^^j^^ sible that the dis,.repa,.cy betwee.. s,g,.s was tor,..e.l> -^^'^ _^ ^^'^ ^ tibes it has • 1 , . tini wh.>ie ■! si"ii laimua£;e is now touiid aiiioiiji liidiaii uioes n u.i S.V :: heh- .;:iibr,..;tya,..o.,. .roups ot people who ^ou, -y -- -^ --;^ into contact with each other while still speakin, -«--' V^^'S^r w U e^ u ' closer such contact, while no co.i.n.on tongue is adopted, the gieatei « 1 Uc u firmitv of si'^s 1 collectio.. was obtai..ed last spring at Washington trom a un.ted ^W^ion f he it. .^a Co.na.iche, Apache, and Wichita t.ibes, which was nearly li^bi;; inlt t;-".^ivid..:.s who gave the signs had act..ally »- u" s ^ , d ei h..r beVonsidered as a Ja.gon or as the natural tc.dency o aco,n- ;:;i;• .r ILut.-a, un' certainly no resemblance either in essentials or accidents to any of the si,i;iis actually observed. In like manner the tail of the written letter ''//" (which, re.uardiii};' its mere t'orniation, mialit be a jirai)hic sij;n) nia\ lia\<', in the cliiro<;rai)liy of several iiersons, various decrees of slant, may be a straight line or looped, and may be curved on either .side ; but a •' mean " taken from several manuscripts would leave the unfortunate letter without any tail wliatexer, or travestied as a " »" with an amori)lioils flourish. .V detinition of the radical form of the letter or si;^n by which it <-aii be distin;;'uished from any other letter or siun is a very ditferent proceediiiL;. Tlicrefore, if a "mean" or resultant of any number of radically diltcrent siuns to express tlie same object or idea, (diserved either anions several individuals of the same tribe or amonn- ditferent tribes, is made to re]n'esent tho.se sis;iis, they are all mutilated or iunored as distinctive signs, thoujih the result may ])Ossibly lie made intclli^;ii>le in ]Maclicc, accordin.y to princi))les mentioned in the "Intidduction to the StudyofSinn Lanj;iia,i;e""of the iirescnt writer; and still another view may l)e added, that because a sound of broken l-^nulish may be understood by an iiitcllij,'ent iMinlislinrau it is no jiroof of that sound beiiiu an En;L;lisli word or a word of any laiiKuatie. The adoption of a •• mean" may be practi- cally useful in the formation of a mere inti'ipreter's jarjiou, thoui;!' no one can use it but himself or those who memorize it from him, but it eineidates no pri]ici])le. It is also practically convenient for any one ickeus's •• lirave courier," who •• nnderstond all languages indilVer- eiitly ill " ; but many men speak some one language llnently, and yet are wholly unable to explain or analyze its words and forms so as to teach any one else, or even to give an intelligent summary or classification of their own knowh'dge. What such a sign- talker has learned is by memorizing, as a child may learn ICnglish, and though lioth the sign-talker and the child may be able to give some separate items useful to a jihi- lologist or foreigner, such items are spoiled when colored by the atleni|)t of ignorance to theorize. A (ierinan who has studied ICiiglish to thorough mastery, exce|)t in the mere facility of s])eecli, may in a discussion upon some of its |)iinciples be contradicted by any mere English speaker, who insists upon his superior knowledge because he actually speaks the language and his antagonist does not. but the student will probably be correct and tlie talli(.T wion^. It is an old adage about oral speech that a man who understands but one lany;uaj;e understands none. The science of a sign-talker jws- sessed l).v a restrictive theory is like that of Mirabcau, who was greater as an orator than as a philologist, and who on a visit to England gravely argued that there was something seriously wrong in the British mind i)ecaMse the people would insist upoJi saying "give me some bread" instead of " donnez moi du pain," which was so much easier and more natural. A designedly ludicrous instance to the same eii'ect was Hood's arraignment of tiie French bcc'ause they called their mothers "mares" and their daughters " lillies." Xot binding ourselves to theories, we should take with cau- tion any statement from a person who, having memorized or ha.shed up any number of signs, large or small, has dcciiled in his conceit that those he uses are the only genuine siim)n-pure, to be exclusively employed according to his direction, all others being counterfeits or blunders. His vocabulary has ceased to give the signs of any Indian or body of Iiulians whatever, but becomes the vocabulary of Dr. .Jones (5r Lieu- tenant Smith, the proi)rietorshii) of which he tights for as did the original Dr. Townsenrt for his ])atent medicine. ^V hen a sign is contributed by one of the present collabora- tors, which such a sign-talker has not before seen or heard of, he will at once condemn it as bad, just as a United States Minister to Vienna, who had been nursed in the mongrel Dutch of Berks County, Pennsylvania, declared that the people of (lermany sjwke very bad Gernum. The expericaice of the present editor is that the original authorities, or the best evidence, for Indian signs — /. e., the Indians themselves — being still accessible, the collaborators in this work should not be content with secondary authority. White sign-talkers and interpreters may give some genuine signs, but they are very apt to interpolate their own inventions and deductions. By gathering the genuine signs alone we will be of use to scholai-s, and give our own stud- ies proper direction, while the true article presented can always be adulterated into a com])osite Jargon by those whose ambition is only to be sign-talkers instead of making an honest contriljution to ethnologic and philologic science. The few direct contri- butions of interpreters to the present work are, it is believed, valuable, because they were made without expression of self-conceit or symptom of possession by a pet theory. So lar as oidy concerns the able gentlemen who have favored this Bureau with their contributions there is no need to continue these remarks. Suttice it to repeat with more emphasis, that their criticisms and suggestions are invited as to all matter herein contained, even to the details of grouping and title-words in the alphabetic arrangement, synonyms, and cross references. In the present private and tentative work many humlreds of separate slips of ])aper are for the tirst time conuected together, thereby rendering perfect order unexpected. It may be mentioned that some of the title-words and i>hrases which have a fpmiut ajjpcarance are those used by the older l)rinted authorities, tor which it is not always safe to supply a synonym, ami the signs of those sairu^ authorities being tlic most curtly and obscurely described of all in the collecrtion, there is no alternative but to ])rint thiMii as they stand for such use as nuiy be possible, which will ehielly lie ui their bearing upon the (juestions of persistency and universality. The present edition will allow the xcrbal expressions of the living and accessible to be revised and to be eomjiarcd with, thus perhaps to correct the imper- fectious of deserijitions made liy the dead and inaccessible; but the language of the latter cannot now be siffiis tlii'inselves — that is, of motions and positions of tlio sa ■Iiaiactcr apart from their indiviilual siunilii'ancc in anv oral spvccli. Tlic lu'arty tiianks of tliis I'.nrcan arc rcmU'icd to all its collahoratois. and will in futnre he i)resi'nt('d in a manner more worthy of them. It remains to ;;i\c to them an explanation of the mode in which a laryc collection of sijiiis has been made in Wash- ington. Fortnnately fortius nndertakini;, (he policy of the jiovernment has loon^^ht here, during tlie last winter and spring, delegations, sometimes (piilc huge, of most of the important trilies. Tlins the most intelligent of the race from the most distant and tarthcst separated localities were here in considerable nnmber.s for weeks, and indeed, ill some cases, months, and, together with their interpreters and agents, were, by tiie considerate order of the honorable Secretary of the lnt<'rior, placed at the disi)osal of this ISnrean for all pnrposes of gatheiing etlinologi(- information. The facilities thus obtained were miicli greater than could lia\-c l)ccn enjoyed by a large luimber of observ- ers traveling for a long time over the continent for the sanu; express purpose. The observations relating to signs were all made here by the same jiersons, according to a uniform method, in which the gestures were obtained diicclly from the Indians, and their meaning (olten in itself clear from the context of signs l)cfore known) was trans- lated sometimes through the medium of Knglish or Spanish, or an aboriginal language known in conunou by some one or more of the Indians and by some one of the observ- ers. When an interi>rcter was employed, he translated the words used iiy an Indian, and was iH)t relied upon to explain the signs according to his own ideas. Such transla- tions and a description of minute and rapidly-executed signs, dictated at the moment of their exhibition, were sometimes taken down by a plionogiai)her, that there might be no lai)se of meniory in any particular, and in many cas(?s the signs were made in successive motions before tlu^ camera, and prints secured as certain e\idenee of their accuracy. Xot only were more than one hundred Indians thus examined individually, at leisure, but, on occasions, .several of dirterent tribes, who had never before met each other, were examined at the same time, both by impiiry of individuals whose answers were consulted ui)oii by all the Indians i)reseiit, and al.so by inducing several of the Indians to engage in talk and storytelling in signs between theiiise.\cs. Thus it was possible to notice the difference in the signs made for the same objects and the degree of mutual comprehension notwithstanding such ditferences. Similar studies were made by taking the Indians to the National Deaf Mute College and bringing them in contact w itli the pupils. By far the greater part of the actual work of the observation and record of the signs obtained at Washington has l)ecu ably ])crformed by Dr. W. J. Hoffman, the assistant of the present editor. Dr. Ilotfman acqnired in the West, tlirongli his scr\ ice as acting assistant surgeon, Initecl States Army, at a large reseixatioii, tlu; indis])eu- sable advantage of becoming acquainted w itli the Indian characler so as to conduct such researches as that in question, and in aiblition has the e.\c and pencil of an artist, so that he catches readily, describes with physiohigical accuracy, and reproduces in action and in permanent illustration all shades of gesturiM'xhibited. It is therefore believed that the collection made here will lie valuable for comparison with and to supi)lemeiit those obtained during the same months in the held. 1 remain, with renewed otlicial and personal thanks ami much regard. Sincerely your friend, C.AIMMCK .M.VLLHKV. NOTE SPECIALLY ADDRESSED To COKItESPONDENTS IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES. Tlic ])n's<'iil |i:i|)<'r is ;i rmllicr sic|i in llic uciiciiil line <>l ivseaich iiidicatccl in the •' IntriMlnction to Ihc Study of Sij;n Ijiniuiiauc anionji' tiic North AniciiiMU Indians," v^ic, in wliii'li tin' .slnns of the aboriginal tribes of this country which can still be r.'scued from oblivion. The conventional sij^ns of deaf-mutes in institutions for tlicir instruction are accessible to the present writer, who also has obtained a lar^e nundier of the natural sij;iis of (U'afniutes invented by them belbie systematic instruction, and used in intercourse with their families and friends. More of these would, howexcr, be uladly received. I'nrther assistance is urgently souj;ht from pliiloloi^ists. tiavelers, and missionaries, whose attention has been directed to the several nuidcs of expressin;;' human thought. The etforts at intcrcomnuinicatiou of all savage and barbaric tribes, when biouiiht into contact with othei- bodies of men not speakinj;' an oral laujjim.iie conunon to both, and esix'cially when uneiv ili/.ed inhabitants of the same territory are separated by man> linjinistic divisions, should in theory resemble thoilevieesof the North American Indians. They are not shown by published works to jirevail iu the Easti'rn hemis])here to the sanu' extent and iu the sanu' manner as in North, and also, as believed from less complete observation, iu iSouth America It is. however, probable that they exist iu many localities, though not reported, aiul also that some of them survive after partial or even liij;h civilization has been attauied, and after ehanj;ed environment has rendered theii- systematic- emiiloyment unnecessary. 8ueh sijins may be, lirst, uneou- neeted with existini;' oral lanjiuane, and used in place of it ; second, nniy be used to explain or accentuate the words of ordinary speech, or may consist of gestures, emo- tional or not. which are only noticed in oratory or impassioned conversation, such being, ]iossil)ly, survivals of a tbrnier gesture language. All classes of gestures may be examined iihilologically to trace their possible con- nection with the radicals of language, syllabaries, and ideographic charactiMs. Evi- dence has accnmnlaled to show that the language of signs preceded iu ini|)ortance that of sounds, the latter remair.ing itnlimentary long after gesture had become an art. The early connection between them was so intimate that gestures, in the wide sense of presen ting ideas under] ill Nsieal forms, hail a forma tiveetfect niKin many words, thus show- ing that language originated partly, at least, from the sounds which naturally accompany certain gestures. It seems certain that the latter exhibit the earliest condition of the human mind, and that mainly through them was signiticance communicated to speech. Even if the more material and substantive relations between signs and language cannot now be ascertained, we may at least expect, from the iinpiiries suggesteil, lin- fjiiistic results ill tlif ;in;il(>;;\ hcl ween tlicir sc\ cral (Icvcloiiiiiciits. 'I'lic iim-iiI;i1 jiro- ccsscs arc iicMilv the same In liutli cases, and tlic |(sy}i.V <'•' l:iiij;na;;c may 1)0 studied in tlic older and lower means of coijiiniiiiicatioii as tlie. jiliysical and mental oipinizatioii of man lias been jirolitahly coiniiarcd witli tliat of tlie lower animals. Tlie exaniinalion of sij;iis and ol" pictnrc-wiitinf,'', wliicli is intimately assoi-iated with tlicm, throws li^ht upon (lie ^rainmatie, macliineiy of lany:iia};(?, the, syntaetie, jirin- cijile, and the };ciicsis ol' the sentcniH!. Not until a lar^e, liody of facts has lieen feath- ered by several classes of oliseivers, and eompared by compi'tent scholars, can it be jiossible to as(^ertaiii with precision the principles of Ihc piimitive iitteranecr of man- kind. An e\liaiistive treatment of the subject will also briii;;' to li;;ht reli.<,'ious, socio- loiiic, and ol her ethnologic; information of spccaal inter(!st. It is in this work that the Unreal I of iOtlinolo;;\\ of the .Smitlisy William Dinhar, (hncil Naiclic/. .lime .id, I, siio, collected from tribes tlii'ii " west of tlieAIissi.ssippi," lint proliiihly not fnim those \civ far west of that river, published in tiie Transactions of tiie American I'liilosopliical Society, vol. vi, as read ,lannar\- 1(>. ISOl, and commnnicaled by Tliomas Jelferson, jiresidcnt of the society. 2. The one published in "An Account of an i;\]iciliti(Mi Ironi I'ittsbnVKh to the Rocky ^Mountains, perlbnned in the years l.SI'.l-l.si'O. I!y oniei- ol' the lion. .f. C. Cal- houn, Secretary of War. under the eomniand of AlaJ. S. II. L().\(i,of the luiited States Topoj^raphical Engineers.'" I'hihuh'lphia, l.S2.i. (Commoidy called .lames' Long's Ex- pedition.) This appears to have been collected chiefly by Mr. T. Say, from the I'ani, aud the Kansas, Otos, Missouris, lowas, Omahas, and other southern bran(;hes of the great Dakota family. '^. The one collected liy Prince AlAXHriLLVN von \ViKi)-Xi;r\viKi)in IS.W-'.'U. Ilis statement is "the Arikaras, ;\landans, Minnitarris (llidatsa|. Crows |.\bsaroka|, Chey- eiines, Snakes [Shoshoni J, aud l;lacl position — and art- generally larj;!' and free — seldom niiniite. His object was to express the j;iMieral ell'cct of the motion rather than to describe it so as to allow of its accurate reproduction by a reader who had never seen it. For the latter purpose, now very desirable, a more elaborate description would have been necessary, ami even that would not in all cases have been suftiefrnt without pictorial illustration. On account of the manifest importance of determiniiiji- the prevalence and persist- ence of the siuns as observed half a century ago, an exception is made to the f>eueral arran};ement hereafter mentioned by introducinji after the Wied si>;iis, remarks of col- laborators who liavc made special comparisons, and addinj; to the latter the respective names of those eollabmators— as (.l/((/?/((7f.v)-(/>'('^e/«-). It is hoped that the work of these gentlemen will be imitated not only reuardiui;- the ll'/o/ siuns but many others. I. Tliat of Cajit. K. F. IU'KIHiX, of sij;ns which, it would be inferred, were collected in lSti(>-'(ll from the tribes met or learned of by him on the overland stage route, includiiii; Southern Dakotas, I'tes, Shoshoni, Arai>ahos, Crows, Pani. and Apaches. This is contained in ••The ("ity of the Saints," New York, ISlL'. Information is recently reeei\ fd to the etfect that this collection was not made by the distiiiiiuishcd English explorer from his jicrsonal observation, but was obtained l\v him from one man, a .Moriiuiii bisho|(. who, it is feared, i;a\e his own ideasof the usage of signs rather than_ their simple desi'iiption. .">. A list read l>y Hr. D. (i. M.vtHU)\v.\N, at a meeting of the American Fthiudogical Society. Jan. L'.'?, ISiid, and jmblished in the " Historical .^lagazine." vol. x, ISOii. p. St)-S7, purporting to be the signs of the ("addos, ^Vichitas, and Comanches. (>. A communication from lUevet t'ol. l\iciiAKt> 1. Dudue. Lieutenant-l'olonel Twenty-third Infantry. Inited States Army, author of "The Plains of the Great West and tlieir Inhabitants." iS;e., relating to his large experience with the Indians of the prairies. Colonel Dodge, now on active ilnty. has been requested to assign his general dosiiii>tions to the tribe or tribes in w hieh the signs were actually observed by hiin.and should such designation arrive, while the \'oc-VHi L.VKV is passing through the pivss, they will be classitied accordingly. He is also preparing a larger contribution. N or 1 f E . In the six collections aboxe mentioiu'd the generality of the statements as to locality of the observatiiui and use of the signs, rendered it imi)Ossible to arrange them in the maiinerexplained in the •■ Introductorv Letter" hereto. They will therefore be referred to in the \'i>('Aiu i.au\ by the names of the authors responsible for them. Those which now toUow ar>' arranged alphabetically by tribes, under headings of Lin- guistic Families, which are also given below in alphabetical order. Exami)le: The tirst authority is under the heading An;i>Nivi.VN, and, concerning only the Arapaho tribe, is referred to as {Ariipdko 1). Lieutenant Lk.MLV being the personal authority. References to iinotluT title wont as cxiilMiniiii; a iiait of a (lcsiii|iii(iii or to siipplN any other portions ol' a i-oiii|ioiui(l siyn will always Ik- iindcrstood as licin;; niatli- to the tleserii)tion hy the same authority of the siyii under tlie otlier titlcwoid. i^xaiiiple : In the siffn for AH^JIIKT :iii«l IScfrcat (Mnnilati and Ilidtitsa I) the reference to Bnttic is to that si^ii lor lt:itii)plo\cd at that Institution. It is expected that Mr. Cirshinj; will make other contrdmtions, especially trom the '/.uui and other I'uelilos, among whom he has lieen colle<-t ini; material durinu the past year. Clii't/ciuif II. A sjx-eial eont rilmtion with diauiams from .Mr. I!k.n ('1..VIIK, scout and interpreter, of signs c(>ll. (). WtM.rvMS, Sr., of Owo.s.so, ]\lich., from recollec- tion of signs observed among tiie <)iili\vas of Michigan sixty year. ago. .SV((, Fii.v, (iiiil Kickinxiii I. .\ list fiiim i;e\-. II. I". l'>i(ic.M;fJ, 1). I)., of ICufaula, hid. T., consisting chicliy of tribal signs observed by him among the Sae and I'ox. Kic'ka- poos, iSie., during the early i)art of the \ear bSSd. DAKOTAN. Ahsarol-K I. A list of .signs obtained from I )i;KKiTSiiis (Pretty Eagle), Etsiiidi- KAHOTSIIKI (Long I'ilk), and ri'.iJi'isiiiKADiA (Old Crow), iiu'inbcrs of a delegation of Absaroka or Crow Indians from Montana Territory, who \isiled Washington, I). C, during the months ol .\]iril and .May. issti. iMikotd I. .V comiircheusive list, arranged with great caic and skill, from Dr. Charles E. .McCiii'..sm:\. acting assistant surgeon. Inited States .\rmy. of signs collected among the Dakotas (Sioux) near Fort licuriett, Dakota, during the last winter and s]iriiig. Dr. .McCiiks.vkv re(piests that recognition should be made of the valuable assistance reiulered to him by .Mr. Wii.i.iAM I'ii'.i.i)i;.N. the interpreter at Cheyenne Agency, Dakota Territory. Jkikotct II. A short list from Dr. I'.i.au; D. Tavi,i>i;, assistant suigeon. Iiiited 14 States Ariiiv. Inim recolU'ctiori of si.uii.s observed auioiiii the Sioux tUiriiifi his late serviee in the re,i;:ioii iiihabite^( III. A si>eeial eoiitiibiitioii from Capt. A. W. CoRLiSS, Eighth United States Infantry, of signs observed by iiiiu during Ui.s hite service among the Sioux. Dakota IV. A eopious eontribution with diagrams from Dr. \Yillia.m H. Corbu- SIKK, assistant surgeon, I'nited States Army, of signs obtained from tlie Ogalahi Sioux at Tine Kidge Ageney, Dakota Territory, during l.S7r. I'liANCis II. Atkins, acting assistant suigeon, I'nited States Aiiiiy, from tlie Mescalero .Vpache, near South Fork, New Mexico. This MS. was received after the whole of the X'oc.viu- LAKV had gone to the ]irinter, and a large i>art actually jirinted. so it was not i)ossible to insert all of the descriptions in the i>resent edition. The interesting " Narrative" communi(;ated by Dr. Atkins is printed with similai' matter following the N'oiAiu laky. 16 WK^IIITAN. Wichita I. A list of signs tVoiii Rev. A. J. Hoi/r, missionary, obtained from KiN Chkkss (Spectacles), Medicine-man of the Wieliitas, at the Wichita Agency, Indian Territory, in 187l>. Wichita II. A list of signs from TsodiAko (Shaved Head Boy), a Wichita chief, from Indian Territory, who visited Washington, I). C, in June, 18S0. ZUSlAN. Zioli I. Some ])reliminary notes lately received from Eev. Taylor F. Ealy, mis- sionary among the Zuni, upon the signs of that body of Indians. Grateful acknowledgment must be made to Prof. E. A. Fay, of the National Deaf Mute ( 'ollege, through whose special attention a large number of tbe natural signs of deaf-mutes, remembered by them as having been invented and used before instruction in conventional signs, indeed before attending any school, was obtained, which are ])rinted in this paper. The gentlemen who made the contributions in their own ]MS., and without prom])ting, are as follows: Messrs. :\I. Ballakd, li. U. Zeigler, J. Cross, i'uiLir J. IIasen.stab, Larson. Their names will follow the several descriptions. Mr. Ballard is now the teacher in the i)rimary school of the college, and the other gentlemen were students during the last session. Special thanks are also rendered to Prof. .Tames D. Butler, of Madison, Wis., for contribution of Italian gesture-sigus, noted by him in 184.3, and for many u.seful sug- gestions. A small collection of Australian signs has been extracted from The Aborigines of Victoria, by R. Broxtgh Smyth, vol. ii, pj). 4-5, 308-9. London, 187S. Upon these the author makes the following curious remarks : " It is believed that they have sev- eral signs, known only to themselves, or to those among the whites who have bad inter(!ourse with them for lengthened periods, which convey information readily and accurately. Indeed, because of their use of signs, it is the tirm belief of many (.some uneducated and some eilucated) that the natives of Australia are acquainted with the secrets of Freemasonry." VOCABULARY. Aliidc. See Stay. Above. Place the rii;lit liaud, by an asceu(liii.<>' motion, upon the h't't hand, both exten(hMl, Huij'ers joined and ])alni.s (h)\vn. {Antixtlio 1.) I'oiut with tore linjief of n<;lit liand raised from tlie si(h' to the heav- ens above with extemU'd arm ([uickly. (OJibica IV.) Tiiuml) and foreftugers of l)otli liands cxicndcd. poinrin.i;- upright (other fingers ch)sed) in front of body, level of breast, back of hand outward, and then held in this position, left hand outside of and liiglier than the right. Tlie sign can also be made witli one hand, by moving it after being held at tlie lower height to the higiier one. and liolding it there a short time. (Dakota I.) "Superior height — one person or thing above another." With the back of the hand toward the right, the fingers IhmiI at right angles with the palm and i)ointiiig toward the left, i>usli tlie right hand from in front of the chin upward uutil it is a little higher thau the head. {Dakota IV.) Raise the hand very (piickly above the head, i)alm to the front, and a little 1>ack of the head. (Omaha I.) The right hand, with the index only extended, is elevated before the head. (Comanche I.) The left tlat hand is held in front of the body at the heiglit of the elbow, palm down, the right similarly placed, over, and a little higher thau the left. To express greater elevation the right liand is raised. (Ute\.) A little. Hold the left hand horizontal and in front of the Imdy, lingers open but joined together, \v,\\\n u|)ward. The riglil hand is tiien placed hori- zontal, fingers open but joined. i>alm downward, an inch or more above the left, and raised or lowered a few inches several times, the left hand being perfectly still. ( Dodge.) 3 18 A hove, roiisidt'iably. IMiii-o the liiimls as in .Vhovc. a lilll**, then raise tlif riulit baud lii};lu>r ami liij;lii>r, as tlif lu'i.i;lit to he expressed is greater, until, if tHonnotisln ithore, tlio ligbt baud is raised as bi beiglit is expri-ssed. Tbe left baud must continue uiotioidess during all tbis. (I^odije.) iclic. See l*:iiii. A»'ro»i!». I'ass tbe baud, tlatteiu'd and eitber i)artiany or entirely extended, from tbe breast, forward, uiiward, and downward, forming an ;u'cb to the trout. (Ahsaroka I; Shoshoni and Banal: I.) Ou the other side of. Klevate tbe loft tist palm down before the face, and pass the dat and extoudiHl right aeivss the baek of the left beginning at the, thumb, slid- ing it ilowu ou the t)utersido so as to turn the tips of the lingers of the right nearly in towiuxl the v>silm of the left. {I'te I.) idd to: to put ill ^oiiic iiiort>: to add or put to. (Compare C oiiiitiii^;.) With right hanvl uutke downward motion as though to take up some- thing ; (2) move suddenly over to left as though depositing the some thing in it : to add one, tbo three tirst tiugers ai-e clasped down by the thumb. To udil two, the little and tbinl linger extended. To add three, the little and middle fingers extended. To add four, all the fingers ex- tended. To add mueb. many, sign as befoi-e. {Chei/eHne I.) Hold the left baud in front of body seooi) fashion with back of hand dowuwani, then with the right hand held in the Siime scoop manner, with palm downwarvl make a sort of diving motion downwanl and out- waixl aud Uistl>' inward and upwanl to the left hand, as though gather- ing imaginary objects and putting them in the left baud. {Dakota 1.) "Gathering aud adding to." With the fingers aud thumb of the right hand, pretend to pick some imaginary object iu the direction of the locality of the desired object, plaK-'iug it near the body, aud repeating the gestm"e several times. {Ihikota Vll.' Bring the point of the exteuded foi-efiugt?!-* together betbiv the breast. (Omaha I.) Left hand extc ' u dowuwiu^l^^'). Fx-iug right hand dinvtly over left hand *l ■. and let the right hand palm downward fall upon the back of the exteuded left hand. (Comanche I.) " Piling ap furs," 19 idtiiiratioii. rirtioii of admiring-: •.iirprUt* : noiulor. vliniipaif PiH'lly, roiiteiil. Plaeiuj;- the hand iiihui the mouth, to show tliat hmjiiiaue is inadetniate to eoiniiuiiiieate tlieir sensations. (Iadiij.) lluUl tlie hoHow hand for some time hi-foie tlie moutli. I'erhaps the idea being that the mouth, widely 0]>en in amazement, is eoneealed be- neath it, and it beint;- imi>roi>er to disjiUiy emotion or admiration, the ojien mouth is eoneeah'd by the hand. (Ojihirti 1.) (1) Face turiu'd to the liuht : (!.') eyebrows eh-vated and eontraeted; (3) right Iiand lifted with tingeis eareh'ssly or loosely exteiuled ; (4) brought »uddenly toward the_ nu)utli. To exjiress surpn'sr as distinct from (itlmiration make the following sign: Eyebrows eontraeted and elevated, eyes indieating interest, right hand fingers outspread, elevated to side aiul front of eyes, gently osfillated. (Cheyenne 1.) Arms are crossed in front of body, the hands (S) pressing against the right and left breasts, which pressure is alternately relaxed ami reiu'wed. At the same time pleasiire is expressed by facial emotion. {Ihikota 1.) ''Almost involuntary ou seeing an object (u- thing tlii-y admire."' Dea/mute natural xion. — Draw one palm along upon the other: then press them against your breast, directly 0|)pi>site the heart, making at the same time your face look like ti'ying to kiss. (Crosx.) .\diilalio3i. Italian sii/n. — The nuinih kissing the hand — by which. lob described a species of idolatry — is a species [of adulation practiced l>y every cring- ing servant in Italy, ilinthr.) Advaiit'o and Rt'trrat. (Compare Ratflo.) Witii the upright hinds about four inches apart, palms facing, lingers separated a little and semi llcxed. in front of the upper part of the chest, while all the lingers are in motion, move the left hand away from the right about four inches and bend it backward until its palm looks obli(iuely upward toward the right, and at the same time throw the right ha,nd toward it and partly over it ; then move the right hand away from the left and reveise the position of the hands. Hepeat this maneuver .several times. (J)akota IV.) The hands held as in the sign for Battle, then their relations to one another remaiiuug unchanged, they are uu)ved alternately from side to .side to represent the alteinate advances and retreats of opposing forces. (Mandan and Hiduttia 1.) 20 Alter. See Befbro. {CheijenneU.) Aflectioii. See Love. Atfii'iiiative. See Y'e<<. A;;e(l. Old man. Place tlie cliuelied rij^lit hand iu front of the shoulder, a foot or so from it, palm to the left, then push it forward a few inches, drawing it back at a lower level. This is done three or four times, and the body is inclined to the front at th(^ same time. {Absarol-n I; Shoskoui and JiaiKik I.) " Grasping a staff for assistance in locomotion." Place the clinched fist in front of and uearly as high as the shoul- d(u-, then push it forward repeatedly, di'awiug it back at a lower level {Dakota VI.) "Imitates walking with a staff." Hold the right fist in front of the right side nearly as higli as the shoulder, move it forward and bring it back a little k)wer, re])eating the motion several times. (Kaiotva 1; Comanche III; Apache 11; Wichita II.) " Walking with a staff." Aliend. See Before. Air. See YViiid. Alike. See ^iaiiie. Alive. Right linger whirled upward. (Macijoicaii.) The right hand, back upward, is to be at the height of the elbow and forward, tlie index extended and i)ointing forward, the other fingers cl()se. :i loiijs;,. and loilS' a^o. (Comanche III.) '•Till' iiitunuaiit was icnicsicil to j;ivi' tlie .sij;ii for tlic above word, out as none was known, lie said tlie nearest approacli to I lie idea would be expressed liy niakini;' the si;;iis nieaninj;' lititij ii. a luiii/ linif." Same as the si.i;n lor f^arlli, llir. {lhU;i>t) i-apidly shaken to and fro. (Vlici/i'iiiic I.) ''Shaking olf, deprecating." Close the right hand as if grasping a small olijecl, hold i( several inches l)eforc the forehead, and twist it around toward the left. {Ahuu- )•(>]{(( I; SliD.'ilioni (inil BaiKik I) With the right hand, lis* (K -) raised to the u|)per part of the face in front, striki' iIdwu on thr left siilc of t le body to t le level of Ihe stom- ach. Very Biiiirli aii;;'t'i*('il, rei)eat t ds movement several times, and e\|)rcss it iiy contraction of the nurscles of the face. ( Ihikotd I.) The elbow in front of and as high as the shoulder, then strike with the list across the face to the left, the face expressing impatiem-e. (/><(- kota 111.) Toiu-h the chest o\er the iieart two or three times with the ends of the lingers of the right hand: then make the sign for bad. (Ptihota IV.) "Heart l)ad." The right arm is elevated and in type-position (A), brought to fore- head above right eye and twisted spirally from right to left; motiou ending with lists palm outward. ((>ti> I.) 22 (llose the riRlit hand a.s if sHLspins a small object, place it to the fore- liead palm down, then twist it forcibly, drawing the hand .slightly to the front as if twisting ott' any projection. Another: The clinched right Iiaiid is twisted against the breastbone instead of the forehead. Another: When not very angry the index is slightly bent and twisted before the forehead. ( Ute I.) With the tlnunb and fingers of the right hand collected to a point, l)lace the inner side of the hand over the heart, back nj). {Kaioira I; C<;w((«(7/(: 111; Apcu-hc U; Wichita U.) Bring the tips of the lingers and thumb of the right hand to a point, and place them to the forehead Just over the nasal eminence. (Apache I.) Deaf-mute natural .vir//(,v.— Make wrinkles in your face by frowning and shake yonr head. (Cross.) Hide the face, next tarn the head to another side, and then stretch down the open hand so as to itulicate that the offender should be out of sight immediately. (Ilasenstab.) .Alove backward and suddenly raise the hands between the breast with a disagreeable expression of tlie face. (Larson.) Move the lips as if speaking like a very angry man. (Zeigler.) angry with yon. Hand closed, right index extendeil and points to heart; then sign for auger; then right index jtoints to the individual intended. (Oto I.) "The mind turned away." Aiifclope. I'ass the open right hand outward from the small of the back. ( Wied.) This, as explained by Indians examined by the present editor, indicates the lighter coloration ui)i>n the animal's flanks. The Ute who could speak Spanish accompanied it witli the word bianco, as if recognizing that it lecpiired explanation. Extend and separate the forefingers and thumbs, nearly close all the other fingers, aud ()lace the hands with backs outward above and a little in front of the ears, about four inches from the head, and shake them back and forth. (Dakota IV.) "Antelope's liorus." With the index only extended hold the hand eighteen or twenty inciies transversely in front of the head, index pointing to the left, then rub (lie sides of the body with the flat hands. (Dakota VI.) "The latter sign refers to the white sides of the auimal; the former could not be explaiued." 23 Clos(; the I'i^^iit hand, leaving the end of the index in tiio form of a book and the thiunb partly extended; then wave the liand (jnickly back and forth a sliort distance, oi)i)o.site tlie teni])le. (Hidatm I; Ankara I.) "Represents the proMfied liorn of the animal. Tiiis is the si<;n ordinarily nsed, hnt it was noticed that in (-onversinj;- witli one of the Dakotas (VI) the sij;n of the latter was used several times, to be more readily understood." Place both hands, tinj;ers fully extended and spread, clos(> to the sides of the head. Wiid'n sij;n was readily understood as sijiiiifyiii.u' the white flanks. (Apdche I.) Arrive. See Come. Are > OH J '"^ec Question. Arrow". Pass the indexfinuer of the rij;ht hand sexcral times across the left arm. ( Wicih) Expressed by iioteliini;' it upon an imaginary bow and by snapping with the index and niedius. {Burton.) Forefinger of right hand extended, poiTiting upright in front of breast ; back of hand out, then with the thnnd) and foivfinger of left hand (other fingers loosely closed) rub up and down the extended forefinger of the right hand (straightening the arrow), thumb and forelingcr ou oi>posite sides, and then extend the left hand in front of body and draw the right back as though it was the iirrow fixed in the string of the bow. (Dako- ta I.) "From the place of tiie arrow in drawing the Iiow." Semi-flex the fingers and thundi of the left hand and plac'c the hand in front of the chest with its palm inclining at an angle of 45^ down- ward and backward and toward the right; draw the extended right index, its back forward from left to right downward ami backward be- tween the left index and thumb and along the ])alm, at the same time bringing the ends of the two latter together. {Dakota IV.) " Drawing an arrow out of the hand in which they hold their arrows." Both arms are flexed as in jiosition to shoot. The right arm is drawn up and flexed to an angle of 4.53, wjfi, imnd in i^tsition (E 1) modified, by palm facing the body. Left arm is extended /»•(>»( body about one foot and bent, with elbow horizontal at an angle of S(P. Left hand is in position (fiJ 1) modified by reversiTig hand. The sign is completed by uniform movement, to and from, as of swinging-arrow, after assuming above positions. (Oto I.) " Clasinng string and pointing arrow." 24 Hold tli(> left liaiid ;i.s liigli as, and some distance in front of, the left breast, had; fbiward, hand nearly half closed, then draw the extended index downward over the palm of the left, the whole distance extending abont twenty inches. (Kaiowa I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichifo II.) " Drawin.u' an arrow over the hand as in imlling- the bow-string to shoot." To hit with an. Place tlif tips of the fingers downward upon the thnmb, then .snap them forward; then strike the hands together and elevate the index tinger of the right hand. (Wied) Probably when he .says "strike the hands together," he wishes to describe my -sign for ^iliot. When the person whom the i)rince .saw making this .sign raised the tinger lie may have done so to indicate a man shot or one shot. I do not thiidv that the raising of the finger is an integral part of the .sign. (Malthews.) Pass the extended forefinger of the right hand (others closed) ba(dv of hand toward the right, between the fore and .second fingers of the left hand, held aliout IS inches in front of body, back of hand out, horizon- tal, all the fingers extended, and then close the two fingers of the left hand on the right index. {Dah>1n I.) "Arrow .sticking in the target." After making the sign for Bow strike the back of the right hand, its index extended, other fingers closed, against the palm of the opened left. {Dalnta lY.) Sann^ as the sign for Bow, but with this addition: that after the finger has snapped from the thumb, the back of the right hand is struck against the ])alm of the left. {Dal;ota V.) With the index only, extended and pointing upward, then elevate the left hand palm toward breast, first finger se])arated from the middle, pass the index of the right forcibly forward and through tlie space thus formed, striking the knuckles of the right against the palm of the left with a thuriiig the rigid hand liack to the right breast, and tlip the lingers of both hands from the thumbs. [Omaha 1.) Arrow -head. "With the index finger of the right hand, touch the tip of the exteniled forefinger of the left hand several times. ( W'icd.) Make the .sign for Arrow and rlien place tiie right thumb, palm forward, on the last joint of llie left index, its ])aliii inward, the other lingers closed. (Dakota IV.) AsliaiiKMl. The extended right hand, palm inwards, is jiassed up and linger of light hand describe a crescent (other lingers closed), back of closed tingers outward, hand carried in this posi- tion from above and to the lett of the head in front of l>ody toward the right and downward moderately rapid with a curved and small up and down waving motion made l)y turning the forearm and hand in imita- tion of a leaf carried from the tree by a slight breeze. (Dakota I.) "The falling of the leaves."' 27 Hold the, left liand ii|)ri;>iit in tVoiil t>\' tin- left slioiililcr, liiif^'ers sepa- rated a little and sli<>litly bent, the ends in a circle, and tliiow tlie ri};lit, its fingers separated a little and sliiilitly bent, (Voin immediately above the left several times downward sidewisc^ on dilVerent sides, then, witli its tinj-ers pointini;- obli(|uely ui)\vard toward the left, carry the right hand spirally downward and oldiipiely toward the right, to inutate the falling of leaves. (Ihiknta IV.) iOlevate the left hand, pointing npward, before the face, ])alm to the right with lingers and thnnd) separated, then pass the right, with tin- gers in a similar position, npward i)asc the left a short distance, then turn (Unvn two or more lingers of the right with the forelinger of the left, and throw the hands downward and forwaid with sjiread lingers jKiint- iiig in the same direction, (h'niinni I; ('(iiitiiiicli<' \[l : AikkIic l\ : Wi- cliitti II.) "(liowtli of tree, and falling of leaves." Awl. The left forelinger is extended, and the right, also extended, is placed across it, and is then fnrned on its axis, so as to imitate the action of the awl in making a hole. (Loit;/.) (1) Thnnib and three lingers ot' i-iglit hand clasped as though grasp- ing liandleof an awl, and the index linger extended to represent the jioint; (!.') thrust against the ])alm or some portion of the left hand. (Clici/ciinc I.) Av. See T<»iiiali:iw k. rutting with an. See Clllf ill;:'. Bahr. Sec 4 liild. Rai'oii. Sei)arafe the tlinmliand lingers of the right hand, the former under, the latter over the extended left hand, palms down, as if feeling its thickness. [Aidpulio 1.) Left hand with thumb and fingers extended, joined, horizontal edge of hand downward is held in front of the left breast back outward, right hand with fingers extended and joined, thnirib extended and torked is passed o\er the left from above with ends of lingers downward, and then the |)almar surfaces of the right lingersare pass(>d along the backs, ami the thumb along the i)almar surface of the left hand. (Ihihi/a I.) "Thin" is also denoted by this sign. -'Fat like a side of bacon." 9ta«l, laioaii. .MaUe the sign for <>iootuonsly ; not worth kee])ing." Raise hand in front of breast, fingers hooked, tliumb resting against second finger, palm downward (ii 1), then with a nervous movement throw the hand downward to the right and a little behind the body, with an exi)ressioii of disgust on the face. During motion of hand the fing- ers are gradually extended as though thiowing something out of hand, and in final jiosition the fingers and thumb are straight and .separated, palm backwanl (R I), with lingers i)ointing downward, jjalni liackward. (iSah(()>tin I.) "Away with it." Same motion ol' arm and liand as in All i'i$;iit ; C^ood. Rut in the first position fingers aiv, closed, and as the hand moves to the right they are thrown open, iinti! in final position all are extended as in final for All ri^iif ; !(ih((i)tin I.) Deaf-mute natural sitil)k'. The motion of sna|>|iin.u llic linfjcr either on or from the ilinmh in dis- dain is not onlv of larj;(' modern i)icvalence in cix ilization, lint is at least a.s ancient as tlu' (•ontcniiiorary statnte of Sardanaiialiis at Ancliiale. \"erv. Siun for Very as in \vv\ iSOare Aii;;er.) Sign for ICad, then folded ri.L;lil liand strnek two or three times sud- right fists alternately several times bad; and forth about eight inches in front of the upper part of the chest, ])alms inward, and about four inches apart. {Dakota IV.) The clinched lists are held l)efore the chest, backs outwanl (the fore- arm neither prone nor supine), and passed straight up and down rapidly a distance of six to twelve inches, alternately in opi)Osite directions to one another, either n slu)rt distance ai)art or witli the joints touching. This indicates any angry coutest or struggle as well as a pitched battle fought with weajions. {Mandan and Ifidat.sa I.) The anus are eipially tlexe(l, as in position of defense. Hands aie loosely clenched and fists rotated in jiahnar i)roximity three times ; the sign is completed by retaining the arms and fists in posture for defense about three seconds. Hands are jiosition (B) doubled or (B B). (Oto I.) " To ward off." Both hands at height of breast, palms facing, the left forward from the left shoulder, the right outward and forward from the right, fingers pointing up and spread, move tliem alternately towards and from one another. (Utel.) "Mingling of men in strife."' Place both hands on a level iu front of the chest, half closed, fingers pointing downward, the backs of the right-hand fingers pointing for- ward, those of the left facing tluMu, lield al)out six inches apart, the hands are tiu^n (piickly movcid toward and from one another several times. {Aparlic I.) Deaf-mute natural sujn. — N'ihrate your fingers, implying how many soldiers; then copy the manner of shooting a gun. {Cross.) ISadle. White mail's. IJotli haiuls cliiicheil with l)all ol' thiuuh on the sccdihI ami third lin- gers, clinched forefingers of each liaiid tonching. Tiien ])nsli the hands from yon, hitting the fingers all llv outward at tiie same time, as if you were trying to tlirow water otf vour tiiigers. This repeateil twice or more, according to the severity of the enjiagement. {Cowanche I.) '•Soldiers standing in line delivering their lire." Charge and connter-charnc The hands are hehl as in the si^ii for Rattle, and are then simnltu- neously moveil from and toward one another. [Mdinlan titul Hidntsa 1.) BcadM, glass. Stroke the lingers of the right hand o\er the left upper arm. ( Wich) Do not remember. A sign for necklace is sometimes made by extending the thumb and index finger and idacing them against the throat. [Mat- their.s.) Ti])s of the joined thumb and foreliuger h-ft iiand [others closed), wet by touching to the ton<;'ne, are passed down in front of the body, as though picking up loose beads from the laj), and tiien hand held In front of the left breast, hoii/.ontal, l)ack outward, tii)s of joined thumb and finger toward tlie right, and then the right hand, with thumb and fore- finger extended, crooked and Joined at tip.-' (others closed), as though liohling a sinew, is i)asse(l towaz'd the left, to and over the left hand as though passing the sinew through the lieads. (D((hr>t(( I.) '• I'"rom the use of beads in embroidery." Bear, animal. Pass the haml before the face to mean ugliness, at the same t'uie grinning and extending the lingers like claws. {Iliirton.) (1) Middle and third finger of right hand clasped (hnvn by the thumb, forefinger and little finger extended, crooked downward : (2) the mo- tion of scratching made in the air. {Chci/ciuie I.) Fingers of both hands closed, except the little linger, which is extended and pointing straight towards the front, thnmbs resting on the liacks of the second ]ihalaiigcs of all the lingers, hands horizontal, backs njiward, are held in front of their respective sides near the body, and then moved directly Ibrward with short, sharp jerking motions. [Dukota 1.) " From the motion of the bear in running." Griz/.lv. Right hand Hat and extended, held at height of siiould.-r. palm for- ward, then brin- the palm to the mouth, lick it with the tongue, and return it to first i)()sition. (Omuhn 1.) •• Showiim blood on the paw." 32 St'i/.i- a sliort i)i('(;i' of wood, say about two feet long, wave in the ris'lit hand, and strike a blow at an inia,i;iiiary jjeison. {Omaha I.) Kei/.e a sjioit tliinji about six inelies lonj;, bold it as daj^ger, pretend to thrust it downward under the breast bone repeatedly, ami each time farther, j>runting- or gasping in doing so; withdraw the stick, holding it uj), and, showing the blood, point to the In'east with the left foretinger, meaning to say so do tlioii irhcii ijoti meet the bear. {Omaha I.) I'retend to stab yourself with an arrow in various parts of the body, then i)oint towanls the body with the left-hand foretinger. {Omaha I.) Arms are tiexed and hands elasped about center of breast ; then ■slowly fall with arms jiendulous ami both hands in position of (ush them forward several times nnikiiig a short arch. {Apavhe I.) "The animal that scratches with long claws." Reard, whiskers. Place the back of the wrist under the chin, spread the fingers slightly, allowing them to extend downward and forward. {Dakota VI, Vll.) BeaTer. With the liack of the o[)en ligiit hand, strike the i)alm of the left several times. ( Wied.) I have .seen this. It rei)resents the beaver striking the water with his Hat tail. {Matthews.) The arms are semi- flexed and a])i)roa(tli the body with the hands opened, i)alms down, the right over and above the left. The right hand finally sweeps back and is held extended, flatly open in position of animal's tail. There is uo similarity in the execution or conception of this sign and that of Wied; 33 tlip coiifoption ill Xho si,i;ii anion;; the Otos is clc'ar, lull that lor tlie latter ol>scur(\ Tlic lici^Iit ami liroad llat tail of I lie animal. (Boteler.) Describe a parenthesis ( ) with tiie Ihuinh and index of both hands, and then with the de\ti>r index imitate the wau^iiiii of the tail. ( Ilnrtun.) (1) Ivi^ht hand flattened to form an extension of forearm, palm down- ward at an an^ik' of IJ^ to the body ; ('!) suddenly slapju'd down two or three times. {Ghcyenna I.) "From the manner in whiili liie beaver slai)s water or nmd." liotii hands in front of body, linucrs extended, horizontal Hat, palms downward CW), eiidsof tinkers pointing' oblii|iiely forward, jiat the liaek of first one hand and tlien tlie otlier several times, not too rapidly. {Dakota I.) "These Indians believe that bea\crs are al)le to converse with each otlier aud do so wliih- buildiiii;' tlieir dams and lodges. The sign, howevei', would seem tarallel about an inch a|)art, the Ibreti ngers only extended. The right hand is then advanc(Hl before the left, usually about a linger's length; but the distance may be increased or dinunished to express degree. This sign is to be considered in connection with those for bcliiiid or inferior, and beside or equal. They all refer to the relative iiosition of objects in space but to ditt'erent degrees of (piality. f oilipariMOii is expressed by the.se signs. Changes of i)osition — as horses in a race — are shown by cLanges in the position of the hands. [MatuJtin and Hidatna I.) In time. Same sign as for Tiiiie, Ion;;', and wliort, but in referring to length of time, as to the previous day, or previous month, etc., the Lands are drawn apart carelessly about ten or twelve inches, quickly, the absence of any haste indicating a longer time, and cousetjuently applicable to nnitters referring to a longer period. [Kaiowa I; Comanche III ; Apao(l;;'e, entering' a, can be added or not. (Dakota I.) "From an Indian going from lodge to lodge asking for tilings." Begone. See Uo. Beginning, t'oniineneeinenf. i he right hand horizontal, with lingers arched (B) back of hand up- ward, of lingers obliipiely downward and outward, is pushed out in front 35 of the linlit l)ic:i.st ;iii(l drawn hack to ()ri;;iiial position two or tiiree times. (Dahilti I.) "(ioiiii^- to ilo it. (loiiij;- to coniiiieiice aiiythiiijj. Goiiij; ahead, pii.sliing thiiij^s." Rt'liiiid. Bring- hotli liands in IVoiit of the breast (.^| palms down), tlie lore- lingers neaitogetiier |)ointiiig to front: move the right sinhh-tdy to rear few inches, (lie U-ft remains still. In descrilniig a person being left farther and fartluM- to tlie rear, kec]) moving the riglit a conple inches or .so at a mo\ c until you make tliiee or four nio\es hack. (Vhrticnuc II.) Same motion as Itt-rorc repeated by swinging the hand backwards from thigli, with (iiiickened motion as the haiui went back. {()/il»r the IVoiil nl' clicst, pahiis t;u;ilig eacli Otlier, rij^ht hand alxivc h't'I and t-U'vatfil to h'vcl of cliiii ; (2) right hand carried ni)\\ard.s in projKjrtion to the degree of heiglit to be exi)res.sed (Clici/iiuic I.) liaise the extended hand, fingers joined, palm down and iinri/.onial, to tlie proper or greatest possible elevation. {Anipidio 1.) With the tbrelinger of the right hand straight, upright (.T), carry it straight ui>\vard in front of the Ixxly above the heail as high as the ex- tended arm will reach. This would indicate a Midunlain. ami lesser de- grees of arm extension would denote lesser heights. ( IliiknUi I.) ''dreat high — a mountain." l>c(iJ'-HUfti nutio-dl sii/ii-s. — llii;'li — Move the liand uj)ward. [lUtUard.) IJaise the hand abo\c the head. iLdr.son.) In the sense of BiJii*;;** aroiiiiil. (1) Motion for n idlll exce[it that liic elbows are not pressed against the sides, but the arms and hands are extended and give a enr\<'d form as though clasping some large object ; {-) motion made to inerea.se or enlarge the circle in proportion to the size to be exjjressed. (Cheyenne I.) Indicate the general outlines, and in the direction thei'cot extend both hands, ](alnis towards each other, (o the reipiired or greatest ]ios- sible distance a]>art. {Arapdlio I.) i'alms facing, and mo\ed apart farther and farther by jerks. (Oma- ha I.) Large. The opened U])right hands, palms facing, fingers relaxed and slightly separated, being at the height of the breast and about two feet a|)art, sei)arate them to lu'arly arm's length. (Dakota 1\'.) Jh'a/nnitc. natural sii/ii.s. — i'laee the hands near each other jialni to- ward i)alm, ami move them apart, and at the same time distending the cheeks. (Hallard.) Point your linger at your chest and face expanded, (t'rass.) ]\lo\'e both open hands from each otiicr with the ])abns looking toward ea(!h other, and, at the same time, rausc the cheeks to look liig and round by l)lowing against them. (Ilasinxtah.) otretch out the hands. (Larxon.) In the sense of Loii;;'. (1) Hands brought njiward and to the front of the body, forelinger ami thumbs of both brought together as though grasping the ends of a 38 striiij;-; (-') siiddi'iily dniwii ai)ait in proportion to the length to be ex- pressed. {Cheyenne I.) Deitfmiifr iKituraJ fiujna. — Direct the forefinger downward and extend it forward toward a distant jioint. (Hnllanl.) Poiut to the hiiid, if tlie land is iiiteiideil, with the finger; then move horizontally the ontstretclied hand along the line, which describes an ellipse, (i'ronx.) HaA-ing held the hands, the ])alnis tonching each other, separate them by moving them in a straight line, showing how far apart. {Crofis.) Stretch ont the arm, at the same time place the foretiiiger on the shoulder. {Zciy moving the hands apart. {Ballard.) Stretch out lioth arms in a straight line. {Larson.) In the sense of Wi«le. (1) Elbows close to side, forearm and open flattened hands extended, palms facing anil nearly touching each other ; (2) separated in proi)or- tion to tiie degree of width to be rei)re.sented. {Cheyenne I.) (I) Uands extended to front of body, open to fullest extent, but fingers and thumbs contiguous, palms up, little fingers of each hand touching; {'2) gradually moved apart in proportion to the size of the surface to be repi'esented. {Cheyenne I.) Bring both hands to the front of the body, on the same level and close together, finaers and thumbs extended, i)alms downward (\%'), fingers pointing forward, with both haud.s on the same level, make a sidewise movement with the left to nearly its arm's full extent, but only move the right a few inches. (Dakota I.) This sign resembles that for Big\ in the sense of Flat. {Dakota I.) "A broad, level piece of land." Both hands brought together in front of breast, with a curvod mo- tion, hands horizontal, flat, palm downward (\1'). Ends of fingers pointing toward the front are then carried out sidewise, with a curved downward motion to their natural jKisitions. {Dakota I.) "Covering a large surface." Place both tlat hands side by side before the breast, palms down, then pass them hoiizontally outward toward their respective sides. {Dakota VI, VII.) Dra/inittc natural sii/n. — Put the jtalms of the hands near each other and then mo\c lliciii faraiiait. {Jlallanl.) 39 Birii. The liamls aiT flapped near tlie slioiildeis. If s]ieciti<-ati(>ii lie re- qiiiieil, the cry is imitated or some ]iecMliarit\ is introduced, (liinlou.) (1) Both hands ojieii to lullest extent, jiahns downward, hrou^lit to level of and against the chest, forefiiijier iiointiii}; away from cliest : (li) puslie(l forward and downward and wiliidrawn with a cnrve motion, as the motion of wins^s in llyinj;'. (Chci/onic I.) The trout outline will represent tlie sij^n. IJotii arms are ehvated and tiexed at right angles, to tlie sliouhh-rs, the arms are tiien made to diverge, and in jiositiou W ma(h> to IJapor waNcr to and from Xlm body after the manner of the wings of a bird. (0(o and ,l'mo(n-( 1.) "Tliat has wings or tlics by tlieni." Iti«>4>ll, iMifliilo. The two foretingers are jihiced near tin' ears, i)roiecting, so as to represent tlie horns of the animal. (Lotiii.) Kaise the forehngers crookei! inward, in the semblance ot' horns, on both si(h's of the head, (hinimi.) Lower the head and [irojecl the foretingers from tiieii- respective sides of the head, like liorns. (Arupdlio 1.) r.otli hands elevated to or toward the sides ot' the head, foretinger of each crooked olili(|Uely foiward to re|)resent horns. (('Iiriicnne I.) lioth liands tightly closed, iea\ ing the forelingers only extended and curved: jdace the tists before tlu' (;hest, about ten inches apart, (lalnis facing, and foretingers above. [Almnrokn I; Shoslitnii ami llinial: 1.) •^ Horns.'' lioth haiuls raised to tlu' sides of the head in front of ears, back of liands looking forward, foretingers crookeil backward, rest of tiiiger.s closed, tliuiyli resting on second linger. (Ihtkola 1.) '■Horns of the buffalo." r.oth hands closed exce|)t foretinger, and then applied to each temple, with the latter pointingalittle forward. (l>((kota II.) " llornsof animal." Senullex the forelingers, loosely close the olheis, tliinidis eitlicr under the middle Angers or again.st them, and place the hands upright, backs outward, one ou each side of the head, near it or against it, above and just in front of the ears, then move the hamls suddenly forward a coujile of inches. {Dakota IV.) '-The horns of the bulfalo."' All the digits of both hands are coini)letely Hexed except the foretin- gers, aud these are slightly curved ; each hand, back outwards and held obliquely outwards and ujiwards, is brought in contact with the tenii)le 40 of the siiine side at tli<' wrist. (Miiudmi and Hidatsa I.) "Thus the holiis of tlic animal arc iiulicatcd." .Same si.i;ii as lor Calf l(>. {Oto I.) Both liautls, tlatteiu'd, sli^litly arc-hed, aud flexed at the wrists, are held as hif^h as the ears and over the slionhlers pointing backwards, then incline tlic head to tlie front and ijuickly throw the liands njiward a short distance. {Knlnnn I; Comanche III; Apache II; \Vichit(( II.) "The liunipcd shoulders and motion of tlie animal."' IliMill, (Icncric. Close both hands loosely, extending and crooking the toreflugers, place them several inches from cither temple. ((7(; I.) Bnttalo calf. Place the lists n|)right, Itacks outward, with the thumbs strongly ex- tended above the ears near the head, aud shake them l)ack and forth sev- eral times to imitate theshaking of a calf's ears. {Dakota IV.) Sa7iie sign as for Biifialo row, but made as low as the waist, and the hands are moved slightly forward and backward. (Kaina-a I; Co- manche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Female. Curve the two forefingers, place them on the sides of the head, and move them several times. ( Wied.) I have giveu you a similar sign for the Bison without regard to sex, except that I do not mention any motion of the hands after they are placed in the position ot horns, aud I do not remember seeing such motion. (Mattheus.) Same sign as made by Shoshoni and Crows. When this sign is nuide before the person it signifies both sexes, without special reference to either. {Kaiowa I; Comanche III: Apaehe II; Wichita II.) Male. IMace the tightly-closed hands on both sides of the head with the lin- gers forward. ( Wied.) If he does not mean to describe the same sign (miinis the inotion) as in ] ii son, fc nude, I know not what he does mean. I have seen but one sign for Butl'alo (which I am certain was generic), and I opine that one sign was all the Prince saw. The movements lie speaks of in Bison, female, may have been unnecessary or accidental. Additional signs are used to indicate sex when necessary. (Matthews.) It is conjectured that Wied''s sign ibr the lUrt/e Z*«^«/« indicates the short, stnbhy iiorns, and that for the Female, the ears seen moving, not being covered by the shock mane of the male. «il<'. To. Thumb of right hand extended, f(n-e and second lingers also extended, Joined, and slightly arched, thumb separated from fingers (other fingers 41 dosed), liaiid liiin'zontiil or ohliciucly upwards, od-ic of hand dowiiwanl, the anil fxtouded to nearly full (•ai)acity in trout oC rijilit breast, i|iiickly draw the fingers against the thiiinli several times, at the same tii haw the arm in toward tlie liody. {Ihihatit I.) >' From the siiappiiij,^ hite of do;;s. The two jaws in motion." ISI:iiiliof. See 4'lolliiiii;. BliiKl. First touch the closed eytvs with the lips of Hie extemled fore and second tinkers of right iiand, haelv upward (oliicr (ingers closed ), then turn the hand and make the sign for ^«'«'ili;;' as contained in liOok, and then the sign foi' .\oilc or I have hoik* as contained in \oii(>. (Dnlcola I.) " I have no sight." Blood. Itight hand with thiimh extended and pointing u|iwanl, lingers-ex- tended and separated as much as i)ossilile and pointing obliquely up- ward and downward, is brought along the body in Iront to the nuuith, where it is carried forward for a few inches witli a downward curved motion, back of hand toward the right. [Ihikota 1.) " l'"roni a biilfalo when seriously woundeil standing ami spirting l)!ood from the mouth or no.se." IJotli hands with lingers collected at the jialm points are brought to the temples. The tiugers are then suddenly tiipped outward. The right arm is then elevated and the index-lingei' and thumli brought to the nose and nuide to drop in Jerks to the ground. (Oto and Missouri I.) "That which judsates in the tem])les and droi)s from the nose.'' ('lose the right hand, leaving tlie index ami second lingers only ex- tended, then draw the pahnar surface across the lips trom left to right. {Kaioicdl; ('omiinchc \\\ ; Apache l\ ; ]\'icliitii l\.) Boat, row. Make with both hands raised to the levcd of the shoulders the forward and backward motions as though rowing a boat. (Ihikota I.) Tiring the hands together, hollowed, little tiugers Joining, the thumbs fiirther apart, to represiMit the body of a boat, In^ld before the breast. {Omaha I.) • Canoe. Both hands at the same side of body, one above the other, make the movement of using a paddle lirst at one side of the body and tiien at theother. (Dakota I.) ''From the nuinner of using the oars and paddle." Make the motion of paddling. {Innjuois 1.) Body. The hands with the fingers i>ointe(I to the lower part of the body are then drawn upwards. [l>unbar.) (J 42 IJoth liiuids, backs oiitwaiil. carelessly lowered to frout aixl sides of rhislis, foretiiiti-ers extended, tips sli-htly touehing the thighs, then draw rai^dly upward along the sides of the l)ody, and out toward the shoulders. {Ch eye line I.) Uoiliiij?. Same as the sign for fire, heat being the idea. {Dnlofa I.) Bold. Inipnident ; rash. Bold is included m Biare. Rashness (i(l;/c). I'ass the Hat ri.i;lil hand downward, forward, and npward in front of the lower portion ol' the alidomen and pnbis. [Diihita \'I.) Pass the right han mo\cment of bending it. (Hiirlon.) (1) Left hand slightly closed as tlauigh graspnig bow, and niiddh; linger of right hand withni three or four inches of the left hand and a]iparently grasping a string; (l') diawn two or three times in iiintatirs, and tlicii Ixilli arms cx- tt'iided ill front of lioily, hands liorizontal, linjicis cxtfiidcd, hacks out- ward, to tile sides, are held on the h'vel of tlie breast. (I>f(l;iitii I.) "Size of tlie l)o\." Boy. See C'liiid. Bi'iive. Clo.se the lists, plaee tiie left ii(>ar the breast, and move the ri^ht over the left toward the left side. [Wial.) Amotion somethiii;;- likelhis, which 1 do not now distinctly recall — a .sort of wreiichiiiL; motion with the lists in front of the chest — 1 ha\c seen used loi- Kli'oil^'. If \\"n'siiniL;i 1; ,s7ioth hands list ; the left (A) moved ii]i close to the bodv to the hei-^ht of the ciiiii, at the sami time the li.uiit is broiiiiht up and thrown over the left (as it is mo\ed up) with an outward and downward cur\'cd mo- tion ; the left hand is carried iiiiward and downward and the movement of the iij;ht reversed two or three times, l-'ndurimcc is ex]>ressed by this sifiii, and it is connected with the siiii dance trials of the younj; man iu testing his brawry and powers of endurance before admission to the ranks of the wairiors. (Pakofa I.) Push the two lists forward aboul a foot, at the licii^hl of the breii.st, the right about two inches behind the left, i)alms inward. ( l>(ikiitack downward (X) right hand aliove, liack ui)ward ( W)cliange the positions of t lie iiands (\\ taking t lie place occu- pied by X) two or tliree times. [Dukota I.) "From the paiking and shaping (if the loaf." The right hand being al)out a foot in front ol' the chest, opened and relaxed. ]>ointing- obli(iuely tbrwnrd toward the left, ipiickly throw the left hand, jialm (hiwnward, and lay it acioss the right, then rajiidly separ- ate the hands, and turning the palm of the left n])ward and the right downward, lay the right across the left. Ivepeat this maneuver several times. [Ihikiita W .) '• l-'orming a iiie<-e of dongh into a cake or loaf." Hard : crackers, &c. After making the tirst jiait of the al)ove sign, carry the left hand iu front of the left breasl with lingers extended, joined, tlat, hoiizontal ends of tingers forward, and the eilge of the right hand with lingers extended is drawn airross the palm of the left at jii-oper distances cross- wise. {Dakota 1.) Break. Doth hands lirought one abo\-e the other arctnnd to front of body, closed as though grasi)ing' small stick, and snildenly turne(l in opposite directions to imitate breaking. (Cheyenne I.) The extended foretinger of both hanils (J 1) meeting at tlieir tips iu front of body, palms inward, and then separate the tingers by an outward movement as though breaking anything in two. {Dahota I.) "From the breiikiug of a twig." The tists being near together, directed forward and backs upward, turn the outer sides downward as if breaking a stick. (Ihikotd W .) With both hands placed side by side, thumbs touching, throw them outward and downward as if breaking a stick. {Ihikotn W. VII.) Both lists (backs upward, knuckles forward, thumbs one or two inches ajiart) are held at a common level six or more inches in front of the chest, then simultaneously the forearms are send-rotated so as to bring the thumbs uppermost. Other methods of breaking have other signs to represent them. (Miindan and llidatsa I.) The arms are uniforndy tlexcd and the hands in type position (B) apjiroximated before the body. Tiie hands are thus ])alius downwards. 4« Tlie sinii is comiilcted liy tiiiiiinj;- tlieiii over to\v;inls tlio side as iu ivgiilaily IxMidiii}; oi' lnvaking- a stick. Sign ends with pahns up. (Oto I.) ''Soinerliiiij; torn a[)art." Both hands closed, pahns down, thumbs touching, then throw both downward and outward, toward tlieir resjiective sides as if breaking a stick. It' this gesture is accompanied by a movement of the l)ody for- ward, and facial accompaniment of exertion, it represents greater destruction by breaking or the increased requirement of strength to break the object referred to. (Ute I; Apache I.) Seize an imaginary object, hold it in two fists (A palm down), turn fists outward and palms up (broken). (Apache III.) Deaf-mute natural .sinus. — Cliucli the hands and turn them as in the act of breaking a stick. (Ballard.) Use the shut haiuls as if to break a stick. (Haseiisfab.) Nod the bead slowly with the upper teeth rested on the lower lij) and the eyes opened widely to ex])ress astonishment, and, at the same time, use the shut hand with the foi'efinger up as if to give a warning, and then use the shut hands as if to break something. (Ha.senstal).) Place the lists together and suddenly raise them ajiart, forming an angle (either right or obtuse.) (Larson.) To use both shut hands as if to break a stick. (Zeigler.) Broken. Twist off left forefinger with right forefinger and thumb. (Apache 111. Breecli-clotli. Pass the flat hand from l)etween the legs upward toward the belly. (Wied.) This sign is still in use among these Indians. (Mattheirs.) Metaphorically speaking there is identity with Wied's sign and mine. (Oto and Missouri I.) In the latter, the sign is given for the thing sig- nified. By the Prince of Wied the conception is the article itself. By the Oto, that which invariably ac('om])anies and supports it. (lioteler.) Draw the opened right hand, palm ui>ward, between the legs from behind forward. (Dakota IV.) Botli arms were flexed and sonu'what raised at the sides; the hands, then in ])osition (K), inverted, are brought to the piominences of the hips. The hands are then brought around to the iiubis in an approach- ing line and there twisted over each other, as in tying a knot. The movement in this sign represents the tying of the cord tliat passes around over the, hi[)s to sui>|)i)rt the breech<--lotli. (Oto and Missouri I.) "That which is tieil on with a cord at the hips." 49 Bridle. The cxtemlc'd foreliii.ncron.otli liiiiids (all others closed) (:^I), iiu'.-tini<«ter. See Kelatioiioiiip. Broom. lioth hands joineil, in ti-oiit ot' the stomadi, liacks ontward. (inu'ci-s extended and i)ointinf>' oliliqnely downward, make a imsiiinu forward and l)ackward movement froi}i the wrists as thouiiU l)riishiny or push- inji- dirt l)efore the broom. (Ihthvtit I.) "From the manner of usinj'- their primitive brush broom." Bull. First make at the sides of the head thi^ horns of tlic aininal by crook- ing backward the index-flnsiers, ami then make the siun for Tlllie apjdied to animals, which is the same as ai)plied to human bcinus. {Ddl-ofa I.) "Denotin.u- the sc\ of tlic animal." Bullet. ^lake the sign of the ex])loding of the i)owder, then grasj) tlie fore- finger of the lianil with the remaining tingers and thumb, so that the til) of it will .so extend beyond them as to re])rcsciit the ball. (Lo)tf/.) (1) Make the sign for Ball : (-') forefinger and tliumliof right hand used as in the act of grasi)iiig some small object in front of tiie face, and between it and lett hand, which represents a half circle by means ot' the middle finger and thumV): (•>) foretinger of right hainl siuldeiily I'xtended and pushed through the imaginaiy circle of which the middle tiiiger and thumb of the left hand forms one-half. {Clici/f>i)ir 1.) Lett hand hooked (fw). nearly closed: /. <., Icaxing a small cin-iilar opening, tliuiiib resting on the l)acks of the L'd and '■>d phalanges of all the finger.s, is held horizontal in front of the left breast, with back to- ward the left (this represents the barrel of a gun), then the index and thumbof the right extended ami nearly Joined at tips as though holding 7 .-)0 a loiiiid l)iill('t between tlieni (this is the bullet), is earned to the letl baud and the tiiifiens relaxed as thoiiiLih i)laeiiig- the bullet iu the circular opeuiuji', and then strike down on the left hand, with the edge ot the rijiht fist (A I) as though dnvnig the bullet home. Thissif;ii is that for loailiui^' a gun. {Ihikota I.) Iliirii. To destroy. Move tbe right hand (F) in tiout of tlie body as though throwing something forward, and then make the sign for Fire. (Dal-ota I.) Of the body. ' Touch the burnt part with the right index and then make the sign for Fire. {Dakota I.) "From fire." Bury, To. Both flat and extended hands held at arms'-leugth before the abdomen, edges down, and about an inch or two ajjart, thumbs touching; both hands are then thrown outward toward their respective sides rei)eatedly, as if throwing away from their upper surfaces .some light substance. Then re\erse the luotion from without inward. (Slioshoni and Baiiak I.) "Throwing ui> earth from a ditch, and returning it." Buy. See Trade. Camp. Clinch both hands, hold them miward before the breasts, thumbs touching, then pass them forward, each describing a semicircle, so that the outer edges touch at tbe termination of the gesture. {Arilnra I.) Camion. Thumb of the right hand under the fingers; i. c, iu tbe palm of tbe hand, otherwise fist (B); snap out the fingers and tbumb in front of the right breast, and then make the sign for Bisf. {Dakota I.) "Tbe big ex])losion From the smoke made on the discharge of a cannon."- (Jap, perciiMKioii. Bee <)iiiii. Caiitiire, To. See Pri!«oiier, to lake. Cardw, plaviii;;'. « (1) Lett hand fully oi)ened, slant, and held up to the level and in front of the shoulder; (U) sudden pecking motion made with the partially- closed fingers of the right hand five or six times towards tbe palm of the open left hand, as tliougli throwing cards. {Clici/enne I.) (io fluough the motion of dealing from a pack of cards, and throwing one each to imaginary jilayers, right, front, and left. {Dakota VI, Vll.) Catlle. First make tin- si-ii tor Riiffhlo aii; the head is then rotated to the several sides. {Oto I.) "Animal with horns." Make the si^n tor Bllllalo, tlien extend the left foi-elin,i;cr and draw the extended index across it repeatedly at dilferent ])laees. (Ah.sanil^a I; tShosliDiii -.ind Banal: I.) '■ Literall.v, spotted bullah)." To round np. Place tlie closed hands horizontally before the chest, leaving' the fore- fingers curved, then make a beckoiiinji' motion with both simultaneously, the right ino\ing over the l<>ft, as if hooking at imaginary stalks of grain. {Iuu(>H(( 1; Comanche HI; Apache 11; Wichita II.) '-Cattle (horns) brought tJgether." Chair. Right forearm extended from the elbow at right angles (D, with the hand fist (A), with back d. Florentine xii/n. — A tist clinched, with the tlniiiil> thrust out under the forefinger. [Butler.) Chicken cock, domestic. Bring the thumb and fingers of the riglil liand together, and, iioiding the hand moderately elevated, move it across, imitating the motion of the head of a cock in walking. []>nnhar.} (1) Sign tor Itil'd; (2) tii)s of lingers and thund) of right hand clo.sed and pointing downward; (3) motion of scratching and pecking imitated. [Cheyenne I.) Chief, a. The foretiuger of the right hand extended, i)ass it perpendicularly downward, then turn it upward, and raise it in a right line as high as the head. [Lony.) " liising above others." Baise the index tingerof the right hand, holding it straight upward, then turn it in a circle and bring it straight down, a little toward the earth. ( Wied.) The right hand is raised, and in position (J) describes a semicircle as in l)eginning the act of throwing. The arm is elevated perfectly erect aside of the head, the palmof tlie index and hand should 52 be oiitwai'il.s. Tliere isati I'videiit .similarity iii both execution and con- ception of this sign and Wied's; the little variation maybe the result ol difilereut interpretation. 'I'he idea of superiority is most prominent in both. "A prominent one before wliom all succumb." {Boteler.) WiaPs air-picture reminds of the royal .scepter with its sphere. Raise the forefinger, pointed upwards, in a vertical direction, and then reverse both finger and motion ; tlie greater the elevation the " bigger" the chief. {Ampaho I.) (1) Sign for .Tlail ; (2) middle, third, little finger, and thumb slightly closed together, forefinger pointing forward and downward; (3) curved motion made forward, outward, and downward. {Chci/enne I.) "He who stands still and commands," as shown by .similarity of signs to Sit here or Stand liere, " the man who stands still and directs." The extended forefiuger ()f the right hand (JT), of which tlie other tin. gers are clo.sed, is raised to the right side of the head and above it as far as the arm can be extended, and then the hand is brought down in front of the body with tiie wrist bent, the back of hand in front and the extended forefinger jiointiug downward. {Ihil-ofa I.) '-liaised at)ove others." Move the upright and exieiuled right index, palm forward, from the shoulder upward as high as the top of the head, turn it through a curve, aud move it forward six inches, and then downward, its palm backward, to the height of the .shoulder. (Dakota iV.) " Above all others. He looks over or after us." Elevate the extended index before the shoulder, i)ass it ui)ward as high as the luad, forming a short curve to the front, aud downward again slightly to the front. {Dakota VI, Vll; Hidatsa I; Arikara I.) Kight hand closed, forefinger pointing up, raise the hand from the waist in front of the body till it passes above the head. (Omaha 1.) Another sign : Bring the closed right hand, foretiuger pointing u]), on a level with the face; then bring the i)alni of the left hand with force against the right forefinger; next send up the right hand above the head, leaving the left as it is. (Omaha I.) Tlie right arm is extendetl by side of head, with the hand in jiosition (J). The arm and hand then descend, the finger describing a semicircle with the arm as a radius. The sign stops with arm hanging at full length. (Oto I.) "The ai-m of authority before whom all must fall." Both hands elevated to a position in front of and high as the shoul- ders, iialms facing, Hngers and thumbs spread and slightly curved ; the hands are then drawn outward a sliort_distance towards their resjiective sides and gently elevated as high as the top of the head. ( Wyandot I.) " One who is elevated by others." .-.3 Elevate tlie clcised liainl — index only exteinleil and puintiii-- upward to the front of the li-lit side of the face or neck or shoulder, pass it (piiekly ui)\vard, and when as lii.uli as the top of the head, direct it for- ward and downward auain toward the ground, (luiioica I; Comanche III: Apachr II ; Wirliita II.) Close the rijiht hand, index raised, extended, and ida<'eil before the breast, then move it forward fioin the mouth, pointiui;- forward, until at arm's lenjith. {I'tc I.) Head chief of tribe. Place both Hat hands before liie body, palms down, and pass them horizontally outward toward their resi»ective .si(h's, then make the sijiii for ('liicf. {A>-ik((rression of the Canadian vov- ageurs, a leader of an occasional or volunteer war i)arty. The sign is exjilained by his account in a different connection, that to become recog- nized as a leader of such a war party, the (irst act among the tribes using the sign was the consecration, by fasting surceeded by feasting, of a medicine ]iipe without ornament, which the leader of the expedition afterward bore before him as his badge of authority, and it thereforft naturally became an endilematic sign. There may be interest iu noting that the "Calamhu-of the Dakota Nation" (IJulletin ('. S. (i. and C. Survey, vol. iii., Xo. 1), gives a tigure (No. 4.!. A. I). l'St2), showing "One Feather," a Sioux t-hief, who raised in that year a large war iiarty against the Cn)ws, which fact is siinjdy denoted by his holding imt, demonstratively, an untu'iiameuted piiie. 54 Combine signs for C'liieT and Battle. [Arnpaho I.) First make the sign for Battle and tlien tliat for Cliiel'. (T)a- l-otal.) " First iu battle." Of a baud. Point the extended index forward and npward before the chest, then place the spread fingers of the left hand around the index, but at a short distance behind it, all pointing the siinie direction. Ahead of the re- mainder. (Arilara I.) (Jras]) the forelock with the right iianil, palm backward, and pretend to lay the hair down over the right side of the head by passing the hand iu that direction. (P((ii'te I.) The French deaf mute sign for Order, Command, may be compai'ed with several of the above signs. In it the index tij) first touches the lower tip, tlu-ii is raised above tiie head I'lid brought down with violence. [Venndijiimciit iirimairv desi .soHrdx-iinicts ; pur .1/. iV7/ss)er. Paris, 1S.5(!.) Child; Bal>y; Infaiit; Otf^prin;;. Bring tlie hirers and tliuinli of tlic right hand and ]ilace them against the lips, then diaw tlu'iu away and biing tlie right hand against the forearm of the left a.s if holding an infant. Should the child be nmle, prefix the sign of a man l)efore this sign, and if a female, do so by the Sign of the wouKiM. [Dunbar.) If an lnalm is first toward the body, but at the completion of the sign, outward. There is no similarity between this sign and Wied's save in the nu'fhod of indicating its age or size. The upturned palm as indi- cating species will not obtain among the Otos. [Boteler.) "That has been born cr come forth." The distance from the ground when the mo- tion ceases indicates the height of the child referred to. Indians often distinguish the lieight of human beings by the hand placed at the proper elevation, back downward, and that of inanimate objects or animals not human, by the liand held back upward.' A son or daughter is exi)ressed by nudcing with the hand a nH)vement denoting issue from the loins; if the child be smafl, a bit of the index held between the antagonized tliumb and medius is shown. (Burton.) no (\nvsses, I)y a iiiiiii : hv a woman. Iiy a motion rcint'sciitini; parlnri- tion. ( M((C(it>iran.) Pass tin- hand dow uwanl from the aliilomcn. Ix-twccn tlic legs, indi- cating that it came that way. {fhxhjr.) Right hand fingers somewhat cmved and sc])arati'd and iichl forward and liiglier than the wrist, i)ahn down, moved in a short arcii from side to side at the heigiit representing the chihl indicated, and as if rulitiing the tah<>f(i l\'.) "In arm and small."' ( )nt' able to walk. Itiglit hand extended in front of the body on le\el with the breast, back of hand out, lingers joined and jiointing obliipiely towaid the left, turn rlu' hand over with palm looking downward (\V), and carry tiii^ hand downward as though la\ing its jtalm on the toj) of a child's head, the distance of the hand from the gi'ound indicating thi' height and ap- proxinuitely the age of the child. [Ihilcoia I.) "Indicating a child's age by its height." Drnf-iniitr nntnral s'kju for c'lild, not a hnJ>y in ((rms.— \'iU the hand when naturally stretched out down to the knee, (/.arson.) The Cistercian nuinks, vowed to silence, and the Mgvptian hicrogly- jihers, notably in the designation of Ilorus. their dawii-goii. used the linger in or on the li])s for "child.'" It has been conjectured in the last instance that the gesture implied, not the nnxlc of taking nourishment, but inability to s[)eak — in-fon.s. This conjecture, howcvci', was only made to exiilaiu the blunder of the (ireeks. who saw in the hand [ilaced connected with the mouth in the hieroglyph of Ilorus (the) son, " llor- (p)-chrot,"" the gestuiv familiar to themsehes of a tinger on the li]is to ex]U'ess "silence," and so mistaking both the nanu' and the characteri- zati(ui, invented the (iod of Silence, Ilarpokratcs. .V carelul exandna- tiou of all the linear hieroglyphs gixcn by ('lianii>ollion (Dictioiniaire l5gyi)tieu), shows that the tinger or hand to the month of an adult (whose posture is always distiiu-t from that of a child) is always in con- i;ection with the positive ideas of voice, mouth, speech, wi-itiug, eating, drinking, &c., aud never with the negati\c iilca of silence. The special character for "child" alway.s has the above nuMilionecl ])art of the sign with reference to nourishment from the bieast. 56 llaliv, Iiitniit. Place thf tor('liii,i;er in the mouth, /. e., a nursing child. {Arapiiho I.) (1) Sign for woman made from shoulder downward; (!') lowered in accordance with size and height of child. If a baby, both hands open and palms slightly curled uj) brought up to front of breast, slight up- ward and sidewise rocking motion imitated. {('Iieyennv I.) Lay the back of the right hand in the palm of the left crosswi.se on the left side of the breast, and make the uj) and down movemeuts as though holding and dandling an infant. {Jkikota I.) " iSex of the child can be designated by its apjjropriate sign." Move the opened right hand, palm backward, fingers pointing down- ward, from the lower part of the chest downward until it is in front of tiie lower i)art of the abdomen, here tnrn the palm downward and move the hand forward about eighteen inches; then raise the left elbow and fix it about six inches forward from the side, the wrist in front of it and three or four inches higher, holding the hand slightly flexed, its i)alm liackward anil lingers pointing ui)ward, and lay the back of the ojjened right hand on the left forearm near the elbow-joint. (Ddkiita IV".) "(living birth to, and holding in the arm." The right arm is flexed and hand brought against abdomen about the undjilicus. The hand is in iiosition (!•» 1) ; modified by being inverted. The hanil with palm towards the body then roughly des. ribes '■ the curve of Cams" or course of the ftetus in delivery. The sign is com- pleted at end of curve by the hand being helfl erect, palm outward, ba<;k towards the body. [Oto I.) "That which hath come forth." Right and left hands carried to the left breast as if hokling a very small infant tliere. (Coincuichc I.) Deaf- unite ii<(tiiriil sii/nx. — By sucking the finger and placing the hands a small distance ai)art to denote the size of the child. {Ballard.) Dandle an imaginary baby in the arms. (Larson.) To move the arms as if to dandle a baby in the arms. (Zeh/ler.) Boy. Hold ui) the index-finger. (Dodge.) "This is used when indicating my hoj/, as when given alone it would also signify man.'' liight hand tiglitly closed; tiien jilace it before the body, extend the index ]Kiinting ii|)ward. (Ali.santh-a 1; Slioslionl and Banalc 1.) I'lace the hand in first position for lYlaii, then open all of the fingers and move the hand to the right about a foot to the height of the boy referrcul to, the hand to be horizontal, i)ointing forward, and its back upward. (Pal.iila IV.) '-.Male one." Boy, is\v\. Tlu' most iiiitiiral siousdcscriiituvof tlie sexual organs. {Co>ti(iiichr I.) dill. Join the two outstietclied tlminlis and foretiiij^cis and jilace tlieni be- fore the crotch. Given when (•(Uiversinj;- with a jierson litth' ac(inainted with sifjiis. (Dodge.) Sif^n for ^qiinw. To indieate statnre, liohl tlie liand. jialm (h)\vn and tinners extended and joined, at tlie proju-r hei,i,dit. {Ariijinho I.) Pas.s the Hat extended hands, tinj;-ers joined, down the sides of the head as far as the shoulders, when they are drawn forward and outward a short distance, eiidiiij; with the tips ])ointin!j,- towards one another and jialiiis down. Then hold the left hand and arm transveis(>ly l)efore the liody, i)ointiii,i;- to the rij>ht, and i)ass the right index downward along the abdomen, passing it underneath the left hand, then outward and ii])ward, hohling the index as high as the face. (Alis((n>h(i I ; Sho.shoni and Banal- ].) " Woman born." ]\Iake the sign for~\Voiliai> and designate ag<' a|>])id\imately by the distance the right hand is held from the ground, /. e. the cliild's height. The longer hair denoting the sex an t the height age. [Ihikota I.) First make the sign for ^Voiliaii; then move the hand, back forward, down to the height of the girl referred to. turning the fingers upward and slightly Hexing them and gathering their ends (thumb included) into a circle about two inches in diameter. (Daliota W .) "The women wear the hair behind the ears and plaited." Kight hand carried to the iiaxcl. then with extended iialm. ling"r.s together and iKiiiiting downward, move the hand downward to the groins, and then outward, iialm still downward and lingers together. {Comnnvhe I.) Extend the k'ft forearm at an angle of 4.j^, forward and upward from the elbow, place the extended Hat right hand with the outer edge against the middle ()f the forearm, then di'aw the left towards the breast, the right retaining its relative position while doing so. (Utc I.) IJotli hands arched or curved, palms facing and about four inches a]>ait ; tlu'ii ]>lace the right hand, lingers extended lint joined, to the left breast. (Apache I.) Offspring Pass the hand, tingers extended downward and joine(l, ]ialm toward the boily, downward, clo.se to and in front of tlie body, changing the direction outward between the thighs; literally, " out of the loins,"' or else imidying the act of iiarturition. (Arapulio I.) S Is " (leuoteil by a sliglitly varied diuiib show of issuance from the loins," the line traced sliowinj;- a close diagnosis of parturition. (Dakota I.) The right hand, hack forward, in the position of an index-hand point- ing downward, is held before the abdomen and then moved downward and forward in a curve. {Mumhin and Hidatsa I.) Place the left elbow against the side of the chest and bring the hand up to within about eight or ten inches of the face, then lay the right flat hand edgewise transversely into the angle formed by the left arm and forearm. { Wyandot I.) Children. Young men and women. IJoth hands closed and liehl at the height of the shoulders before the body, forefingers straight and extended, i>ointing upward ; move them up anretty face would seem to be intended." Clear. (Compare Liji^ht.) The hands are uplifted and s])rea(l both ways from the head. {Dun- har.) Both hands with palms downward, lingers extended, pointing straight to the front (W), are brought together in front of the body on a level with the stomach, and then moved sidewise from each other on the same level for a few inches. {Dakota i.) "Resembles somewhat the sign tor broad, and also for Hat, level. The separation of two bodies, the hea\'ier f dling to the bottom as in the clearing of water." DcaJ-inntc natural siyn. — Look at the sky and arch the arms and hands towards it, and move tiieni apart to indicate the absence of ob- struction bv clouds. {Ballard.) 59 Clock or watch. .Make the si^ii for Klin to the right of tlie body licij;lit of liead, and then close all the flnjjers except the index \vhi left arm is then semi-extended, lingers collected, but the index and thumb crooked to foiin a circle. The right index in i)osition (K) now describes a circle over the left index and thumb as held aliove ; then a second cir<'le to indicate hour-marks is made in dots, as it were, then the ;irc of the horizon is divided off, as it were, in points. {Oto an/IMisKoiiri 1.) "Something circular that marks the divisions of daily time.'' f'lodiiiis. BIniikct, robe. Pass both lists, crossing, in front of tlie breasts, as if wrajjping one's self up. ( Wied.) Sign still in use, but nowadays for blanket as well as robe. {Mdttlictcii.) Robe, red. First indicate the wra])ping about the shoulders, then rub the right cheek to indicate the red color. ( Wud.) Here he means blanket, not buttalo-robe, which shows that in liis day the same radical sign was used for l)otii. (See sign for OInilket.) Buffalo robes were never painted of a uniform color, except when rubbed with white or yellow earth, never certainly green or blue throughout; but red, green, and blue are favorite colors for Mackinaw blankets. Tiie signs for the colors are the essential jioints to be noticed in the.se descriptions. A color may be indicated l)y rubbing any object tliat possesses it, or pre- tending to rub such an object. (Mattheics.) Kobe, green. Indicate the wrapping aliout the shoulders, and with the back of the left hand make the gesture of stroking grass upon the eiirth. ( Wied.) Same remarks are ai)plicable to this as to Robe, Red, 'y. >'. (Mat- thews.) Put them on in pantonume. (Burton.) Pantomimic show of enveloping oneself in a blauket as woru by In- dians. (Arapttho 1.) Both hands closed, as though loosely clasiiing the edge of a blanket, and brought uj) in front of the middle of the breast, the left hand over the right, as thougii folding the blanket around the shoulders. (Chey- enne 1.) 60 Toucli tlic ;irriclt> in qnestioii ; in its absence, a pantomimic show of where it should he if present. (Arapnho I.) Is denoted by crossin,;;- both arms in front of the body on a level with the breast, and close to the body, with the hands grasping a fold of the blanket — the same as a sliawl would be worn. [Dah)ta I.) "From its use as a covering." From an njiright position, just above the corresponding shoulder, ))alm forward, move each hand across tlie chest, and, gradually rotating the hand until its ])aliii is backward, ])lace it against the opposite shoulder, crossing the fore-arms on the chest, tlten rub tlie back of the left hand with the ends of the tingers of the right. {Dakota IV.) " Wrapping a blanket around the shoulders." Use both hands as ii drawing a blanket around the body and shoulders, crossing the forearms over the breast in doing so. {Dakota VI, VII.) The arms aie Hexed and liands in t\ pe-i)osition {S) crossed on the front of breast. Then witlidrawn o|ien downwards and outwards over liml)s. Sometimes liotli ha ids in above positions are made simply to touch suc- cessively limbs, l)o(ly, and arms. {<>to I.) "That whicli wraps or in closes me."' The left |)alm is laid u])on the cliest, then both hands are opened and thrown l)a(!k on a level with the shoulders. The hands are now gradu- ally crossed on the breast, being closed tistlike as they come together. {Oto and Missouri I.) "The manner of folding something over the body." Fold arms aeross the breast, signifying drawing the blanket about the shoulders. {S((liajiti)i I.) Elevate both hands cliiii'hed (A) on a level with the shoulders and then jerk them across to the opposite shoulder after the manner of wrap- ping u]) in a blanket when it is cold. For a buffalo robe the sign is the same, only a previous sign indicating the robe is used. {Comam-Jte I.) Of skin, or a butt'alo robe. The hands are placed near the shoulders, as if holding the ends of the robe, and then ci-ossed, as if drawing the robe tight around the shoulders, (Long.) Combine signs for C'lotliiii;;', IVooleii ISI.iiiket, and Bul- la lo. {Arapalio I.) .Sign for ^ikiil tbdowed by sign for Illanket. {Cheyenne I.) I'irst make tlie sign for Biiflhlo, and then the sigu for Blanket. {Dakota I.) "From its use as a co\ering." 61 Botli liands with tliiiiiibs and torctiiij^ers extended (K 1), ba<'k ofliand.s outward, are lironylit to the sides nf the head and carried downward slightly in front of the sides of tlie l>ody to the level of tlie lower rilis where the hands are turned so tlie t'liuabs and forefingers point down- ward. Pants, coat, and every otiier garment must be jiointed to tlie position wlicrc worn. {I>iil-iit<( 1.) "The entire covering of a person." Make the sign for wrapping a blauket around the shoulders, and tiicn to indicate the hair on the robe, hold tlie left forearm hoiizontal and directed obliquely forward and toward the right, and move the right hand along it from the elbow to the wrist, the back of the right liand against the forearm, its fingers and thumb somewhat cui\'ed and scjia- rated, pointing upward (as in P). {Dakota IV. 1 ('oat. Separate tlie tlminb and iudex-tinger of eacli jiaiid. and press iliciii downward over the sides of tlie body. ( WIeiL) 1 have descrilied a sign much the same for nhirt. Perhaiis he regarded the Indian iiunting sliirt as a coat, since it is used as an outside garment. Tiie motion lie de- scribes depicts the pnlliug down of a shirt over tlie head, not tlie jiut- ting on of a coat of Eiiroj)ean fashion. Coats must have been rare among the U])pcr Missouri Indians in is:5t. He says that the fliumli and forefinger are separated (but being thus mentioned togetlier he evidently saw them ai)proximafed). I liave described tliem as in con tact. Perhaps the sign is variable to tiiis trifling degrei' even wlieii made by the same person, the mere indication of the pulling down of the shirt being the essential point. (Miittli>irs.) With the fingers held as for Dres!*. Tililic, but witii tlie tlnimhs pointing, first carry the riglit hand along the left arm from the wrist to the shoulder and the left hand along the right arm. { Pitkntd IV.) "(Cov- ering the arms." The left arm is jiartially elevated and semiexteiided in a jiassive man- ner from the body. The right band is then brought over the extended left in tyi»e-itosition ( ^^). The back of hand more arched, and is drawn up over the left arm and rice rcrna. The fingers of both hands are then twisted over each other at ]ioints from the neck down the chest as in buttoning. [Ofo (tnd Missouri I.) "Something that covers our arms and is buttoned around the body." Deaf mute natural sij/iis. — Indicated by moving the hands along the arms up toward the shoulders. {Ballard.) Take hold of the front lappel of the coat with one hand to make a movement of it back anil front, and [loiiit to it with the other, nodding the head as if to indicate goods of the same kind, {llasenxtafj.) 62 Dress, Tunic. With tlie forefingers extended and pointing inward, liacks forward, and tlinmbs extended and pointing backward, tlie other fingers chjsed, move the hands from the front of the shoulders downward to the waist. {Dal-ofn IV.) "Tlie motion of i>assing a garment over the head and covering the body from the shoulders down." Shirt, hunting. The forefinger and thumb so opposed as to form a curve are passed near the surface of the body, from the forehea^l to the abdomen. (Long.) Forefingers pointing towards the hip.s, brought up along the sides and abo\ e the shoulders and pointed backwards. This sign may be reversed. {Cheyenne I.) Same as the sign for Clothing'. [Dalota I.) The tips of the thumbs of each hand are opposed to one or more of the corresponding fingers and the hands are then passed rapidly down- ward in front from the top of the head to below the stomach. {Mandan and Hidatsa I.) Trowsers. With the fingers held as for Tllllic, carry the hands from the knees upward to the waist. (DaJiota IV.) (loud. Begin with the sign of water, then raise the two hands as high as the forehead and, placing them with an inclination of 15°, let them gently cross one another. (Dioihar.) (1) Both haniieK. May l)f signilied by making the sign fi)r 8llloke, the hand ascend- ing, then descending, by constantly revolving motion. (Arapaho I.) 63 €liib. I'oiiit to a i)iece of wood witli the riji-lit index (M), and tlien strike the jiahii of the tiat, horizontal h'ft hand (X), hehl in front of tlie body, fingers poiuting toward the right, witli the edge of the tingers of tlie right crosswise. [Dakota I.) " From strilving w itii a chih." €onl. The left hand is carried down and lield at the level of and in front of the left breast from a little higher elevation, with palm inward, tingers joined extended, slightly arched, and pointing towards the right, hand horizoidal (bank or blntt), and then the right hand in tiie same [(osition, except ends of extended tingers pointing toward the left, is carried out in front of the hotly, and its back struck several times against the i)ahn of the left (hard), and then the right index is carried from left to right along the nnddle of the i)alm of the yet stationary left (this indicates the vein of coal,) and then the left hand is dropped down in front. The thickness of the vein itself and its de])th below the surface can also be approximately indicated in this sign. Xo written language could con- vey to the mind a more gra|)hic picture than does this to the person who has ever ascended the Missouri, and seen the veins of coal cropping out of the river bluffs and baid^s. (l>al:i>t<( I.) " A vein of coal crop- ping out of a bank." Collee. Left-hand tist (A. 1) held to the left side of body in front of stomach, the right hand brought over it, end of index resting on end of thumb (other fingers closed), back of hand upward ; then tiie right is turned in a circular manner as though turning the handle of an upright coffee- mill. The sign for Kettle can lie made to indicate the lioiling of the coffee or the sign for Drinliii;/ to indicate that it is made. [Dakota I.) " From the grinding of the coffee." The arms are semi-extended and hands (as in type-posture (C 1) modi- fied by being horizontal) made to rub circularly, the palms slightly separated This is followed by signs for Water, Fire, and Uriiik. [Oto I.) " Something to be ground, then subjected to fire and water, and drunk." C-oiii. A shaking of tingers and tluunbs. [Macf/owan.) The tingers of the right hand closed, leaving the thumb and iiulex curved, with tips joining, thus fornnng a circle. The liand is then Judd outward toward the right side, showing the circle to the observer. {Absaroka 1; Shoshnni and liaiiak I.) " Round, like silver or gold coin." Join the tips of the tliund) and forefinger of the same hand, the inte- rior outline approxiuuiting a circle. [Arapaho I.) 64 The arm is raised to tlii- bead, and the ri;;lit index tinker hooked describes the hat-mark of the forehead in sign for Wliitr mail or American. The arms then diverge \va\e like from the sides of the body. The left hand is then brought before the liody. The index and thumb form a circle in imitation of the outline of the silver dollar, as in (CJ). The extended ri<;lit index tinger is then drawn across the circle of the left hand twice. (Oto aud Mim>iiri.) " The round, marked currency of the white man." Coitus. The extended index of the right hand (the hand usually back down- wards, other fingers flexed) is grasped by left hand, palm upwards. In this position the index is usually moved back and forth, /. e., in aud out, once or oftener. (Mamhoi and Hidatm I.) Aiistralittn sif/n. — Fingers of both hands closely interlocked, backs up and horizontal. This is used ceremonially in oflering their women to a visitor as a rite of hospitality. (Smyth.) Cohi. The same as for Air. but when applied to a person the right hand is shut aud held up nearly opi)osite the shoulder, aud put into a tremidous motion. {Dunbar.) The arms with clinched hands held up before the breast, thrown into a tremulous motion, as if shivering with cold. (Lonij.) (l) Bo:h hands, palms facing breast, awkwardly closed, as though numb with cold, and brought to a level with the shoulders which (2) shrugged ; (3) hands slightly motioned downward, forward, and side- wise, to imitate violent trembling. {Chri/enni' I.) Hold the clinched right hand (or both) in front of the shoulder, then cause the fist to treMd)le as if shivering from cold. {Dakota VII.) With both fists clinched and held drawn up near to the shoulders, imitate trend)ling, as from cold. {DakotaVI; JBidatsa I; Arikara I.) Roth hands cliiudied, cross the forearms before the breast with a trend)ling motion. {Hidat.sa 1; Arikara I.) Both arms are uniforndy fiexed and made to ajjproach the chest. The hands are (in type-postm'e^(B 1) modified by jjalms facing chest) then made to tremble before the body. {Oto I.) '• That makes nie shake or tremble." Elevate both hands, clinched, to the shoulders; then let them shiver a little back and forth. This sigu^ varied as follows, indicates chill and fever. After the cold sign is used, place both bauds clinched (B) beside 65 the teini)Ies, ;iiiil let the fingers i\y outward, and clinch them ajjain, and let them tlyontward aj;ain. This indicates tever in tiie head. [Coiiuinrhcl.) Same sijiii as for Winter. {Aiiaclie 1.) It is. Wrap up, sliudder, and look disagreeable. (Bnrton.) Cross both hands (B) at the wrists a few inches in front of tlie body on a level with tlie breast, and then make a shivering' motion with botli hands and arms. ( Dakota I.) " Resembles somewhat the sign for Blan- ket ; covering'. The idea of shivering with cold." Deaf-mute natural xignn. — Shudder with the shoulders. (liaUard.) Shiver, with your hsts near tlie breast. {Cross.) Make a rai)id movement of the clin(!hed hands from and toward each other with tlie eyes lifted toward the person spoken to, and then i)oint iu the direction from which tiie wind is blowing, so as to indicate that the weather is cold. (Haseiistah.) To shiver, moving the closed lists. [Larson.) Close the fists and draw the arms toward the body with a motion of shivering. (Zei(/ler.) Color. First and second lingers of the right hand extended, tlinml) resting on the third finger which with the little finger is closed, are brought to the front of the l)ody and to the left side over the left hand, which is held slightly obllcpie (B) on the left side of the body about a foot to the front of the left breast, and tiieii the two extended fingers of the right iiand are rubbed over the back of the left hand. This is generic. The i)articular color must be designated after mak- ing this sign in each instance by touching something of that color. {Dakota 1.) " Mixing the paint on the hand to see its color before using; much the same as painters try a color on a board, or anything with a proper back ground to display it." Black, White, Red, Blue, Yellow, etc. With arm elevated, semi-tlexed, the hand iu position (K) pointed to these ditt'ereiit colors, whether represented in the vault of the firmament or articles of dress. White is sometimes indicated by pointing to the sun, and black by pointing to sun then executing sign for i\o or the l§unN Netting'. {Oto I.) "As objects appear." Black. Rub the hair on the right side of the head with the tiat hand. ( Wieii.) The hair of the Indians being nearly always black, that object is natur- ally selected as indication of that color. 9 66 First make the sign for Color, and then touch sometbing black. [Dal-ota I.) "Designating a particular color." Kul) along the Ijack of the left hand with the palm of the tiugers oi the right, back of left up palm of right down. Or point at a black ob- ject. {Dakota IV.) Pass the fingers of the right hand gently over the hair on the right side of the head. (Dakota V.) Deaf-mute natural sif/n.— Show the end of the nail of one finger of the one hand with the forefinger of the other hand i)ointing at it, on account of the color of the dirt under the nail. (Larson.) Blue. With two fingers of the right hand rub the back of the left. ( Wied.) It is conjectured that the veins on the back of the hand are indicated. First make the sign for Color, and then touch something blue. (I)akota I.) '• Designating color." Gray. First make the sign for Color, and then touch something of gray color with the right index. (Dakota I.) " Designating color." Green. With the back of the left hand make the gesture of stroking grass upon the eartii. ( Wild.) First nuike the sign for Color, and then touch something of green color. (Dakota I.) '"Designating color." Point at a green object and then rub the radial edge of the left hand with the fingers of the right. (Dakota IV.) "Colors are usually desig- nated by pointing at or rubbing some object of the color referred to." Denfmuie natural sign. — Point the finger to grass. (Larson.) Ked. Kul) the right cheek to indicate the red color. (Wied.) The red re- fers to the ]iaint habitually used on the checks, not to the natural skin. The Indians know better than to designate between each other their natural color as red, and have been known to give the designation red man to the visiting (Caucasian, whose blistered skin often better deserves the epithet, wliich they oidy apply to themselves in converse with the compiering race that insisted upon it. The author mentions in another connection that the Mandans used red on the cheek more than on other parts of the liody on which parts other colors were generally displayed. G7 Make the sign for Color, niul tlicii ti>ucli utiv red oliJL'ct witli the rijiht index. {T>al-ota I.) Hold the left hand as for fSipolted, and rnb its npper edffe with the ends (if the hnyers of the rij;lit hand. (Ihikotn IV.) l\ul> the elieek with the fingers. {l>(il;otn VI.) Kub the right cheek with the palmar snrfaee of the extended tingers of the right hand. (Kaiowa I; Comanche \\l; Apache \l; Wichita 11.) "From the cnstom of coloring the cheeks red." Hub the elieek with the i)almar surface of the extended and joined ttnger.s of the right hand. Sometimes both hands are nsed in coiumu- nication witli Americans. (Ute I.) Vermillion, cinnaliai-. Kub the right cheek with the tingeis of the right hand, (^^"^e<^.) Still in nse. (Matllwim.) White. With the underside ot the lingers of the right hand rub gently upon that i)art of the left hand which corres])ouds with the knitting of the bone.s of the forefinger and tliumli. (Ihiiihar.) First make the sign for Color, and then loucli anything wlnte with the right index. {Ikikota I.) Extend tlie left hand, palm up, tlat, with fingers si)read before the brdy, and draw tlie index of the right from the tip of the middle finger of the left back across the palm to the wrist. Light color compared with the darkness of the skin generally. {Ufc I.) Dfa/mute naUiral sign. — Point the huger to the human skin. {Lar- son.) Yellow. Sign for Color, and then touch something yellow. [Dalola I.) " Designating color." Com It. Curve tlie sjiread fingers of the right hand into a half circle, then pass them over the hair of the right side from above downward, as if eond)ing- one's .self. The hand is then brought forward again, still in the same condition, to indicate the object. (Dakota V.) Coiiibut. See Battle. Come, To; to arrive. The forefinger moved from right to left with an interru|)ted motion as if imitating the alternate movement of stepjiing. [Iliinhar.) 68 Elevate the index flnger near the face, extend the hiind, and return it with a miuiber of gentle .jerks. ( n'(«7.) The simple idea of "come" is expressed by a straight and unvarying motion of the finger, as you imitate in your remark. Prince W. gives liere a variation which sigui" lies coming from a distance or making a journey witli halts. He says "gentle jerks;" I say "wavering motion." We both mean the same thing. The interrujjtiou of motion may indicate nightly camps. {Mat- thews.) The right arm extended with the hand in typeposition (K 1), index a little more opened, i)ointing to the individual, then describing an arc towards the body with slk/ht jerkim/, the index sharply hooked. There appears to be reasonable similarity to Wied. It is probable that, were the latter descrijition more explicit, with some allowance for mis- interpretation, the identity of the conceptions and similarity of signs would be more plain. (Botclcr.) "To approach or draw near unto in both." (I) Forefinger of right hand pointed to j)erson addressed, the finger tips i)ointing upwards and palm inward ; (2) hand drawn toward face. In rapid coinnuinication, the pointing with the forefinger is sujjcrseded by a motion of the whole hand towards the object addressed. The back of the hand is kept towards the person, the finger tips upward, palm in- ward, and motion made towards the speaker's face with the first two or three fingers of his liglit hand. (Cheyenne I.) Hold the left hand a foot in front of the chest, its back forward, fingers ])ointing a little ujjward toward tlie I'ight, and bring the palm of the right hand backward against it smartly, the fingers of the right pointing a little ui)ward toward the left. [Dakota IV.) Elevate the right hand, back forward, quickly elevate the index and throw it back into its i)lace again. (Dakota VI; Hiia I; Arikara I.) The right arm is extended fbrwar. I'lace botli liaiids i)aliii to [laliii, and pa.ss tliciii in -icntli' and intcr- im)tt'd aiidied niovcuR'nts to tlic front, rcseiublinj;' tlic motion of walk- ing-. {Fail'tcl.) l^.ack. Beckon in tlic Eiirojx^an way, and draw the forefinger toward your- self. (Burton.) (1) Sign for (i;o away: (l-') sign for Come; that is, gone away and com e back . ( C hey en ne I . ) The .sign can be made by a simjile motion of tiie right hand perjien- dietdar, held at the arm's extended cajiacity at the side of the tiody and drawn back toward the left in front of the body, provided the penson being called back is near enongli to see it. (Dnhitii I.) "Calling a jierson back." Ihii/miitc nafurdl nujn. — Stretch out the hand to denote going away, and then move it towards one's .self. [lidllard.) Here. The hands stretched outward \\ith the i>alm under, and brought back with a curxc iiTotion downward and inclining to the body. {Dunbar.) Beckon with the foretinger as is done in Europe, not as is doiu' in the East. (Burton.) (1) The .sign for t'oilie is first nuide; (!.') drooped fingers slightly ex- tended and reversed from jiosition assumed in making the sign for "come;" (.'{) suddenly dropi)ed to iiulicate desireaiiy. (Compare Kelalioii'«lii|i.) The two foretingers art- extended and ])laeed together, with their backs njiward. Tliis sign is also used tor llii<«l>aiid. (/>«»//.) Two foretingers held motionless together, tonching throughout their length in front of breast, backs ui)ward. {('hci/cintc 1.) The forefinger of each hand extended, pointing straight to the front and Joined (all other lingers of both hands closed), hands horizontal, backs uiiward, on level of the stomach, and close to the body, are car- ried forward for about eighteen inches with a curved upward movement, so that when the .sign is completed the fingers are on a lc\ el w ith the upi)er part of tlie breast, jiointing obliipidy ui>ward. (Dahita 1.) " In- separable, united, equal." The arms are flexed before the body and the hands, in type position (S), ajiproximatiMl i)alms in contact, before the chest. The arms are then semi-extended, and the indices in type position (J), horizontal, are crossed, the hands, thus " in situ,''^ describe a wave-like motion forward, as in going on one's way together with one to whom we are attached. (Oto and MissDuri I.) "A friend who is (h'ar and accompanies me." Both hands closed (11) and brought within two inches of each other, index-fingers pointing outward, then let both hands move outward a foot or .so. (Comanche 1.) Traveling. 8ee Friend . For life. 8ee Hiiwltaiid and Wile, the Same, Equal. €oiui>ari<»oii; .llore, .Howl. In comparison the signs for Ijittle and Big' are used as represent- ing "more," "most." (l>ta I.) Coiupiaiwaiii'e. (Compare dilad.) Coiii|>iilMio!i. Italian xit/n. — The thumb is helil under the chin to indicate being laid under necessity. (Butler.) 72 Coiiteiiipl. liiMiilt. (Compare Di!^g list. ) Close or shut tin; ri,i;lit hand and hold it drawn toward the chest and on a level with it, with the palm up and the shut fingers and thumb up; and the expression of contempt is given by extending out the hand and arm directly in from the body, at the same time opening the thumb and lingers wide and ai)art, so that at the termination of the motion the arm is nearly extended and the thumb and fingers all radiating out as if it were from the center of the hand, and the palm of the hand still pointing upward. (Ojihira III.) Indicate by turning from the object, move both hands and arms to riglit or left, with palms outward, as if in the act of pushing away the person or object ; stand erect or lean back a little. [Ojibwa IV.) My observations agree with Dr. Mattbews, connection with ''bad," (see p. 2(J, Introdn(;tion to the Study of Sign-Language, by Gr. Mallery), and also with Giltillan (fecj citato), as expressing the highest degree of "cou- temj)t;" at the same time the contemiit is expressed by facial emotions. {Dalxota I.) " Derivative of bad." This is expressed by the sign for Bad, but the motion is more forci- bly made. If the ])erson at whose expense X\w sign is made is present, the hand is moved toward him and the face is sometimes averted from him. (Man(((/- III ufc natural sij/iis. — ^love alternately each forefinger on the tips of all the fingers. [Larnon.) Toucli tiic lingers one after another witli one finger. [Cross.) I'oiiiitry, Bi;i»>liip. Place the closed right hand near the hii), the index extended and point- ing forwanl. the thumb extended toward the left and upward at right angles to the axis of the index, tiien move the liand forward to arm's length, rotating tlie hand and forearm during motion. (Kaioiru. I; Co- manche III ; AiMche II ; Wichita II.) C'o«'. The two forefingers brought u]i to the side of the head and extended outwards so as to i-epres(Mit tli(» position of the horns. {Dunbar.) (I) Sign for IIikoii ; (-) motion of milking made with both hands. (Cheyenne 1.) Hold the crooked right index at the right side of the head to repre- sent the horns, auvd then make the sign for Female, applied to ani- mals. (Dakota I.) " Horns and sex." 75 (Jonard, oo«:irdi«'t'. See Fear. C'raiio. ( )pcii both liiiiids, move tlicm IVoiii tlie sides of tlie eliest (iiit\v;ii(t and backward (as if swiuiining', but near tbe ixidv) ; then (dose the ri^ht liaiid, h'aA'ing- the foretinuer extended and slii;htly enrved ; ])ass it from before the chin, n[)\var(l, forward, and sbnlitl.y downward, forming an arc to indicate tlie hint; neck of the biid. (I>iiki>t«l:<>tii W.) " Head turned." t;ro««>, >iii8ky. Place cliuched right hand (C'. with thumb close to foiehead), turn the hand till jialm faces outward, then move it to the front slightly. (Chcy- eniif 11.) Same as the sign for Aii;!;'4'r, not made however with as much force and omitting liny decided facial expression. (IhihilK 1.) '• Derivative of anger." C row . Fingers and thuinli of right hand brought to a point and motion of ]iecking slightly made. (Clicfinnii' I.) ('iitliii;; aiiylliiii;; in pierce. Draw the right hand, palm backward, tingers pointed obli(iuely up- ward toward the left, four or tive times across the advanced left hand forearm, and arm, eac-h time at a different iilace. (Onhvfa IV.) With an ax. With the right hand tiattened (X changed to right instead of left), ])alm ui>ward, move it downward toward the left side repeatedly from ditferent elevations, ending each stroke at the same point, (l)i(kota 1, V.) "I'rom the act of felling a tree." liepeat the sign for /\\ sl^\■eraI times, making the cuts from differ- ent jioints, but terminating about the same i)lace each time. (J>-il:t are indicated \x\ this sig;ii. Tlie idea bein.u' that the persoTi .sliall be cautious in his inoveuients as tliere may he (hiiiger ahead. (Da- kota I.) Bring the body (|iiiekly to an erect posture, at the same time iiaziiis; intently toward the expected source of dan.uei' witli a look uf flight. (Wi/anilof I.) Phice baud in front of breast, tin,t;ers lioolvcd as thouj;ii hohlini;' a knife, baclv outward (F 1, liorizontal and back outward), then make motion as tliongli cuttinii- out the heart, first with tlie downward move- ment turnii\f;' l>aclc of tist upward, tlieu with tlie ipiick movement up- ward throwinji' bai'k outward aji'ain. (SalKtplin 1.) ''('uttinsi' out the heart." Brinj;- the rijiht hand from the rij;lit side and back of the body as if grasping a twig, bring the hand before the breast, make the sign for Ratlle, for IVo, and for s. (Compare i\igiit.) Make the sign for Snii, then extend the hands horizontally forward, backs upward, and i)ass one over the other two or three times touching it. {Long.) Both hands sjiread out flat and cross vertically past each other before the face and neck. [Chci/cinic I.) Same as the sign for .\i;;'ht or CIoikIm. {Pakota I.) Deaf-mute nalaral sii/n. — Point at your eyes partly shut and then turn your face to the sky with your hand waving over your head. {Cross.) Daiii;ltter. See Relaliun^liip. daii;;^lifer. Da>'. (Compare $>»iih and £aKt ; ami Loiij;', in lapse of* time.) Place both hands at some distance in front of the breast, apart and back downward, elevate the index finger and move it forward to indi- cate one, twice for two, etc. ( Wied.) This is still iu use. The holding up of the index-fingers is not essential. When the hands are held as 78 described tliey arc first i)laced near to one another and tlien moved apart, as yon snf;jj:e.st. Since my memory is assisted I remember this sign well. (Mtttthew.) There is no observable difference in either exe- cution or eonceptioii between the sign {Oto and .If/.s'WMj-/ 1) and Wieening of the day from above." "The disjiersion of darkness." From positions a foot or eighteen inches in front of the lower part of the chest, the open hands pointing forward, near together, i)alms ui»- ward,are to be .separated by carrying them out a foot or eighteen inches. (Dakota IV.) "All o])en." ' Another: F'roiii positions a foot or eighteen inches in fi'ont of the lower part of the chest, pointing obliquely forward and inward, palms down- ward, the right two or three inc^hes al)ove the left, separate the hands 79 about two feet, carrying- each one outward through an arc, gradually tiiruiuK tlie palms until they are upward. Uncovering the .sun. {Da- kota IV.) A (lay is indicated by making tlie sign for Kiiii, and moving the hand thus formed from the left horizon to the right, forming a lialf circle, and indicating the course of the sun through the sky. [Ihihota V.) Right hand closed, forming a circle witli th<' index and tliuml), move the liaiul from east to west, following the course of the sun. ( DakotK VII.) The head is turned toward the orieid and eyes wonderingly u])\varalm inwards). The haiul tlius jiointing toward easti'rn horizon, is made to traverse tlic arc of the vault of the heavens, followed by the eyes until it stops on level with right shoulder, iirm extended, crooked index pointing west. {Oto uuil Miantmri I.) "The time between the rise and encompassed by the course and setting of the sun." Both Hat hands with palms down arc held horizontally before the breast, the right over the left, then throw them outw.ird toward their re.spe(!tive sides, turning the ])alnis ui> in doing so. (lutii)u-ii I: ('omroi- cheUl; A2)(ichen; Wichita 11.) Close the right hand leaving the index bent in the form of a half circle, the index also extended, then i)ass the baud from east to west. (Pai-Utel.) Sign made for f^iiii, and iiass across the zenith from east to west. {Apache I.) Thund) and index circled; sweep hand from east to west across the sky. In rapid use tluunb and index are often i>arted, and the liaml is swept tlirough a very short arc, not above shoulder. {Apnclic III.) The French deaf-mutes fold the hands upon each other and the breast, then raise them, palms inward, to beyond each side of the head. To-day. (Compare IVow.) Touch the nose with the index til), and motion with the list toward the ground. {Biirtou.) (1) Both hands extended, palms outward ; (li) swept slowly forward and to each side, to convey the idea of openness. (Chcj/eniie I.) This may combine the idea of now with openneas, the tirst part of it resem- bling the general deaf-mute sign for Here or j\ow. 80 DesigUiite tlic liour simply. See Hoill*. {Arapaho I.) Poiut witli tlie liaiid to the east, and carry it slowly overhead to the west. {Iroquois I.) First make the sign for iVow, and then the sign for Day. {Dakota 1.) " Now with openness." Make the sign for Day, to signify the period of time distinct from night. This being completed, the right hand was brought in modified position (I), from the stop at right to the center of forehead and made to describe a semicircle forward from the body toward the ground. The finger remains hookeil and palm outward and downward. {Oto ami Minsouri I.) "The day that is now l>efore me, or present time." Evening. Forefinger of right hand crooked as in sign for Ifloriiiiij^', and low- ered toward the west, followed by the sign for i\i|^'iil. {Chcijennc I.) Make the sign for Sun, and hold it toward the western horizon. {Ahmrohii 1; Shoxho)ii and Haitak I.) The right hand and arm, the former in modified position (1), index is more opened ; hand is hori/,ontal and palm inward; execute the sign for Day. At the comidetion of this sign the hand is (piickly everted and assumes type positifm {It); index is moved to the west. In this sign, as well as that for noon, morniiifi, dai/, to-moryoic, yesicrdaij, (Jtc, the sub- ject must be with his back to the north and right hand west. {Olo and Missouri J.) " When tlu^ sun goes down or at the coni-lusion of the day." Point the exteiuled index to the western horizon, or a little lower, by curving the index in that direction, the palm being below and still hori- zontal with the shoulder. (Pai-Utc I.) Make the sign for Siiii, i)a.ssing the hand slowly fioin the western horizon to a short distance below it, Iiolding it there a moment. {Kaioical; Comnnvhc III ; Apache 11; Wichita II.) Hour, time of day. Join the ti]»s of the thumb and forefinger of the same liand the interior outline api)roximating a circle, and let the hand pause at the proper altitude east or west of the assumed meridian. {Arapaho I.) Is indicated by making the sign for Sim, and holding the hand iu that portion of the course followed by the suu, to indicate the time to be expressed. {Ahsaroka I; Shoxhoni and BanakI) Can oidy be approximately told by i)lacing the sign for Sun in the jwsition in the heavens corresponding with the hour, dividing the time between sunrise and sunset into as nmny ecjual spaces as there are hours. {Dakota I.) 81' .Miiniinji-. Make the. sion for ^»uh, ami hold it toward the eastern horizon. (Ahxarohi I; Shoshoni and Biiniil< 1.) First make the sign tor A^igiit and then the .sign for Day. .Morning can likewise be made by siraitly using the sign for day. ( Dalota I.) "Darkness has gone — daylight has come." Make the sign for Sim, and liold the hand below the eastern Iiorizon, moving it slowly to or a little abovt' it. {I>(il;ay. The right arm is then brought extended across the npiier i)art of ehe.st, with hand in position (J 1), liorizont:il ; both arm and index fully extended toward the east, followed by the eyes. 77//.s- morninti i.sdeseribed in same manner after making the sign tor Toilaii. {Otit and MItoiouri I.) "The beginning of a day or today.'' ^lake the sign foi- ^iiii, and hold tiie hand toward the eastern horizon a short time, or bring it above the horizon from a short distance below it, slowly. (Kdion-ii 1 : ('(iiitdiiclir III; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Point with the extended index to the eastern horizon. {I'ai-I'lc I.) Deaf-mute iiatxral sif/ns. — Point to the eastern horizon and move the foretinger a little way upward. (Uttllard.) Open your eyes, and, from the open hiind, raise your head to its erect position, as if you lia\"e just now arisen from bed. (Cro.v.s.) Noon. Make the sign for 81111, and hold it toward the zenith, so that tl.L' eye can see through the circle formed by the thumb and index (Abmrol-a I ; Shoshoiii and Banak I.) 'Make the sign for Sim, holding the hand overhead, the onter edge upi)ermost. (lUihita IV.) The hand and arm are elevated to left shoulder and, with fingers in (I) position, modified by index being more open, horizontal, and palm to tlie breast, liegin the .sign for Day. This sign is then half executed, and the hand stopped in a line with the middle of the forehead. The index is then made to point to the zenith. The hand, when arrested, is in type position (I); it is quickly everted and assumes position (J) to complete the sign. {Oto and Mis.souri I.) " The half course of the sun or middle of the day." To-morrow. Describe the motion of the 'sun from east lowest. Anj' number of days may be counted upon the fingers. [Burton.) 11 82 Sign for I¥i;;iit tollowcil by sign for ^iinriMe. {Cheyenne I.) ■loin {\\v tips of tin- tlmnih and forefinger of the same hand, tlie inte- rior ontline approximating a circle, and describe therewith a space from left to right, corresponding to the snpposed course of the sun during twenty-four iKtnrs. To distinguish an liour, let the hand pause at the proper altitude, east or west of the assumed meridian. See lloiii*. (Arapaho 1.) First make the sij;ii for Sleep; then follow by counting one (see t'omitiiis), :"nd linisli willi the sign for f«iuili'i!«e. "One night's sleep." Bring the liand to sideof head, and with head reposing in right palm, eyes closed, liead and hand inclining to the right, which is the sign for Nlee|i. This completed, the right arm and hand are brought across the to)) of the chest, and describe the sign for Day or To-day. This sign, as is esident, is a com])(Hiiid sign, comprising that for Sleep, Ddi/, or To-ddi/. (Oh) fiiiil .][issouri.) "The day after we sleep." .Make the sijiii for Bay once, tiieii rcvei'se it, and stoj) at the point in the heavens indicating the intended time of the day. If noon, point directly upwards. To express two or more days, make the sign for Day and hold up the proi)er number of lingers. {IraquuiK 1.) Jhiif-nntte iidliinil nii/ii — Place the liand on the cheek, incline the head, and shut the eyes, to denote Sleep, and then raise the head and open the eyes to signify /i.wa5ie,an(l hold ni)the forefinger to denote One; that is to say, in one day. {Ballard.) Yesterday. Make with the left hand the circle which the sun describes from sun- rise to sunset, or invert the direction from sunset to sunrise with the right hand. (Burton.) Sign for i\i;;iit and SiiBl!>>et. {('Iici/cnnc 1.) The sign lor Da)k', To-llloi*i'un , the motion reversed. (Arajtalio 1.) Omit tiie sign for Sunrise; otherwise as l>ay, To-iiioi*i*ow. (Dakota I.) " Have slept one night." The right hand and arm are ele\at('d, and, with hand in type position (I), modilied by index being more opened, horizontal, and iialm to the breast, made to execute the sign for Day. At the conclusion of this sign the fingers are all collected drooi)ingly extended, touch at points slightly curved. Jn this i)osition the hand makes a sudden forward nu)vt^ment to tiie ground. (Oto and Minnourl I.) "The day or suu that has gone down." 83 ■ Make the sign for :¥i$'iit, followed by tliat for Before, in lime. (Kaioirn I; Comanche III; Apache II; ^yichita II.) Dend. deatii. Tlirow the foreflnger fioiii the peipeiidicular into a horizontal jiositiou towards the earth, with the baek downward. (Lou;/.) Hold the left hand tiat over the face, baek ontward, and (lass willi the sindlarly held right hand below the former, gently striking or touch- ing it. {Wicd.) The sign given {Oto aud Missuxri I) has no similarity in execution or conception with Wivir.s. (Botcler.) This sign may con- vey the idea of "under" or "burial," (juite ditferently executed from most others reported. Dr. MeVhexnci/ conjectures this .sign to be that of wonder or surprise at hearing of a death, Imt not a distinct sign for the latter. The ttnger of the right hainl ]>assed to the left hand and then cast down. [Macijoiran.) riace the palm of the hand at a short distance from the side of the head, then withdraw it gently in an oldique downward direction and incline the head and niiper part of the body in the same direction. (Ojibira II.) This authority notes that there is an apparent connection between this conception and execution and the etymologv of the corre- sponding terms in OJibwa : '• he dies," is iiiho ; " he sleeps," is iiiba. The coiiunon idea expressed by the gesture is a. sinking to rest. The origi nal signitican<-e of the root ;n7; seems to be "leaning;" unibcut, "it is leaning; «»//ye/.v(77i(, " lie inclines the head sideward." The word «(7«t or nibv (only in compounds) conveys the idea of " night," perliai)s as the falling over, the going to rest, or the death, of the day. The term for "leaf" (of a tree or p'ant), which is (diihiih, may sjuing from the same root, leaves being the leaning or (h)wnhanging parts of the iilant. With this may be compared theC'lialita term for •■leivcs," literally translated " tree liair." Hold both hands open, with palms over ears, extend fingers back on brain, close eyes, and incline body a little forward and to right or left very low, and remain niotioidess a short time, ]nonouncing the word Ke-nccboo slowly. [Ojibira IV.) Left hand flattened and held back u])ward, thumb inward in front of and a few inches from the Ineast. Right hand slightly clasju'd, fore- finger more extended than the others, and jiassed suddenly under the left hand, the latter being at the same time gently moved towards tli j breast. (Vheijennc \.) " (!one under." The lett hand is held slightly arched, palm down, uearl.x at arm"s length before the breast; the right extended, Hat, palm down, and 84 pointing forward is i)usbe(l from the top of the breast, straight for- ward, underneath, and beyond the left. {Sho.shnni and Banak I.) Botli hands liorizontal in front of body, backs outward, index of each hand ahinc extended, the riglit in(h'X is passed under tlie left with a downward, outward and then upward and inward curved motion at the same time that the left is moved inward toward the body two or three inches, the movements being ended 07i the same level as begun. "Upset, keeled over." Many deatlis, repeat the sign many times. The sign furiuslu^d you before, I have since ascertained is not used in the sense of dead, death. Tlie sign credited to TitcJd-cmdtslii {Chey- enne 1) expresses "gone under," but is not used in the sense of death, dead, but going under a cover, as entering a lodge, under a table, etc. (Ihdotd I.) Make the sign lor .Vlivt*, then the sign for j\o. {Dalcofa IV.) Hold the left hand, palm downward and backward, about a foot in front of the lower part of the chest, and pass the right hand from be- hind forward underneath it. O)' from an upright position in front of the face, back forward, index extended and other lingers closed, cany the right hand downward and forward underneath the left and about four inches beyond it, gradually turning the right hand until its back is ui)ward and its index points toward the left. (Dakota IV.) "Gone under or buried." Hold the left hand slightly l)ent with the palm down, before the breast, then pass the extended riglit hand, )>ointing toward the left, forward under and beyond the left. {Dakota YJ, VII.) Hold the right hand Hat, i)alm downward before the body, then throw it over on its back to the right, making a curve of about tifteen inches. {Dakota VI; Ilidatsa I; Arikaral.) Extend right hand, palm down, hand curved. Turn the palm up in moving the hand down towards the earth. {Omaha I.) The countenance is brought to a slee])ing comi)osure with the eyes closed. This countenance being gradually assumed, the head next falls toward either .shoulder. The arms, having been closed and crossed upon the chest with the hands in tyi)e positions (O B) are relaxed and drop simultaneously toward the ground, with the fall of theheatl. This attitiule is nuiintained some seconds. {Oto and Missouri I.) "The bodily ajjjK'arance at death." Place the open hand, back upward, fingers a little drawn together, at the height of the breast, pointing forward ; then move it slowly for- ward and downward turning it over at the same time. {D-oqiiois I.) "To express 'gone into the earth, face upward.'" 85 Tlie flat light hand is waved outward and downward toward tlie same side, the head being inclined in tlie same direction at the time, with eyes closed. ( Wyandot I.) Hold the left hand loosely extended about titteen inches in front of the breast, i)alm down, then pass the index, pointing t() the left, in a short curve downward, forward and upward beneath the left iialm. (luiioira I; ComaHchelll; Apache II; Wichita U.) Bring the left hand to the left l)reast, hand half I'linclied (H), then bring the right hand to the left with the thumb and forefinger in such a i)Osition as if yoxi were going to take a bit of string from the fingers of the left hand, and pull the right hand otf as if you were stretching a string out, extend the hand to the full length of the arm from yon and let the index finger point outward at the conclusion of the sign. (Co- manclie I.) "Soul going to haii])y Imntinggrounds." Close both eyes, and after a moment throw the jialm of the right hand from the face downward antl outward toward the right side, tlie head being drojjped in the same diiection. [Utc I.) Touch the breast with the extended and joined fingers of tlie right hand, then throw the hand, iialm to the left, outward toward the right, leaning the head in that direction at the same time. (Ajxu-he I.) Palm of hand upward, then a wave-like motion towards the ground. (Zuni I.) Deaf-mute natural signs. — Place the hand upon the cheek, and shut the eyes, and move the hand downward. (Ballard.) Let your head lie on the open hand with eyes shut. (Cross.) Use the right shut hand as if to draw a screw down to fasten the lid to the cottin and to keep the eyes upon the hand. (Tlasenstah.) Move the head toward the shoulder and then close the eyes. (Larson.) The French deaf-mute conception is that of gently falling or sinking, the right index falling from the height of the right shoulder uiioii the left forefinger, toward which the heaut staggering a little before it falls and dies." 86 D.viiig. Hold the left liaiul as in dead, pass the index in the same manner uiiderneatli the left, bnt in a slow, gentle, interrupted movement. (Kai- ou-al; (kmanche III ; Ajiache II; IVichitaU.) "Ste]> l>y step; inch by inch." nearly, but recovers. Hold the left hand as in dead; pass the index with a slow, easy, inter rnpted movement downward, under the left palm, as in dying, bnt before ])assing from under the palm on the opposite return the index in the same manner to point of starting, then elevate it. {Kaioiai I ; Comanche III ; Ajwchc II ; ^yi(■h^tfl II.) Deaf. The tip of the right index is inserted in the riglit ear, withdrawn and rotated around the organ. [Duliota I.) "This would seem to indicate ' a noise in the car preventing hearing.'" I>eo|». Ixiglit hand with fingers extended, joined, back outward, ends of tingei'S iminting straight down, is carried ilownwarn(l tlio tlmmhs and the twoforefinji'ers oC cacli liaiul on each side of the head. {Biirti>)i.) Both hands, rtnj;cr.s iircj^uhirly oiitsprcad and ek'vatccl to sides of bead to represent ontspread horns of deer. [Cheijenne I.) Tliis sitjn is made l)y onr deaf-mutes. With tlie rijiht hand in front of the Itody on a level with tlie breast and about eifihteen inelies from it, baclv of hand to tlie ri^lit (S 1), make (piiek sidewise motions with the hand in imitation of (lie motion of tlie deer's tail when running. The wrist is tixed in making' this si.nii. Corrreeted Irom sii;n before given. (DaJxota 1.) "Movements of the deer's tail when running." Hands ajijilied to each temiile. lingers s|)read and puintin^ upward. {Dahlia 11.) "Horns." Bring~right hand t" a lexel with the shonlder. thumb and forefinger curve(l, three lingers enr\cd and nearly closed ( x ). .Move thuiid) and foretinger forward, wrist motion alone, imitating the luovements of the animal. (Omaha I.) " The deer runs." Similar to the jireeeding, but with wrist and arm moliou, witii hand raised high above the head. [Oiiialui I.) "The deer bounds away."' Hold the right hand down, extend iudextinger, thumb ti|> touching tip of middle finger; shake index-tinger rapidly. {Omaha 1.) "The deer goes along rapidly, making its tail shake.'' Hold right liand next to left siionlder, thumli crossing middle finger at first joint ; move index-finger back and forth to and from left .shoulder. {Omaha I.) " The deer's tail shows bright or red in the distance as it leaj)s away." Similar to the preceding, but tiie hand is held in front on a level with the face and moved right and lelt. {Omalia I.) "The deer's tail shows white suddenly." Tlie right arm is elevati'd and tlie right index extended is thrown forward several times. The hands with extended and divergent fingers as in position (I), are placeil aside tlie head to resemble the luanelii'ig horns. Finally the extended iiidex-fiiiger is wagged from the seat ot body. {Oto and ^fi.s.soiiri !.) "The branching horns, short tail and leaping motion of the animal." Imitate the motion of a deer running by closing the hand, jialiii down- ward, except the two forefingers, which are only a little bent downward. Then move the hand forward from you with a rather slow n]>-aiid-down motion, slightly moving the two forefingers — the whole designed to 88 mimic tlie loujiJumi>s witli wliicli n deer starts otf. If necessary to ex- plain tills linthcr, place one hand on each side of the head to represent horns. {Inx/uois 1.) riace both hands, tlat, with lingers and thnmlis spread, on either side of the head and a short distance from it. ( I'tr I.) Place the hands with fiiii;eis fully extended and spread aliout twelve inches from either side of the head and slightly above it. {Apnche I.) Black-tailed \('(tr>ncm nidenitis (Hay), GrayJ. First make the gestuie for Deer then indicate a tail. {^Yie^l) When he says "indicate a tail," 1 have little doubt that he refers to the sign I have already gi\-en yon for ileer, hhwliailcd. [Mandan and Eidat- sa I.) I do not think it is either essential or common to "make the pre- ceding gesture" either "tirst" or last. (Mattheirx.) Extend both hands, hngers close' together, place them with palms to front on e;ich side of the forehead, lingers upward, and then make short motions back and forth in imitation of the movements of the large ears of the animal. [Ikil-ofn II.) With the right index, its jialm inward, on the light side, at the height of the hip, pass the left index, back forward, from its middle forward to its end. (lUihitu IV.) "That much black." The left hand is held jiendeiit a short distance in front of the chest, thumb inward, linger ends approximated to each other as much as possible (/. ('., with the 1st and 4th drawn together under the -d and ;5d). The right hand is (hen clo.sed around the left (palm to back and covering the bases of the left-hand lingers) and drawn downward, still closed, until it is entirely drawn away. This sign seems to represent the act of smoothing down the fusiform tuft at the end of the animaTs tail. [Mundnn and Hidatxa I.) White-tailed [Cariacns vir(/inia>nis macyuriis (Kaf.) CouesJ. Move the right hand, its palm obli(]uely forward and downward, from side to side two or three times about a foot, through an arc of a circle, at the height of the hip, on the right side (the tail of the deer); then with the palm inward and the tingers pointing forward, cast the hand forward several times through an arc of about a foot to imitate the jumping of a deer. {Dalota IV.) The right hand is held upright befon^ the chest, all hngers but the index being bent, the i)alm l)eing turned as much to the front as possi- ble. The hand is then wagged from side to side a few times rather slowly. The arm is moved scarcely or not at all. This sign represents the motion of the deer's tail. {Mandati and Hidatsa I.) 89 Elevate the tbreariu to tlie heislit of tlie elliow, pointing" forward, ex- tend the dattened hand, ])oiiitin<;' upward, with the jiahn forwai'd; tlii'U throw the hand riglit and left several times, the motion beini;- rotation of the forearm. [Arikarn I.) '-From the motion and whiti' ajipearanee of the deer's tail in running-." Defiance. I defy yon. Toint to the person ,vou defy to do tlie act with the riglit index (others closed), and then turn the band, extend the lingers so that they will ajtpear as figured in (V), when the hand is drawn into the body with considerable force. This would indicate Come and do it, but thiu'inplia- sis of the uiotiou and aceonipanying facial cxiiressiou indicate soum^- thing stronger than invitation. (l>((h)tu 1.) The right hand closed with the index only extended and slightly crooked, palm facing front; hold about twenty inches in front of the chest and wave the hnger from side to side, movement being nuide at the wrist. {Kaioira I; Ci>iii(tn(lir ]\l: Apaehr II; Wichifii II.) Itiiliitn sii/ii. — Every tyro in Latin knows that extending tlie middle or little linger, gestures .still made every day at IJome, was a token of scorn or defiance. I5ite the foieftnger, commonly with the Joint nearest the end bent — a gesture which throws light on "the biting the thumb at me," with which Konieo and Juliet commences. When one would kill the hopes of a mendicant and say he will give nothing with emphasis, he blows on his hand and shows it wide open to the petitioner or elevates one forefinger, shaking it gently to and fro. {Buthr.) Deily; (ioA; Great •"ipirit: Great Father; :TIa!«iter of MIe. Blow upon the ojien hand, jioint upward with the extended index- finger whilst turning the closed hand hither and thither, then sweei> it above the earth and allow it to drop. (Winl.) I have never seen this sign. I once extracted a bullet from the leg of a deaf and dumb Indian of Sioux descent who hail lived long among the Arikaras. When the operation was completed he made some iireliminary sign (for thanks) which 1 did not observe well, and then pointed to me and upward to the sky. One of the best interi)refei's in the country, who was a by- stander, told me that the Indian thanked me and the Great Spirit. I say "me" first as he first pointed in my direction. {i\[(iflheii:s.) There is uo similarity in the sign {Olo 1) and ]Vied\s. {Botclcr.) When speaking of the Cireat »Spirit they usually make a reverentia^ or timid glance upwards, or jioint the forefinger perpendicularly l)ut gently to the sky. {Ojibira I.) 12 90 First iiiiiUe the, sifiii lor ^ju'retl and then make the si<;n for Bijf. (Dakota I.) ''The great Sacred lieino-." First make tlie sign for ^Icdiriiit'-iliail, and then after plaeing- the opened relaxed hands, pahns inward, aliont six inciies apart, np- riglit, jnst above the liead, move theai apart to arm's-length. (Dalcota IV.) "A thunder clond coming n|) and si>reading." Point toward tlic zenith, allowing the eyes to follow the same direc- tio;;. (DiiUoia \'I1.) The arms are tiexcd and both liauds elevatetl o|)en as in position reji- re-sented (\V). When hands are elevated on sides of head on a level with the eyes a uniform swaying "to and fro" movement is ])erformed, followed by an ujiward movement of right hand as in hand position (J). {Oto I.) '-Ilim above who is an angel 'on the wing.'" Close the right hand, leaving the index straight and extended (or slightly (Uirved); hold it before the face, move the hand quickly forward and downward for a distance of about six inches, then pass the index verti(!ally upwacd bdbre the face aliout as high as the top of the head. rir 1.) IClcvate liaiid toward sky, delilierati'ly ; looking upward. {Apache III.) Extend the right hand with tin' index pointing upward, tiie eyes also being turned upward. ( Wicliita 1.) Ikaf- III lite natural .sif/iis. — First close the lumd except its forelinger. and then move it uj) slowly and also turn the eyes toward tlie eloiuls with a soh'Min expression, (fla^irii-'itah.) To look up to heaven, at the same time to point with the forefinger as if to point to iicavcn. {/I'ijiler.) Il<'l>ar(. Js^ec <«o. I)e*lj'«yed; all gone; no more. The liands held horizontally, and the jialins rubbed together, two or tliree times round, the right hand is then carried off from the otber, in a short, horizontal lairve. [Jjohii.) Hubbed out. This resend)les the Ediiiburg and our deaf-nnite sign tor "forgive" or " ckiuienity," the rub- bing out of olfense. Left hand held in tVont, outspread. ]ialm ujiward, right-hand tiugers extended, palm down, swept rapidly across palm of left. IJight hand sometimes held out after ])assing over the lett with fingers wide spread and shaking as if exiiressing liad in the sense of no f/ood. {Cheyennel.) • Move lioth hands as if in act of rending asunder or tearing in pieces and throwing aside with violence and sudden jerks of hands and anus. {Ojihtra l\.) ■91 Exhausted, consumed, completed. Tlie left liaud, extended, ])alin upward, pointinj;- dia;;(>nally fbiward and to the vight, is i)laeed before the chest. Then the iij;ht hand, palm downward, is laid transversely on the left, and, while the left re- mains stationary, the rij;lit is carried forward' a foot or more with a rapid sweep. To show a iiradual diminution and tlicn exhaiisijdn. tlie rifi'ht palm revolves on the left once or oftener with a gradual motion, as if some idastic substance were made spherical between the i)alms. (Maudanaiid HMatm I.) riace the o])en left hanl.) Extend both hands quickly outward from near the face, palms out; turn away the face sliglitly from the object of disgust ; extend the hands and arms but ])artly. {Ojibira IV.) Tap the left breast (heart) with the rigid hand, fingeis extended, back outward, then the hand is carried forward outward in front of the right breast, so that the palm is up, fingers extended, pointing outward, hand horizontal (X), where it is slightly rotated or curved a few times, and then carried directly outward toward the right, back outward. (Ikthotu I.) " I am not pleased or satisfied." Sign as for KiirpriMC, ^Voiidcr, then turn the head over the left .shoulder, retaining the hand over the mouth. {Omithal.) "As at the sight of a dead bodv." 93 Shake tlie liead slowly from side to side, at tlie same time tlirowiiij;- the open riyht band, palm down, outward toward the rij;ht side. ( ir^- andot I.) Avert tlie head and make the sj,t;n ot .\(>;;'atioil. [AikicIic III.) N. r>. Ill narrative, simply ilisnjijironil. DiK<(afiMf:)i-lioit, or Diwroiilciit. The extended tin,i;er plaei'd t.rans\ ersely before the situation of the heart, rotate the wrist two or three times gently, forminjia oetically reji'ard the heart as the seat of the affections and emotions, not selec-t- inj;- the liver or stomaeli a.s other ]ieo]iles have done with .greater jihysio- logical reason. l>i!^laii(>«', l>oie;i : Far. Place the hands close together and then move them slowly asiindei'. so slowly that they set'Ui as if they would ne\ cr complete the ucsture. A Clicjiciiiic si^n. This si,<;n is also made to indicate i;reat antiiiuity in tiiue. (luport of Lieut. ./. W. Ahni of his examination of New .Mexico in the years lS4()-"47. I'>x. Doc. No. H, .'lOtli Congress, 1st session, p. 42G.) (1) lleaack the head slightly. (Ihdolii Y.) riaee the Hat hand in front of the chest, pendent, then gently indicate a course from bcibre the body to arm's length, lingers i)ointing above the horizon. [Dahilii VII.) Describe the curve by raising the hand above and in front of the head (J), index extended more to the right or left according to the direction intended and the hand that is used. {Omaha I.) "(to arounw:iril close to the body as high as th(> right eye, ami then directl\ forwaid \(> iinir the left hand (which is stationary), a littli-tothe right side and behind it. so that the extended tbrelingers are iicuiljion a line and with then- i)almar sn.rfaces outward. (Ihikota I.) ''Ajiproaeh- iug, connng near any ])erson or object." Hold the I'ight hand as lor Far awaj', and i)!ace it in tiont of the I'ight breast and <-liise to it. (]>itkiih>Ut IV.) DofJor, I'hysician. ^lake motions and movements of head and body as if hunting and exaunniug herbs ami roots, also by signs of smelling and tasting, and, as if holding the thing gathered, point with the right hand, nM)tion as if to drink or swallow. {Ojilnni IV.) Right hand closed, leaving the first two lingers extended and slightly separated, elevate to liefore the forehead ami move the lingers ciicidar- 9C ly, passino' tlie liaiid slij;litl.v iipwaid at tlio same time. {Absaroka I.) " Superior liiiowledfie." Make tlie .siyiis for White ilinn, and Sliniiinii. {Dakota VI, VIJ ; Uidat.sa I; Arikara 1.) The left hand is extended as in (W) and the liaek of it rubbed by index of right hand extended as in (J). Uoth hands are then brought trendtlingly to sides of chestas in tyjie (<|.) The hands are then carried to tiie sides of head and exteJiih'd indices press the temples. Tl)e right hand is then swejit vcuticaliy edgewise up before the face and retained thus several seconds; left falls to side. (OfoJ.) "One distinguished, who rubs together or writes that which removes inward distress." First malce the sign for W^lilte llinil, which must be (juickly fol- lowed l)y placing the closed right hand before the fa(!e, leaxing the index and second fingers extended and separated, then rotate the hand in ])assing it u])ward and forward to the height of the top of the head. {Kaioica I; Ciiiiiaucliv III; A[)((clic II ; Wicliita 11.) "Superior knowl- edge." Itiglit iiand closed witli the index only extemled, elevate to before the forehead, and move circularly, i)assing the hand slightly upward at the same time. (Slionltoni and Banak J.) "Su])erior knowledge." Indian. See iTI<>cii('iii<> ,llaii. Do;;. Pass tne flat hand from above downward, stopping at the height of a dog's back. (WiciL) In the O^o sign the hand is opened, palm down- ward, the whole then held about the height of the animal from the ground in passing from side to side before the body. It is evident at a glance that this sign and Wied^n are similar in conception and execution. The slight ditt'ereuce may be. attributed to the contributor's misconstruction. (Botcler.) Is shown by drawing the two foretuigers slightly opened horizontally across the breast from rigid to left, (liurfoii.) This sign would not be intelligible without knowledge of the fact that before the iutroductiou of the horse, ami even yet, the dog has been used to di-aw the teut- jwles in moving camp, and the sign represents the trail. Indians less nomadic, who built more substantial lodges, and to whom the material for poles was less precious than on the plains, would not, i)erhaps, have comi)reliende(l this sign, and tiie more general one is the ])alm lowered as if to stroke gently in a line conforming to the animal's head and neck. It is abbreviated by simply lowering the hand to the usual 97 height of the wolfish aboriginal l>reo(l, ami suggests thr animal juir e.rw//fHCf domesticated l\v the Indians and made a (•nini>anion. Kifilit liand lowered, p:dui downward, as it to strolce a dog's liead and back, and moved along from l)efore l)aclatting the knee and imitating barking with the lips. Or wolf. Bring both arms together at wrists and hands together in ])osifiou ( W). Honietinies the sign is made further i)lain by the Indian nuiking au aceompauyiug bow-wow with month. {Oto I.) " Height of animal and size." 13 98 none, liiiiMlied. The hands placed eilge up aiis of index and ring tingers resting on biceps tiexor muscle of ojiposite arm. Sometimes the arm is held in same jiosture away from the body. The sign is completed by a cutting stroke with hand, edges n\) ;iud down, from left to right. (Oto I.) " We cut it short; are done." Hold the left list horizontally in front of the body, then pass the flat and extended right hand, edgewise, quickly downward in front of the left. Sometimes the right is passed down in front of and by the knuckles of the left. (Kaioira I; Comanche 111; Apache 11; Wichita II.) "Cutoff." Deaf-mute natural mgns. — Hold both hands slightly extended, with the palms downward, and then turn the hands over, at the same time giving a side movement to right and left with each arm. (Hasensfab.) Similar to the sign for ^oiie, meaning " nothing more." (Ballard.) The French and our deaf-mutes give a cutting motion downward with the right hand at a right angle to the left. Door, entraiife. &€. Tlie aiiiKs are elevated and seini-tiexed before body. Tlie liaiidis are tlieii collected iu type-position (U) and tii)S of index tinfjers made to tonch. The arms, with tinfiiT-tips in contact, then approach and diver^ie several times. {Oto I.) ''The triangnlar entrance to the wigwam ((pens and shuts." Doubt. See IiKlt'ciwioii. Drawn out. Both hands extended in front of body, the left ou the outside and at a lower elevation than the right, both hands fists, the left (B), tlie right with baciv looking toward tlie right; draw botli arms in toward the body, and then carry out again, rei)eating the movements several times as thoug'h drawing out for some distance. {Ihdota I.) " From drawing- out of the «-ater or hole a person or thing." Dr(*aiii. First make the sign for >«ilet'p, and then the liand is carried down- ward from the head and curved upward and inward to the right breast, and then thrown out from the body (turned over) with a downward curved movement, /. f., hand turned itartially over so that the extended fingers point toward the left, palm of hand nearly flat, thumb outside, pointing obliquely downward. [Datold I.) Drill It, dri Biking. The hand is partially clenched, so as to iia\ c soinetliing of a cup shapt; and the openiiigltetween the thumb and linger is raised to the mouth as in the act of drinking. {Luikj.) Scooj) u]) with the hand iiMagiiiary water into the moutii. [liurt.nt.) Forefinger of right hand crooked, tliumb side of hand inward anil brought to month in upward curve, then suddenly curved outward and downward several inches. {Cliei/eiuie 1.) J)o the hand in the shape of a cu]i. [Maq/oirioi.) With the right held in front of the body, make with the thumb and fingers a circle resembling a cup, thumb and forefinger forming the top or rim, and then carry to the mouth, haiul horizontal, back outward. [Dakota I.) "Drinking from a cuj) or glass." The right arm is flexed and the hand, in type-positiou (Y 1), modi- fied by collecting the fingers and letting the thumb rest against palms of the index and middle fingers, is then brought to and from the mouth several times successively. The right or left hand may be used. The motion resembles much an ii])ward rotary movement of a sj)oon from a 100 (iisli, tlie liaiid being quite hollowed in tbe center to resemble a cup- sliaiied vetssel in wliicli water must be taken. {Oto and Missouri 1.) "To take u]) in a hollow vessel to the mouth." Collect the Hnf;eis of the li.sht hand to a point, and Ininf; it to the i.iouth, palm tirst. (Wyandot I.) The rifiht hand with ti])s of fingers and thumb brought nearly to a point is lironglit to the mouth once or twice, as if drinking from a cu]). (Apache I.) Hand half closed, sni)inated, and an uj) and-down motion in front ot the mouth. (Zufii I.) TtaliitH s'kjii. — Is imitated with the list. {Buth-r.) Drotviaeil. First make the sign for Kiver, then make the sign for C>rOlie llll- drr; should the person not be rescued make the sign for Dead, death; should he be rescued, however, make the sign for Draniii;:^ Olil, and if, alter getting the body out, resuscitation should occur, the sign for liifV, liv'iii;;', should be made to indicate that he has been raised (up) to life again. [Dakota 1.) -'This is a graphic picture.'' Driiiii. Malic tlic sign for Kettle, with hands further apart, and omit the part indicating i)lacing on the tiic; then hold the lett liaml stationary and raise the right hanil ujjward (Fist If, except bacli njiward and in- ward): strike down with it to near the left hanil, and iei)eat several times as though striking the head of a druui. (Dakota I.) "Fiom beat- ing tlie drum." Duck. The sign for Turkey, then the sign of "Heater, and lastly the. sign of 8n'illllllill^'. (Diutliar.) Earth. ointing to the right. (Cheyenne I.) 101 First point toward the stouikI with tlic ri.uht index, and tlien brinji both bauds to.yether in front of the chin, (ingos fxtcnded, jiointinj; to- ward the front, palms down, Ihit horizontal (W), and carry to the ri};ht and left with a curved motion, arms nearly extended. [Italittit I.) "The entire earth, without end." Eyes cast vajiuely about, the riulit arm is Hexed to tiu' IVout of the body, the hand in typei)osition {P 1) modilied liy bcinj; in\crted hori- zontal with palm downward. The hand is not held ri.i;i:gy, niioi'itiii;;'.) Toiiit to the east; /. *., point of sunrise. (Ariijtiiho I.) Forefinger of right iiand crooked to represent inilf of the sun's disk and pointed or extended totheleft, tlicn slightly ele\'ate of the right hand, i)lace them upright six or eight inches in front of the mouth, backs forward ; bend the hand at the wrist and turn the ends of the fingers and move them 103 toward the nunith and then downward to the umier ])art of tlie .sterniiiii (breastbone). {Dakota IV.) "Putting food into the UKtuth anii swal- lowing it." The right hand held np with the fingers and tlmnili extended and aji- proaeliing each other as it holding an egg within. (Dnnhar.) With the finger and tluiinl) of the right hand suggest the outline of an egg. The lingers and tlnunh of the left hand are also sometimes shaped in the same manner, and placed over the jioints of the right as they assume the ])osition described. (Clici/cnnr I.) Elk (Cervus canailciinis). 8treteh the arms high and alongside of the head. (iriVf/.) This sign is still in use. (.}[attheics.) In the Oto sign both arms are elevated and the hands opened, but hngers a])proximate(l, are then ])Iaced aside the head. The hands are in tyi)e position (T), palms outward; the ball of the thumb rests against parietal ridge. Though tlK're is an evident ineom])leteness in ll'/V'/'.v descrii>tion, a marked identity in position of the arms and the probable conception is oliservalile. The sign is comiiletedby the right index marking on the extended left index the animals short tail. (Ilotclrr.) Is signitied by simultaneously raising both hands with the lingers ex- tended on both sides of the head to imitate palmated horns. (Burton.) All or most of the fingers of both hands held together and brought to the sides of the head to represent the jialmated horns of an elk. {Cheyenne I.) The same as Det'l", exec|)t that after the lirst ixisition both hands with lingers spread are carried upwards and outwards to imitate the branching horns of the animal. {Pakofa II.) Extend and widely separate the fingers and tlnunbs of both hands, place them ni)riglit, palms inward, just above and in front of the ears, and shake them back and forth three or four tinu's. {Ihikofa IV.) « The elk's antlers. The arms are elevated and the hands placed aside of the head with the fingers extended but approxinmted as in position (W' 1) — more erect. The extended right index-finger marks off on the extended left index the length of the tail. {Oto and Minsonri I.) "The short tail and broad horns of the animal." Place both flat hands with fingers and thumlis s])read ui)ward and outward from either side of the head at arm's length. ( Utc I.) 104 Embroidery. Same as tliat part of tlie sign for Rc:iilw wlicre the liaiids are in front of the body, left stationary, and liie ri^lit iiolding the. sinew moved to and over it. (Ihtkota 1.) " From cndiroiiU'rinf;' with beads." Ellli. See KoiK*. ■i EiK'iiiy. With tli(^ rijilil lore and middle lingers sjiread, jiointinj;- toward tiie left, and l)aelvs foi-ward, tiirow tlie liand abont a foot forward and ont- ward two oi- three times fr<>m near tin; face ("I (h)n't want to see him"); toneh the chest over the lieart and afterward malce tlie si.uii for Rail ("my lieail is bad''); then, from just in front of the rif;ht eye, its palm forward, |Mish the npriyht list forward six in<'hes and a little toward the lefl, Ml the same lime lurnini;' the jialm liacUward (" i am angry"'). I>n- l-ota \\.) The ItididH xi(><«irr, then the sign for '\o. {Ihibita W.) Deaf-mute wit ura] si. Equal. See Snine. Exrlinii^e. See Tradt'. Excited; rxrilciiiriit. Same sif>n as tor Coward, Eear. The licart being the i)riinar,v seatof th(^ emotions from th(^ standpoint of liie Indian, he ackn()\vl(^dj;('S no sueli tliinj;- as (^xeitenH;Ilt ol' mind, tlieieiore tins word is iTK^hnh-d in feiir, for every Indian wlio allows his ln^art to.//»/^'/' is eonsidcicd l)y his ])eoi)le a coward. (Ihtkoia \.) " I'^roin fear, coward." Eye. Simply tou<'h tiie eye with the i-i.^ht index. [DaLotd I.) Vnvv. The hand is passed downward in I'roiit of Die face, once only, fi'om forehead to chin or a little helow liie ciiin. (Mdiiddii iniil Uidiilmi I.) Fail, to. Left hand stationary, hoii/.ontal, fniiicrs nearly (closed, hack oi hand ontward about eij;liteen inches in front of the breast, and th(^ right index (others closei<«taii<*<', Car. 14 .106 Blacken face, neck, and hands. In camp sit ciosslegged, eyes bent on the earth ; fold hands in front, jValnis np, remaining motionless, fre- qnently nttering in a low voice, progress {?). When standing perfectly erect and motioidess. (Ojilnra lY.) Fat. Raise the left arm with fist closed, back ontward, grasp the arm with the right hand and rnb downward thereon. ( ^yie(l.) (1) Both hands, loosely closid, bronght near to and on a level with the shoulders; (2) pushed a few inches straight forward and slightly ui)ward. {Cheyenne I.) 'Trobably lumps of fat taken from a large or broad animal." Both fi.sts clinched, ])laced before the breast, thumbs touching and palms downwaid ; then draw them ontward and downward, forming the upj)er half of a circle. {Absumli I; Shoshoiii and Bunak I.) Sign for iTlaii, and then the siiin for Bi^S made in front of the abdo- men. (J>nl-iit(t I.) "Big in body." Hold the opened lelt hand ohli(iuely upward toward the right, a foot in front of the breast, ]>alm ujtward, backward, and to the right; grasp the ulnar side of the hand between tlie fingers and thumb of the right hand, the thumb on tiie palm, ;ind rub it lightly from tlie base of the fingers to the wrist several times. (Ihilolii IV.) "Thick, and therefore fat." Both arms are tiexed inward and both hands brought before the body, diverge7it and extended fingers drooped. The hands are much in the position (lit Iiand, winch droops downward, closed to a iioint to re]irese,nt a heart; (2) violently and repeatedly beaten against the left breast Just over the heart to imitate palpitatiuu. (Chey- enne I.) May be signified by making the sign for a S4|iia \V, if tlie one in feai- be a man or boy. [Aiiipnho I.) Crook tlie index, elosc the other lingers, and, with its back upward, draw the right hand backward about a foot, from eighteen in(•ln^s in front of the right breast. (Dal.iild W.) "Drawing baek." Make the sign for Slravo, then Ihiow the light hand, ojien and Hat, outward toward the right. {AhuaniLd I; isliiiiii (did UhikiI: I.) •' Xot brave." ]{ight liand (<|) in front of left lireast, back outward, and carried tor- ward for about six inches with a tremulous motion of the lingers. Many of the Sioux, however, do not move the hand from the breast. {Dalotn I.) "Excitement; tluttering of the heart."' Cross the arms over the breast, lists closed: bow the head over the crossed arms, but turn it a little to the left, {(htidlid I.) Strike the right side of the breast gcTitly with the jialmar side of the right list: then throw the hand downward and outward toward the right, suddenly snapping the lingers from the ball of the thumb, where they liad been resting, as if sprinkling water. ( Wi/itiidot I.) Deafmittr natural .sij/ns. — lve()resented by shuddering with the shoul- ders and moving the body slightly backward. (Balldrd.) Run backward. {Larson.) Place the forefinger between the upper and lower teeth. (Zelnler.) The French deafniutes, besides beating the heart, add a nervous backward shrinking with both hands. Our deaf-mutes onnt the beating of the heart, except for excessive terror. Fciunle. ((."ompare AVoiltail.) Bring the two hands open toward the breast, the fingers ai>i)roaching, ami then move them outward. (DiiuJiar.) Elevate the open right hand, pointing forward, to the level of and to the right of the shoulder; draw the lingers back, keeping them together until the tip of the forefinger rests against the tip of the thumb, form- ing an abnond-shaped opening between the thundt and forefinger. (Cheyenne 1.) "I'robably from its resend)lanee to the appearance of the external female genitals." 108 Applied to auinials. Same as the sign tbr 1%'oiiian. {Dal-ota I.) "Designating sex. From the tlowiug Lair of womau." Generic. Fingers and thniiibs of both hands separated and curred ; place the hands over the breasts and draw them forward a short distance. ( Ute I.) Fence. Both iiands extended, tingers spread; place those of the right into the spaces between those of the left; then indicate a zigzag course for- ward with the extended index. ( Wyandot I.) " Fosition of rails in a fence, and tlie zigzag course." Fi^ht, (i;;iitiii;;. (Oomi)are Bnlf le.) Make a motion with both ti.sts to and fro, like a pugilist of the eighteenth century, who preferred a high guard. {Burton.) Joining hands rapidly. (Macgnwan.) Same sign as for Battle. {Dakota 1.) Both hands clinched, liolding tht'iii palm to palm ;,t a distance of about four inches from one another; form short vertical circles, as if " sawing" a hard-mouthed liorse. [Dakota W., VII.) Both hands closed, forefingers eknated and extended, facing o7ie another; move palms toward and from each other. {Omaha I.) Clo.se both hands, except the index-fingers. Hold them before the breast, the index-fingers upright, and move these from side to side, opposite each other, like two antagonists facing one another and avoid- ing each other's blows. This movement, followed by that for Dead, would express " They fought, and one was killed." If more than one, \wV\ up two or more fingers. {Iroquois I.) 15()th hands brought up nearly as high as the face, about twelve inches apart, fingers pointing toward those of the oi)posite hand ; the finger.s are then moved carelessly as the hands are brought toward and from one another. ( Wi/auilof I.) Deaf-mute natural sinns. — Act as if you strike your left open hand with your right clinched hand, and do the act of striking several times suc- cessively. {Hanenstab.) Raise the fists as fighters begin to fight. {Larson.) ■ Indian. Extend both arms, hatuls clinched (J); place the tips of the index- fingers together, and push them first one way and then the other, still 109 keepinji tlie tips of tlie I'oretinn'ers together. Facial expressiotis add greatly to tlie intensity ot all signs. {Vomancke 1.) " Wrestling." Finished. See Done. Fire, hiii'iiiiij:;. The two bands biought near the breast, tonching or a])i)i'oaehing each other, and half shnt; then moved outward moderately (iniek, the fingers being extended and the hands a little separated at the same tiine, as if to imitate the aiii)earanee uf tlame. {DioilKir.) The act of striking fire with the flint and steel is represented: after which the ascent of the smoke is indicated by closing the fingers and thumb of the right liand, holding them in a vertical iiositiou, with the hand as low as convenient : the hand is then gradnally elevated, and the fingers and thnmb a little expanded to show the ascent and expan- sion of the volume of smoke. (Long.) Hold the fingers of the right hand slightly opened and upwaid and elevate tlie hand sexeral times. (Wied.) The bod_\ is bent somewhat forward — the right index, middle fiuger, and thnml) are theii a]i]iroxi- mated at their i)oints and hand is held, drooi>ingly, near the ground. The hand thus cu]) shajicd is made to open and close successively and lise by jerks, like the jumiiiug and cracking of a flame. Although the Iiositiou of the hand is reversed in Wicil's sign, there is a nuirked simi- larity of execution and conceptiiui iu the two. {ISatelcr.) The sign nuiy portray the rising forked tongues of the flame. Blow it and warm the hands liefore it. To express the boiling of a kettle, the sign of Fire is made low down and an inmgiuary pot is eateu fi'om. {Burfan.) Scratching the breast. (Mnajou-an.) Raise and lower the hand alternately, palm up, the fingers extended upward and moving in imitation of tongues of tlame. [Arapnho T.) Itiglit forearm in verti<-al position, and hand slowly elevated, the fingers ami thumb pointing upward, being meanwhile opened and clo.scd two or three times. [Cheyenne 1.) Right hand (P) extended in front to the ground, fingers pointing upward, raise the hand slowly, with a trenudous nu)tiou, not nuirethan a foot from the grouiul to deuote a small fire, such as Indians build iu their lodges. For a larger tire raise the baud higher with the tremulous motion. Of course the body will have to be inclined forward in making this sign. [JJakota I.) " From the flame and smoke of a fire." 110 Raise the rislit hand several times from near tlie ground, its back forward, fingers pointing- npward and a little bent and sejtarated. {Dakota IX.) '•Flames shooting ni)\var(l." The hand is brought near the ground in hand type (H), the body at the same time inclined forward. The fingers and tlunnb are then suc- cessively opened and closed as the hand is elevated by Jerks, as it were. {Oto I.) ".lumping and eraekling of a flame." Ivight hand, italni toward and a short distance before the waist, fin- gers extended upward and separated, moved upward about eight or ten inches several times. {Lite 1.) "Tongues of fire, flame." Deaf-miiie nld method of obtaining fire with flint." To nuike a. Fir.st make the sigu for Fire ; then hold the arched left hand close to the ground with the palm downward, i)lacing' the right, fingers a7id thumb directed to a point, underneath the left. (Apavhel.) "Kindling grass or other combustibles." FiNh. Hold the upper edge of the hand- horizontally, and agitate it in the manner of a fan but more rapidly, in imitation of the motion of the tail of the fish. (Long.) Ill Make the sipii for River, Lake, or Pond, ami then with the rifjht index in front of the liody move in imitation of a swininiinj; tish. (Dal-otu I.) " From tlie manner of swininiinj;-." -" The extended right hand, tlinmb upward, lingers ]>ointing: forward, is liehl near the body, in front and to the riglit of the median line: it is then moved rather gently forward with a laterally waving motion, so as to represent the movements of a lisli. {Mdiidtui (cnd Euhitna I.) Flame. See Fire. Flat. (Compare Big' in the sense of Flat.) IJriug- both hands together in front of the breast, fingers extended and pointing outward, forward, palms upward (X), tlat, and eairy the arms out to the sides of the body as far as they can be extended and as nearly on the same level as ])ossible. (Ihihita I.) "A level or Mat piece of ground." Denf-mute iiatitral .sii/ii. — .Move one hand lioriz(Hitally over the other. (BaUunl) Flour. Ptuttomliiiiv. — Sinnilate kneading dough. {Antpuhtt 1.) \\'jtli till' right hand (Q) in front of body as though holding tionr or any ])idverized substance and s])rinkling or sifiing it through thetliuiub and forefinger. {Dakniii I.) " A tine sulistaiu'c." The arms are extended in front of the body, parallel with the hands in positions (S, S), modified by being held horizontal. The palms are then approximated as in slapping together, and opened several times successively. Finally the hands are made to turn over, the paln.-j loosely in contact, in a tumbling manner, the right ami left alternately on to)). (Oto and Missouri I.) ''The sign represents the Indian's mode of flattening the dough for cakes." Fly, To (as a bird). Imitate with crooked elbows the motion of wing (buing flight. (.l/v(- l>(iho 1.) Bring the hands slightly in front of their respective sides of the head (hands as in T), and, by bending the wrists, make the forward and backward movements as nearly as pos.sible in imitation of the mo\e nu>nts of a biril's wings in flying. (Ihikota I.) Fool, Fooii<«li. The finger is jiointed to the forehead, and the hand is then held verti- cally above the head and rotated on the wrist two or thiee times. {Long.) Rattle-l)raiued. 112 VUwi' (lid liMiiil ill tViMil of the hiVMl, buck outward, then tiiiii it nmiul in a circle Ncvcnil li s. (\Vicf the opened llii;4crs ;;i\'es the idea of " h)iiseiiess " with- out reference to tlie liead. Hriiif; the iij;lit hand to tlie medial line of the fordiead (IS), tii)f;ers hut slif^htlv separated, where it is rotated several times two or three ineiies in front. (IhiLdhi I.) " Itattle hralned." .Mi)\e llie opened rij;ht hand tliroii;;li asinall circle two or three times in trout of the forehead, the palm toward the le t, lin^icrs se]>arate(l a little and poiniiiif^ upward, {hiikulii \\ .) " Head liirned." llotale the extended and sepal iiled index and second tinkers ol the liand upward and luuaid Ihi' lel'l liejuic Ihe lorehead. (I>o\»' the head atti'r lonchiii^' it with the index. lie is the j^realest tool of all. Swa.v lh(^ hand (W 1), palm downward "over .dl," (hen point to the person ((l;^-. 1), then place (Mid of (infers on forehead (II I), and then swiiifi' hand around in circle in tVont of forehead, hand and lingers up- ri^lit, Joined, and palm oMiipie ti> face {'V I, palm ohliipie), and lastly Inakl^ the sij;ii Had. {iSdhttjitht 1.) " Of all, his brain whirls worst." Voiir words are foolish. .Vfter pointing to person addressed and makinji' sijjii for words (as in aliii downward (4k 1), but duriiij;- backward moNomcnt the tinj;ers are j^rad- ually thrown open, paliu outward (IC I, tinkers pointinjj obliipiely down- ward). SijiU ||»<| (!'). (Stin I.) '• Words from whirlinj;- brain — bad." Vovvst. Slightly spread and raise the ten luif-ers, bringing the hands together in front t)f the face; then sejiarate them. ( Wied.) The numerous trees and (heir brandies may be indicated, for a time obscuring the vision. 1 13 Spread the fingers of tlic ngbt liaiul sliglitly : raise the hand on a level with the face, and while iiioviiica/-mufc natural sif/us. — I'uf the liaml oii the forehead and draw it away. (Ballanl.) Have the head ni» suddenly, and (jjieii the mouth a little at the same time, and then nod, and tlie upper teeth rest on the lowei- lip. ( Haseii- sfah.) Place the forefinger on the forehead and then strike the lap with tli(? shut hand. (Zeigler.) Forf. On level of the breasts in front of body, both hands with fingers turned inward, straight, back.s .joined, back.s of hands outward, horizontal, turn outward the Imnds until the fingers are free, "curve them, and bring the wrists together so as to'Jdescribe a circle with a space left between the ends of the curved fingers. [Dakota 1.) "A circularly fortified jdace." FoiiikI. iliscoverecl. (Compare See.) First make the sign for See. lo, and then carry the right hand (<() iu front of body toward the ground and back to l)ody. as though having picked something u]). (Dakota I.) "Seeing and jiickiiig ii]» anytliing." Bring the left hand opposite the l)reast a foot or so away, finger.s closed and slightly bent, j)alni downward as if it were concealing .some- 1.5 114 tliiiis; biiiij; the rijibt liaud over it, liaiul in the position of being jnst ready to pick sonietliinj;- u]) with tlie finf;ers; then pass the right hand over tlie left, the hitter remaining still, and bring tlie hngers of the right hand together as if yon had pieked up something. {Comanche I.) Deaf-mtifr natnml ,s/(/h.s.— Touch the eyelid, then bend your body, and, having pointed at the ground with your hand, clinch it and bring it up and discloses it to the eye. (Cross.) Lower the open hand toward the ground, and then raise it shut up as if to indicate that something is picked nji. {Hascnstdh.) Fewi. See Bird. Frnclioii. Indicate with the foretinger of the right hand the ecpiivalent length of the left foretinger. [Arapaho I.) Froexins'. (Compare Frost.) Make a closing movement, as if of the darkness, by bringing together l)oth hands with the dorsa upward and the tingcrs to the fore; tne motion is from right to left, and at the end the two indices are alongside and close to each other. (lUirlon.) No sign se|)arate from Cold, If if*; Ice; or FrOiiit, wliicli denot* different degrees of cold. [Dalwta I.) Deaf mute natiind sinus. — Shudder from head to foot; then set in mo- tion your feet after the manner of skating, and then move the baud about horizontally. (Cross.) Raise the arms toward the breast and shake the lists, and then move the outstretched hands in a horizontal line. (Larson.) Friend. (Compare Salutation.) (1) Ti])s of the two tirst fingers of the right hand placed against or at right angles to the mouth ; (2) sutldeidy elevated upward and outward to imitate smoke expelled. (Chvticnnc I.) "We two smoke together." Hold the extended left hand before Mie body, and grasj) it with the right. (N'fc, Fo.r, and Kirkopoo \.) Point f'orwai'd and a little upward with the joined and extended fore and middle fingers of the right hand, which is to be placed a foot or so in front of the right breast, the little and ring fingers closed, thumb ou ndddle joint of ring finger ; move the hand upward to the right side of the face, then straight forward about eight inches, and then a little upward. t)r hook the bent right index, palm downwai'd, over the bent left index, palm upward, the hands to be about a foot in front of the body. This last they call a IMexican sign. (Dakota IV.) 115 Extend tlie rijjlit hand as if rcacliiiii; to shako liands. [HuJatxn I; All hard [.) Tlie k'ft and right liands arc bnmnlit to the ci'ntcr of chest ojien, then extended, and the left hand, with palm up, is grasped crosswise by ri<;ht hand with i)alni (h>wn, and held thus several seconds. The hands are then in double position (\ 1), rijiht inverted. Hands are now un- clasped, and right fist is held in lett axilla, Ity which it is lirndy grasped. {Oto I.) "One whom I will not let g()." ^ Bring both hands together in a full clasp of all the fingers, after the ordinary manner of handshaking. (('iiiikuicIiv J.) Extraordinary. Bring the two hands near each other in front, and clasp the two index- lingers tightly, so that the tips of the linger and thumb of ea<'li touch. [VomdHche 1.) Clasi) the two hands after the luaunei-of our congratulations. ( Wich- ita I.) Friendly ; friendship. » Raise both hands, grasped, as if in the act of shaking hands, or lock the two foretingers together while the hands are raised. This sign given by parties meeting one another to ascertain intentions. For more gen- eral idea of friendship clasp the left with the right. {Burton.) Hands clasped in front of body, i)alMi of lelt u]i, palm of right resting in that of left, hands shaken uj) or down one or more times. (Chei/- en lie I.) Pantomindc grasping or shaking of the hand, or a pantomimic em- bra ce. {Arapnho I.) The left hand held horizontal, i)alm inward, fingers and tluuub ex- tended and pointing toward the right about a foot and a half from aTid in front of breast, is clasi>ed by the right, carried up in front of body and out from breast, thumb and fingers pointing downward and drawn directly into the body. (Ihiknta !.) " (iraspiug the hand of a friend."' Our deaf-mutes interlock the forefingers fiu- "friendship." clasp the hands, right uppermost, for "marriage," and make the last sign, re- peated with the left hand n])permost, for "peace." The idea of union or linking is obvions. Froixt. (Compare Freexiiij;' and Mnon.) Begin with the sign of 'Water, then with the sign of :Vij!;lit or Uarkiiei^M, then the sign of Cold, then the sign of White, and, lastly, the Enrtii. {Dunbar.) 116 First make the sijj;ii for (liraMM, and tlieii tlie riglit hand (W) is moved as thuugli waviiij'- it over tiie grass. [Dakota I.) "A covering of tlic grass." FriiitleM; 4*aii»ii. Indicate the walls thereof with the hands, in front of the body, palms toward each other, fingers extended and pointed downward. {Ara- palio I.) 117 Both bands eii;liteeii iiiclics in front of tlio breast, separate(l alioiit six ini-lics, tinkers and tlmnibs pointing upiinlit, with the ])ahns facing each other (S, with edge of liands outward) tlius (II); draw the rij;ht hand inward about a foot, turn it so that tlie palm is downward, flat, tinners joined, jxyintinu' str,iii>lit outward, and tlieu push tlie liand forward so that it would go through the middle of the spaee formed by the hands in the fiist ])osition (I). Often made with the hngers eurved. (Dakota I.) "Sides of a canon or ravine; passing' through a canon." CiJelt. Bring- the lingers and thumb of the left hand together as if something- was held by them, and then approach the right luiiul and make the motion of cutting across wliat is su])posed to be held in the left hand, and then draw off tlie right hand as if ]iulling- away what has been cut. (D miliar.) Geiiei'oiiiv. Hold both hands oi)en, tlie ]ialms aboxe and lielil in fidiit of breasts or body, tiieu present toward the other pai-ty an open smiling coun- tenance. (Ojlhira IV.) The sign for diood llcarl or Bi^- Heart is made. {Dakota I.) <.;iio<«t. Sign for l)earoug-ht with a moderate Jerk to the opposite side, as if something was pulled along by the hand. Consequently the sign of water jireceding- this sign would convey the expression, "(live me water." (Dunbar.) The hand extended in a iiointing position toward the obje<',t in re- quest, then brought toward the body with the tingers raised vertically, and laid against the breast. (Lour/.) Object wished for pointed to, the right hand being held as in sign for Bl'iilii;': brought with two or three jerky motions toward the face or breast of the speaker. (Cliryeiuie I.) Place the right hand nearly at arm's length before the breast, paliu up, and make a short oscillating motion to and fro. (Abmroka I ; Sho- shonl and Banak I.) 118 After placinj; tlic li^lit liaiid about eij>hteeii inches in front of the neck, and turning- it so that the pahn will be oiitsvard and the little finj^cr toward tlie neck, tinj^ers overlapping and uprigiit, tlumdj in the ])alni, nio\-e llie hand toward the neck. {Dakota IV.) r.ring, to. Left hand extended ten or twelve inclies in front of the left breast (P 1, palm npward); right hand (P), extended in front of right breast, amis full ext(!nt, is moved over the left as though carrying something to the left iiand with the right, (l)akoia I.*) r>ring to me. Continue the sign for 'I'o Briii;;' by bringing the liands close to the left breast. [Dakota I.) " Mring and give to me." Point to or otherwise indicate the person directed and the object or article desired, and imjilv approach liy beckoning. {ArapaJio I.) Deafmtife iiaftiral sif/nis. — Extend the open hand and draw it back as if conveying souu'fhing to one's self. {BaUard.) Sti-etch out the forelingerand then mo\X' it toward the breast. (Larson.) dose tlie hand aiul move it to one's self. (Ballaril.) (live to nu' or ns. 'iMie riglit hand extended in front of l)0(ly (<|) as though taking hold of anything, and then brought bade to body with hngers pointing up- ward as though holding tiie art icle in it ( P). ( Ihiko'a I.) " Taking the article from the donor." Dcaf-mntc nat^iral siijn. — 01o.se the hand exceiit its forefinger, with it point to something, and then move it toward the breast. [Hasen.stah.) Ciive to him or another. Reverse /'f/.s7(«(c, etc., expressed by the Indian phrase (tooil, ov It is i/inxl. {ArajHiIiii I.) Strike the chest over the heart lightly two or three times \\itli the l)alm of the right hand: tlien make the sign for good. {Dakatiug and drinking. (Mandan iiml Hidatsa I.) With the right hand (S) tap the lelt bieast seveial times, and then carry the hand forward and toward the right, with ])alm downward (W), <-'ontent, glad, good, hajipy, satistieil, are all exjiressed by this .sign. {Dakota I.) -'The heart feels good." 120 Make an inclination of tlie body forward, moving at the same time botli hands forward from the breast, open, with the pahn ujiward, and gradually lowering them. {Iroquois I.) "I give yon thanks." Extend both hands outward, palms turned down, and make a sign exactly similar to the way ladies smooth a bed in making it. ( Wichita I,) Smooth and easy. C>rlat!>!<>. Left hand arched, the thumb and forefinger meeting at their tips, forming a circle, is held in front of the left breast, horizontal back of hand upward, thumb and forehnger toward the body; then the right index is brought up close to the body in front and jiassed forward from the breast, describing a series of circles to the center of the circle formed by tiie left hand, but not placed within it. Daylight is included iu this. {Dalota I.) " From the same rays of light passing through a pane of glass into the house." e|i:ii'fed, would be de- 121 noted preferably l)yiisins' tlie latter si}>ii and by sto])i)in,ii' the motion of tlie hand several times in carrying' it out to its final extended position, in resemblance of the walking away of the person. [Dalwta I.) "He has wallced away." The opened risht hand being- advanced about a foot and at the height of the navel, palm toward the left lingers separated a little, hand bent at the wrist and i)ointing' downward and forward, move it straight ahead about a foot, and at tlii^ same time raise tlie ends of the fingers until the liand is horizontal. [Ihtkota \\ .) Tins is indicated by a motion the reverse of C'oilie, and wlieu (lie sign is completed the hand stands as in the beginning of the former gesture. [Mandan and Hidatsn \.) I'lace the closed hand, knuckles ui)ward, before the breast; elevate the index and i)ass the hand slow ly, in a jerking or interrupte(l move- ment toward the front and left, palm facing the front. (Kaioini 1; Co- iiKinchc 111; Apache II; Wichitii 11.) With the index only extended, i)oint to the earth and trace a course along the earth toward and above the horizon. {Apache I.) Go awa\". Place the open left hand twt'lve inches or so in front of the lower part of the chest, i)ointing forward toward the right, iialm looking obliquely upward and backward; then (piickl\ pass the i>aliii of the light hand forward and upwaid across that of the left and beyond it about a foot. (Dah-Dfa IV.) 'J'lie hand, with the i)alm facing dow nwanl and backward, is held close to the body and about on a level with tlie stomach; it is moved upward to a level with the top of the head, a foot or so in front of it, describing an arc whose convexity is forward. (Mandan and IJidatMi I.) The right hand is closeil as in type-position (B), and arm semiflexed, bringing hand to center of body. The arm is now suddenly extended to full length and hand expanded in the movement. {Oto I.) "To re- move from." The right arm is flexed, and the hand, in ])ositi()n (B 1). more horizon- tal, is brought t() the epigastrium. The arm is then suddenly extended, hand likewise, with the index finger pointing directly from the body. Accompanying this sign there is generally a repulsive or forbidding frown assumed by the countenance when one is ordered to depart from disi)leasure. To (jo on a mesNdoe, the countenance assumes a smile, but sign is identical and is combined with sign for Speak. (Olo and Mis- souri I.) " To withdraw or move from." 10 122 Place tlie ri};lit liaiul at tlie height of and in front of the abdomen, l)ointing u])ward, palui outMard, fingers slightly separated and bent; then move the hand off toward the left. {I'di- Ute I.) Throw the riglit hand over the right shonlder so that the index points backward. ( Wichita I.) Deaf-mute natural ,s)V/hs. — A slight movement of the feet on the floor and moving the hand forward. (Ballard.) Open the hand and move np, and at the same time point it forward. {Hascnsiab.) Close The hand, excei)t its forefinger, and move it forward, pointing in the direction you wish the person to go. (Hasenxtah.) Move the hand forward and forward. {Larson.) To a phice, to go. Make the sign for (wO, and when the hand is near at arms' length ex- tend the left anil place it horizontally before the moving right so that they come together audibly. {Kaioiral; Comanche III; A2)achell; Wi- chita II.) Ctonl. Pass both hands, with the tips of the finger and thumbs brought to a point, in a curve backward and downward from the ears in the direction of the horns, tlien jdace both hands at the lower part of the abdomen, palms about 3 inches apait and facing, with fingers separated and curved so that the tips touch. [Apache I.) "Curved horns and large testicles." Cwoiiiji, Iraveliii^. Journey. To describe a Journey on liorseback the first two fingers of tlie right hand are placed astride of the forefinger of the left hand, and both rep- resent the gallo])ing movement of a horse. If it is a foot journey wave the two fingers several times through the air. (Ojibu-a I.) The kind of locomotion may be indicated, as on horseback, &c., after that pantomimic, the arms and hands being made to represent the legs and feet. [Arapaho I.) Touch tiie nose with the right index for I, then make the sign for <;o. [Ihtkota IV.) Toncii the heart with the right index, and then with a wave of the hand outward. |(oint in the direction to which you intend to go. (Iro- quois I.) Strike the i)alms of both hands together obliquely and gliding past one another. (Zuni I.) 123 Place the hands thumb to thiuiih, pahiis forward, tinjicrs extended, sei)arated, aud poiutiuj; upward, tlieii move them from above the rifjlit hip tbrward aud toward the h-tt. (I'di-I'tc I.) Deof-muie natural siyn. — No jiciieral siiiii, but for ridiiiu, wlietlier on hor.sebaelv or on wheels, the sii;ii was made by beiidinj;' tlie arms and raisiiiff and depressing the elbows in imitation of a man riding on liorseback, and moving the iiand horizontally tbrward to sigidfy aiva;/. (Ballard.) Iiunning. Hold the hand in the same position as Walking, and, with the lore- finger extended forward, advance the hand, keeping the closed porlion underneath, and turning it slightly and rajjidly to right and left by a (puck motion of the wrist. (Iroquoin I.) Traveling ; marching. The hand held vertically as high as the necli, with slightly divided fingers, and rocked edgewise forward aud backward upon the wrist, extending the arm a little forward. This sign resembles that for (lues- tioil, but differs in the direction of the motion of the hand. [Loiuj.) Hands placed in the position for making the sign fur Ball le, except that they are further separated, and then describe a series of half circles or forward arch like movements with both hands. (Dakota I.) •'Per- son walking." Hand oil edge, extended, tips tbrward, palm in (T on edge, tbrward); wave it vertically and forward. IJoth hands used, indicate two jiarties, cs-pecialli/ the double column in which troops always march. (Apache III.) " Ambulant, forward motion." Walking. Close the hand except the index linger, and with that extended, at the height ot the breast, move the hand forward, bringing it down a little, at regular intervals, to imitate the steady movement of a walker. (Tro- Ijlloi.f I.) iionv iiiider, di-P«»"»'i aic noticeably similar. The diflerence is, the Ofo sign uses the left arm iu conjunction and both, more to the left. The conceii- tion is ol something that easily jtasses; smoothness, evenness, etc., in both. (lioielcr.) Wave the hand from the mouth, extending the thumb from the index and closing the other three lingers. This sign also means 1 know. [BltltoH.) (1) llighthand lingers pointing to the left i)laced on a level with mouth, thumb inward ; (2) suddeidy moved with curve outward so as to present i)alm to person addressed. (Cheyenne I.) Pass the opened right hand, palm downward, through an arc of about 90° from the heart, 24 inches horizontally forward and to the right. [Dakota W .) " Heart easy or smooth."' Place the Hat right hand, palm down, thumb toucliing the breast, then move it forward and slightly ni)ward and to the right. {Bakota YI, VII; Kaiowa \ ; Comanche IU; Apache 11 ; Wichita 11.) Pass the tlat hand, i)alm down, from the bieast forward and in a .slight curve to the right. {Dakota \ I; Hidatsal; Arikara 1.) 125 Tlic cxtoTidod lijilit tiaiid, i>aliii (lowinvard, tlniiiil) hackwaid, fiiisors poiiitiiif;' to tlic U'ft, is lifld nearly or (|iiitc in contact with the Ixxly about on a level with the stomach; it is then canied outward to the rij;ht a toot or two with a rai)id sweep, in which the foreaiin is moved but not necessarily the humerus. [Miindun diiil Jliiliitud 1.) Move rijilit hand, i)alni down, over the blanket, ri.yht and left, several times. (Oinnhd I.) Another: Hit the blanket, first on the ri,i;lit, then on tiie left, |)alm down, several times, ((tnutha I.) Another: I'oiut at the object with tlie rifiht lorehu.ii('r, sliakini; it a little up and down, the other fingers being closed. (OiiiuIki 1.) Another: Same as preceding, but with tiu' liand open, the tliumb crooked under and touching the forefinger; hand held at an angle of 45° wliile shaking a little back and forth. {Omnha 1.) Another: Hold the closed hands together, thumbs up; sepaiiite by turning the wrists down, and move the fists a little apart; then reverse movements till back to first position. (Oiiuihu 1.) Another: Hold the left hand witii back toward the ground, (iugers and thxuid) apart, and eur\ed. Ib)ld the light hand opiiosite it, |)alm down; hands about six inches apart. Shake the hands held thus, up and down, keeping them the same distance a])art. (Ointtha I.) Another: Hold the hands with tlie palms in, tliiunbs up, mo\'e hands right and left, keeping them aliout six inches apart. (Oinahn I.) Another: Look at the right hand, lirst on the back, then on tlie|)alm, then on the back again. [Oinahd 1.) The above eight signs were all taken from one ( )maha, who stated that they all gave the i before the breast. ( Wi/ntnlof I.) Throw right hand rom front to side, fingers extended and jialm down, forearm horizontal. {tSiihdptiii I.) Same sign as for (liind, I»le.*»?«Ml. (Inxiuoin 1.) Bring both hands to the front, arms extended, palms outward ; elevate them upward and slightly forward; tiu' face meanwhile exi)ressive of wonder. (Comanche I.) Another: Bring the hand opi»osite the l)reast, a little below, hand extended, palm downward (^V), and let it move ofl in a horizontal direction. If it be very good, this may be reiieated. If comparatively good, rei)eat it more violently. (Comanche I.) 120 Deaf mute Hilt iiral niijnu. — 8iiiack tlic lips. {Ballard.) Close, tlif. liiiud, wliile the tliuinh is up, and nod the lieatl and smile as it' to ai)pi-o\e of sonietliin<>' good. {Jfasciisfdh.) Use the sign for HniKKoilie, at the same time nod the head as if to say "yes." [Zei(doto IV.) Place tiie fingers of the tlat right hand over the breast, then make the sign for (liood. {DaLota VII.) Move hand to position in front of breast, fingers extended, palm downward ( \V 1), then with quick movement throw hand forward and to the side to a point 12 or 15 inches from body, hand same as in first position. {Sahaptin I.) "Out it olf." (lood, Verv. Place left hand in jiosition in front of body with all fingers closed excei)t first, thumb lying on second (ill 1 changed to left), then with forefinger of right hand extended in same way (HI 2) point to end of forefinger of left hand, move it up the aim till near the body and then to a point in front of breast to make the sign Good. {iSahaptin I.) . (liraM!^. (Compare Foreixt.) I'oint to the ground with the index, and then turn the fingers npward to denote growth. If the grass be long, i-aise the hand high ; and if yellow, ])oint out that color. {Burton.) 127 Sij^ii for Forest, but distiiiunislicd tliort^fiom l)y rol;iti\(' licif^lit to which the li;iii i" ^''c sense of l, imitating dropping of tears by repeating the motion two or three times, the hands falling about to the breast, the head bowed forward. (OJibwalY.) The sign for Weepinj/, Cryiny is a part of the sign for grief, which would hardly be complete, however, without reference to the heart, and the following is the sign lor grief or sorrow of the heart, or, as the Sioux say, " Ueart is doicn, upset." The palnuir surface of the right hand horizontal, with fingers extended, i)ats the left breast several times, and is then turned over three or four inches in front of the left breast so as to bring the palm upward, thumb outward. (Dakota I.) " Upset heart, weeping." Place the palmar side of the extended fingers of the right hand to the front side of the head, close the eyes, and droj) the head forward upon the breast. ( Wyandot I.) 12!) Minience witii the siun for LiCc, liviai;;', &c., l)ut stop tlie ujtward motion of the hand at the ])roper time and turn it over, and hold as seen in (W). {Dahita 1.) " Desinuatin.i;' the amount of i;rowtli bv lici^iit from the .i;round.'' The hand is collected somewhat cui>shaped, as in ty|>e position (O), the tinkers more closed and hand hoiizontal, and made to a])proach the mouth, as in tlie act of eatinji'. The extended ri.^ht and left indices are then crossed and brought TU^ar the groniid. l'"rom this iiosition the hands /» .v(7» are uniformly and successively raised in jerks, ((tin and MissDini I.) " The coming up of something to cat from the earth." Cillll. Hold out the left liand, as in the act of snpi)orting the gun when directed horizontally, and with the right apjiear to cock it. (Loitij.) Close the fingers against the thumb, ele\ate the hand, and ojien tlie fiugers with a quick siiajt. ( ll'/c/.) It seems to me that here he only describes in slightly varied language the motion already referred (o in Arrow, To !«iiool n illi. and <>iiiii, l>iMt-li:ir^o oC the liiing of a gun and not tlii^ gun itself. The only sign I ever remendierto liav(^ seen for (liiiii was made by the arms being held in the position of shooting a gun ; but whether this sign was conventional or iiiiiuovised J do not remember. (Mottlii'irs.) The dexter thniiil) and lingers are Hashed or scattered, /. c, thrown outward or upward, to denote tire, (llnrton.) liight-liand lingers pointing upward, jiartially closed against the thumb, held to level of shoulder, suddenly elevated above the head, and the lingers and thumb at the same time snaiiped open to imitate the quick discharge of smoke from a gun. {Vhcycnnc 1.) Both index-fingers extended (others closed), thumbs resting on second fingers, the right brought to the right eye, with back of hand toward the right, horizontal linger pointing straight outward, and the left arm 17 mo cxIcikUmI to its full ciiicicit.v in front of the c.Vf, so that th(^ extended foielinjicr of tliat liand is on a line with the extended foretinycr of the iij;ht, hack of left hand towaid the left, hand horizontal, linger pointing forward. Ktlge of the linf;eis of both hands downward. (Dakota I.) " I'^idni the act of ainiini; with the ,i;iui.'' ISenii-Hex the linj^frs and thunili of the left hand, and place tlu^ hand in front of the chest, witli its palm inelininj;' downward, backward, and toward the rij;ht at an ant;le of l.">°; i)ass the rijilit list upward along the jialni of the left until the right wrist lies between the let t thiunb and index, then suddenly open ;dl the tiTigers. (Dah>ta IV.) The right hand brought to the light side of the ciiest's top in posi- tion (E 1), liorizontal ; the tinger.s suddenly opened, as in grasping a trigger; tlie h^ft arm and ind(?x-ting(!r extended, and the right hand in abo\'e position brought to the middle of the left arm ; the right hand suddenly expanded ui)ward, as the smoke from the explosion of the cap when the gun is discharged. [Olo and Misnoiiri I.) " That which is dis- charged by a trigger from the shoulder." <'ap, percussion. Left hand held in front of the breast, half closed, lingers of the right hand clasped as though gias|nng a small object and brought down to left hand ; motion made with the right luind as though cocking a gun; right hand sla])pe(l into the palm of the left hand, making a sharp clap. (Clicijeiuie I.) Discharge of a. l'lac(! both hands as in Arrow, t« !<«lioot an; extend the lelt arm, contract the right before the face, then snap the ends of the tinger.s forward. {Wied.) T\w descrij)tion is so amhiguous that I can not satisfy myself as to his meaning. I'erhai)s he is trying to describe a form of the sign for \'«8!oy, which 1 gave yon. (Matflicicn ) There is indis]iulable similarity in the (Olo and Missouri I) sign and ^yi<■l^s as to conceittion and execution, the slight ditfert'uce, being in executing it. (liotclcr.) Left hand with all the fingers extended, horizontal, back outward, edge of lingers downward, is held about IS inches in front of tln^ lireast, and the back of the right with lingers extended, upright, joined, back out- ward (S), is carried out from the breast, struck quickly against the palm of the left, /. c, clapping the hands. This is for a single dis- charge. For a continuous discharge of musketry, clap the hands many times in rapid .succession. (Dakota 1.) " J'Yoin the noise of the dischai'ge of lire-arms." 131 (wiiii-fliiil. With till' iiulcxtiiiger of tlic ri.nlit luit off a jjiccc of tlic cxtiMuled tliiiml), so that the tinker is laid across the tliuiiih iiail. ( Wcid.) I liavo, seen this sit;ii inadc {^f(lltll(n■.'i.) nt tiie cxidodingot tlie jiowder. (I.ouij.) Itub the tliunili and index linger togetlier repeatedly. ( Wicd.) 1 renieiid)er iiaving seen this sign made; but 1 think that when the fingers were lubbed together they were held points downward, an ineli or so above the open ]ialiu of the lett haml. (Moiiiting downward, back outward, is held over tlie palm of the left, with a slight motion of the thund) and forefinger, as though feeling the grains of jiowder with tlu'Ui. (Dakota I.) " Exauuning the grains of po\\(U-r." Kub the tliumi) and index of the right hand together for several seconds. {])akot(i W .) Hlevate tlie hand to indicate the gun and twist the lingers spirally around the thumb. ( Wn-d.) (iillll-<«llOt. First make the sign for l^\|>loK>ioil with the right hand, which is made by the tist (B li), excepting that the thumb is under the fingers i. c, resting' in the ])alm df the hand, the fingers are snapped forward and upward from the level of the breast to that of the head, where all the tingers are closed but tlie index and second, which are separated and point upward {^i). {Dakota 1.) " Indicates the explosion or dis- charge of both barrels of a doulile-barreled sliof-guii." To hit with a. Place the tips of the fingers downward n])oii the thumli, tluMi sua]) them forward and strike the hands together. ( Wiril.) I'robably when he says, ''strike the hands together," he wishes to describe my sign for Kliof. When the person whom the prince saw making this sign, raised the finger, he may have done so to indicate a llaii, or Onv shot. 1 do not think that the raising of the finger is an iufegral jiart of the sign, (^[atthelrs.) Same as Roiv, but in making the first sign liave both lianletion of the sign for (wiiii, (li!>ioli:ir^-e ol' a, draw the right hand back from the left, that is, in toward the body; close all the fingers excejit the index, which is extended, lioiizontal, back toward the right, pointing straight outward, is pushed forward against the center of the stationary left hand with a (|uick motion. iShonld the target not be hit it can be indicated by pushing the index above, below, or to the side of the left hand, as the case may require. (lUihifa I.) "From the striking of the target. Bullet comes to a sto])." H.iil. Begin with the sign of Water, then the sign of Cold, next the sign of a Nfoiie, then that for Maine or Siiiiilar, then the sign of H^liite, and lastly conclude with the sign of an Eg'S'; ''!' of which coiidtined gives the idea of hail. (Diaihar.) With the forefinger of right hand resting against the ball of the thujub, with the second and third phalanges crooked in such a manner as to form a small round opening resendding a hail-stone, ofhei- fingers extended, make in front of face and abo\e and around it the upward and downward movements, describing the falling of hailstones. (Da- kota I.) " From the falling of liail-stones." Deaf unite natural xii/ns. — Kepresented by showing the ball of the thumb to indicate the size, pointing to the shirt-bosom to signify the color, and mo\ ing the extended fingers down repeatedly to denote the fall. {Ballard.) .Mo\e the hands outstretched u])ward and downward, and then strike the list on the head. (Lar.son.) Hair. The movement of condiing. (Dunbar.) •1 33 (1) Left liaiul natiirall.v closed, elevated to tlie front of tli(> |)ersoii, rii;lit liaiid held carelessly ai;'aiiist basi^ of tliimd) of left liaiid ; (L') si<;ii for 4iirnwM made. This si<;Ti is sonietiiiies made o\cr oilier portions of the body, the idea l>eiii,u' sldii t;rass. (('hi-i/cinic I.) Touch the hair of the person or animal with the ri.i;ht index. (Ihiko- 1a I.) " J)esii;nating the hair." Halt ! Slop! liaise the hand, with the palm in front, and push it liaekw.ird and forward several times — a j;esture well iuiow n in the Ivist. (Hnrloii.) I'alm of ri.uht hand down, nio\e sideways two wn. This indicates they will xit doini there. (CoHnnu-hr \.) "Out it oH." Close the right, leaving the index billy extended; place the ti)) to the mouth, then direct it firmly forward and downward toward the ground. (Pr(j- Ute I.). Deaf-mute naturul .si>(.— Lift both li;iti(ls ii]). {Zcigler.) Italian ni(in. — The open hniHl stretched out with the tiii{iei'« n[). [llKtli-r.) Halt. A stoppiiifiphiee. Must be indicated by tiie iti()i>er name of the place (as Bad Kiver, Standing li()ci<, liij;- Woods, &e.) at which the halt (whicli is also the sleeping-place for the night) is made. Indians have no "halts" in the lOnglish sense of the word, but would say instead, " I slept at such a river or rock." In only one way can Indians be said to have halting- places, (. f., as on a long journey over a well-known country the same cami)s are made time after time as long a.s timber and water last, and distance is rougidy calculated or estimated by so many cami)s or days' journey. ( Dakofa I.) Hniiiiiiei*. Same as the sign for Ntone, Hard, &c. Sometimes a distinction is sought to be nuule in the case of Hummer by ])ouiiding in the ])alm of the left hand with the lower part of the right tist (A). (Dakota I.) " From the u.se of the hammer." HaildNOllK*. (Compare 4iiood and Prelfy.) Ivight hand touching tlu; U'ft side of forehead, hand horizontal, palm inward, fingers joined, and the thumb pointing oblifpiely ui)ward (W 2), bring the hand down over the face to the left breast, there turn the han()ints. { Apache III.) " hnpcMetialiiiitv." l>c((J''iiiiite natural siii for ll:ii'il. {PaLolii l\'.) Hare. With tiu^ fore and second lin^i'i's (.\% witli the two lingers consider- ably .separated) of each hand on their respective sides of tiu^ head, and with the extended liii<;eis iHiiidiii^' upward, backs of hands liuht )<> rinht and left to It" t, wai' them forward and liackward, and then witli botii hands open, lingers stiaight, slightly se])arated, |)ointing npiight, backs of hands in the same relative position as above, in front and at the h^vel of till' face, and with the left hand seven or eight iiieiics forwaid of tiie right, make tlie forward movements with botii at the same time in imita- tion of the rniiiiing jiim|)s of tlie rabliit liy mo\ iiig them forward on a short curve, and tlicii at tlic level of tlie breast lay I lie extended straigiit and Joined lirst and second lingers of the right hand across tiie backs ot of the similarly extended fore and second lingers of the left at right angles. {Dakota I.) "From the ears, manner of iiinning, sliadow. vS:c., of tlic labliit." Hnt. Pass the parted thumb and iiidex-tingcr about liotli sides of the head where the hat rests upon it. {Wicl} This sign is still in use among the Indians. {Mattheir.s.) The latter movement of the hand in W'Icir.s sign is probably the same as the lirst motion of the [OInand Mi.snouri 1) sign, [liotekr.) With the light index extended and pointing toward the left, and liie thumb extended and jiointing backward, the other tiiigers closed, move the hand from the top of the head forward and downward to the eye- brows. iUahttalX.) "Covering the head." ISC) riacc^ tli(^ extended iiidcx-finj>er and tluiiiib sts upon tiie liead. {Dtdcota V.) The arms and liands are raised to the forehead, the thumbs are erect, the extenih'd indices meet at the mi(hlleof the forehead — the hands are in iKisition (fj) — and diverge, drawing a line to tlie ears. The Jingersare uow ck)seil and seemingly pall something from the top of the head downi- ward. {Oto and Mismuri I.) "Something that is pulled down on and marks the forehead." Ila(i-hrt. See Toiiialian k. Hate, I. (Compare C'oiiteiii|>t.) Shake the head, make outward (jnick motion of both hands as if pushing back with the right hand, i)alms out, extend thumb and fingers partly, and sometimes shut the hands or fists closely, indicating more intense feeling. (Ojilnca IV.) The sign is nearly the same as for Contempt, Ui!>iointing toward him or them with the right index (^^I). (Dakotal.) " Designating a i)articular person." (1) Only by pointing with right index (2) an,v i)liiciim- tlie haiwl not near tlio iiioiitli, but begiiiiiiiig furllu'r away, drawing' it nearer and nearer. ( ^y ><■<}.) Heap, pile, iiioiiiid. The hands are brought from their natural jxisitions by a curved motion with the i)alms downward, tingers extench'd sepaiated, nearly together in front of the breasts, l.S inelies, fingers ])oiiding outward, hands hori- zontal, tlat, &c., when the eurved motions eease, and the hands (W) are carried straight downward six or seven inches and brought to a stop snddenly as though patting (hjwn the top of a i)ile. [Dakota I.) "From the shape ()f a mound, heap, or [lile." Hear, to; heariai;; : heard; listen. ((dm]>are I'lKlei'slaiid.) I'laee the open thumb and indexlinger over the right ear, and mo\e them hither and thitlier. {Wied.) 1 lia\c given you this sign with a simihir meaning, bnt, as in signs for Coot and Lnjij'nujs^ 1 say I lie linger tills are in contact, which he says they are not. Tlie lemarks 1 make about this ditterenee in tlie former signs may apply as well to tiiis. (Mottla'ir!<.) Taji tlie right ear with tiie index tii). (Burton.) X twirling at tlie ear. (Moajon-on.) First and nuddle tinger of right hand pointing upward iield close to jight ear; moved gently downward and forward, eyes looking askan(;e, eyebrows contracted as if in the act of listening. [Chet/enne I.) Place the hand partially closed, palm to the front, behind the ear. [Arapalio 1.) First makethe sign for Atteiilioil, and then carry the hand back iu the same position to near the right breast, and at the same time in- cline the head toward the sound or the direction in whicli it comes. {Jhiloto I.) "8ameaswiih us; first attracting attention as an indica- tion to keep (piiet and then listening." Close the right hand, leaving tln' inilex and thumb fully extended and separated; place the hand upon tlu' right ear with the iiulex above it and the thumb below; then pass forward and sliglitly downward by the cheek. (Ahsarokal; Jlidatna I; Ar!k(irH-(( I; Comanche 111; Apiivlie II; Wichita II.) Place the hand behind the ear in the most natural manner for a listener. ((Urmanche I.) " I want to hear." Fingers and thumb of the right hand closed, index crooked, placed oi)i)osite and [yoiuting to the ear, palm toward the shoulder, and moved toward the ear sevenil times. [Apuvlir I.) To listen. Uold the right index in front of the ear as for I Hear, and then turn the hand a little from side to side two or three times. (Dakota IV.) Bring the hand (R with last three tingers shut) near the ear, thumb and index raised, other fingers closed; turn the head to bring the ear toward source of sound; facial exi)ression inquiring. (Apache III.) " Sound coming to ear." Deafmntc natural .lifins. — Place the forefinger on the ear; at the same time incline the head as if to listen to something. (Zeitjler.) Move the forefinger nearly to the ear. (Ballard.) To point the finger to the ear. (Larson.) Do not. 1 do not understand. Make the sign for I l^iidei'Ktand, 1 Hear, and then the sign for ]%0, or throw the hand outward from the ear. (Ikikota IV.) Point the forefingers of both hands to the external meatus of the ears. (Zuni I.) With one's own ears, To. iSIake the sign for Hear, then pass the iudex of the right hand from the left ear outward toward the left. (Arikara I.) 1.'59 Heard. I have. OlHMi wide tlic thumb and iiidoxfliiscr of tlio liulit liaiid, place tlioin over the ear, and in tbis i)o.sitiou move them ((uickly jjast tlie chin and nose. (Wiead. See B:id ilea 1*1. Ciood. See iiiHn\ heart. Heat. The two hands raised as high as th(> head and bending forward hori- zontally, with the jioints of the (ingei-s eurxiug a little downward. [DnnJiar.) (1) Both hands, ]ialm downwanl, elevated to the hncl of the eyes and extended outward: (!') broiiglit (h)wnward with a rajiid motion, half opened while descending, licfeience to the sun's rays, for more (lartic- ular idea '-it feels hot," right hand held with little linger against the l)art affected and sign for Fire niade. (CIicjhiiiic 1.) Place both hands over the head, palms down, tlugers pendent and hanging downward at a short distance from the forehead. (Kaioicii I ; Comanche III ; Ajuichc 1 1 : ]Vialm uji. about four inches a|)art,as if supporting a large body; then move them sinudtancously upward and downward about two or three inches, the upward motion being made more rapidly than the downward. (Kaion-(( I : Coiiiaiiche III; Ajtachell; Wichita II.) Pciint at an imaginary object: seize with both hands and lift with great ett'ort; also, take up an imaginary object in one hand and lift slowly two (>r three feet (Y). {Apache III.) With both hands clinched (B). anus more than half exteiHle(l, draw them U])ward in trout of the body from the level of the abdomen to that of the face, with a slow and more or less intermitted movemcTit, as though the hands seized and conveyed upward a heavy hody ; at the same time the ellbrt is deiu)ted by contraction of the facial nuiscles {Dahlia I.) " From the act of lifting a heavy body." 140 Help, To aMMi^it. nriiig iij;lit liaiid uj) to rijilit breast, forefinger straiglit (J in upriglit position, palm out) ; tlie left to the left breast, same ])osition, bands about six inelies apart. Move both forward. {Oto antl Jflsxoiiri I.) Only by others eomini;- to join in doing some si)ecial work. {Apavhe III.) ' ' First eommence with the open right hand (Y) l>aek outward, pointing obli(juely upward, about two feet from the right side of the front of the body and draw inward nearly to the body, describing a series of circu- lar moveuients, then without stopping the movement of the hand, carry it with moderate forct^, back upward, horizontal, fingers extended, straiglit, joined, etc., against the jialm of the left hand, (iuTier side of the right index striking it), which is held horizontal, about a foot in front of the body, with fingers extended, straight. Joined, etc., edge downward, back toward the right, and then the right hand is carried outward from the body b,y a series of circular movements the reverse of the tirst movements given above. {Dakota I.) " Come and help uie." Here. Right hainl closed, fist, back outward, upright, is moved upward and downward in front of right side of body from the level of the breast to that of the \o\> of the head. (Dakota I.) "It is right here; at the l)lace." The right arm is tlexed toward the body, and the hand in type- position (A) describes a circle before the breast. The sign continu- ing from the completion of the circle, the hand is fully opened as in type- jtosition (S 1), horizontal, and edges being held upward and downward, , and made to strike the ground forcibly. {Oto and Misnoiiri I.) " On this very spot of earth." Oidy by pointing, as to ground or into my tent as 1 sat at its entrance. {Apache III.) Where we stand. kSame position of hand as Cirent dif^t.aiice, and point down directly in Iroiit to the feet or between them with sudden dropping of head or (juick bow, the eyes following the direction of the hand in every instance. {Ojihwa IV.) Hide, To; Coiieenl. (Compare Steal.) Place the hand inside the clothing of the left breast. This means also to jtut away or to keep secret. (lUirton.) (1) Sign for Sleal ; (2) left hand flat, palm downward, placed near some part of the body; (.'{) right-hand fingers hooked ; covered by left. {Cheyenne 1.) 141 Tlio Irft hand stationary about oijilit indios in front of left breast, horizontal, back ontwanl, fdnc downward, lin^icrs closed, and then ])ass the right hand, with fingers hooked, back ot liand outward, edge of fingers downward, horizontal, (|niekly between the left hand ;ind tiie body to the left side, as though passing it under a bhniket or the eoat. Although not identieal with the sign for Stcaliiui this sign icsenibles it very niueh, and it is used to denote coneealinent of any article from view, much the same as we would |)ut out of sight any aitie.le we did not wish seen for any reason other than that the article was stolen. [Dahtta I.) "riaeing it out of sight." Hold the o])ened left lianut the outstr<'tclied hands together toward the head. {Larson.) To incline the head and face as if .seeking some place of refuge. {Zeigler.) Secret, secreted. Deaf-mute natural siipis. — Having touched the lower liji, the mouth oi)ening ami shutting alternately, sliake your head. (Cross.) Place the forehnger on the mouth, at the .same time moving the lips as if speaking, and then .shake the head as if to .say "no." (Zeialms facing but not touch- 'ing each other; quickly but slightly drawn ai)art. (Cliri/enne I.) Hi^ii. See Bis' i" the sense of Hi;;ii. Hill, hliiff*, iiioiiiilaiii. A clinched hand held uji on the side of the head, at the distance of a foot or more from it. To signify a range of mountains, hold up the fin- gers of the left hand a little diverging from each othei-. ( Lou;/.) 142 Close tlie fiiif;er tips over tlie head ; if a moiiiitaiTi is to l)e expressed, raise tlieiii liioli. To denote an ascent on rising ground, jmss tlie right ])ahn over tiic left hand, half donbling np the latter, so that it looks like a ridge. {Burton.) Both hands ontsj.read near eaeh other, palms downward, and elevated to the level of the face: brought downward to represent the slope of a hill, the motion at the base being somewhat more rapid than at the first part. (Cheyenne I.) Hold the left hand clinched at some distance before the face, the knuckles jiointing ui)ward, representing the elevation or hill. (Ddhita VII.; Ooing over a. First make the sign for Hill as contained in i^l oil 11 tain, with both hands or with the left hand, in front of breast, and then the right liand is drawn back toward the body (left, representing the hill, stationary)^ and then carried outward with short. Jerking mlaced against the nKHith; tlirnsi straight forward and ontward in a slight downward cnive to express "straight t'rom the heart." (Vheyennv 1.) An honest man. First make the sign for ^Inil and then the sign for Triitll. This relates to T/'Mf, ^*v(f/(, in speaking, lie tills no lies. It is snch a rare ocenrrence for one Indian to steal from another of the same tribe, that the Sioux have no separate sign for An honest man, as implying the opposite of Thief. {Dalota 1.) Indicate the person with the index, then place both hands, tlat anil extended, about eighteen inches ai)art, with i)alms facing, as high as the head, and move them eastward to arm's length. ( Wyandot I.) " (Tni- form from head to foot, or, literally , the same from end to end." Indicate objet-t. (1) Gras[) toward it (P, closing more and jn'one)- (2) sign of negation; (3) wave the hands off forward and down (Q). [AiMwhe UL) "(I) Taking; (2) no; (.'i) leaves it where it is." First point to the person, then make sign for ulling it away from where it belongs, fingers and thumb naturally relaxed at first (Y 1, palm down), but before the return movement is made the fingers and thumb are cirsed (A 2, palm inward), as though laying hold of something; then the final motion is making the sign of jVe$;'alioil, A'ot. (fiuhdptin I.) " He is a good man ; will steal notli- ing at all." Horror. The palm of the right hand {W 2) laid over the mouth, and at the same time the sign for Surprise is made by drawing the head and body backward. I have seen a few Imlians use both hands in making 1 )4 this sign, laying one i(iihar.) Place the index ane, and then rub the lower part of the cheek back and forth. (Dalwta IV.) Black. ^lake the sign for llor^e, and then point to a black object or rub the back of the left hand with the palm of the fingers of the right. (Dakota IV.) IJronco. An untamed horse. Make the sign To ride, then with both hands retained in their rela- tive positions, move them forward in high arches to show the bucking of the animal. ( Ute I.) Grazing of a. jNIake the sign for Horve, then lower the hand and pass it from side to side as if dipping it upon the surface. ( Ute I.) 147 PackincT a. Hold the left hand, poiiititif-- forward, palm inward, a foot in front of the chest and lay the opened right hand, pointing forward, first obliquely along the right side of the upper edge of the left hand, then on to]), and then obliciuely along the left side. {Ihtkota IV.) Kacer, fast horse, ete. The right arm is elevated and bent at right angle before the face; the hand, in position (Si 1) inoditied by being horizontal, palm to the tace, is drawn across edgewise in front of the face. Tlie hand is then closed and in position (O) approaches the mouth from which it is opened and closed successively forward several times, finally it is suddenly thrust out in position ( W 1 ) back concave. ( Oto and Missouri.) " Is expressed in the first sign for Hoi'!«e, then the motion for (piick running." Itacinu'. Extend the two forefingers and after ])hu'iiig them parallel near together in front of the chest, backs upward, push them raiiidly for- ward al>out a toot. (Dakota IV.) Place both hands, wiili the forefingers only extended and pointing forward side l)y side with the i>alms down, before the body; tlien imsli them alternately backward and forward, in imitation of the movement of horses who are running ''neck and neck." {Ute I ; Apache I, II.) Saddling a. Hold the left h.and as in the sign for llor^e, Pni'killj^' a, and lay the seun-Hexed right hand across its ui)i)er edge two or three times, the ends of the right fingers toward the left. (Dakota IV.) Spotted ; pied. Make the sign for Hoi>e, then the sign for Mpotled. (Dakota IV.) Hoi'Meliack, To ride. ;\Iake the sign for Hoi'Nt*, with the difference that hand extends farther and the gesture is made (juickly. ( Wied.) Separate the fore and middle fingers of the right hand, over the fin- gers of the left extended and joined, both i)alms toward the body, the forefinger of the right along the back of the left hand. (Arapaho I.) Place the fore and middle fingers across the forefinger of left hand, both advanced in front of breast, both hands advancing motions as if riding, by up and down motions on finger and left hand. (OJibira lY.) Place the first two fingers of the right hand (i\ with thumb resting on third finger) astraddle the two joined (many Sioux use only the fore- 148 finger straifjliteiiod) niid .straislit first fiiifjer of the left (T 1), then make several short arched movements forward with hands so joined. (Dakota 1.) " The horse mounted and in motion." Doul)le tlie fists and make a succession of plunging motions, alter- nately with either hand, forward and downward in imitation of the motion of a iiorse's forefeet in trotting or galloping. Tiie sign of strad- dling the fingers for ridhu/ is also in use among the Sioux, but is not so common as the above. {Dakota 11.) Extend and spread the right fore and middle fingers and place them, their ends pointing directly downward, astride the fingers of the left hand; the little and ring fingers of the right hand to be semi-flexed, thumb against index; the radial side of the left hand to be upward, fin- gers extended and joined, pointing forward, thumb in i)alm, then raise and lower the end of the left hand several times. This sign is also used for Home when the hands are kept still. ( Dakota IV.) Extend the first two fingers of the left hand before the body, then straddle the fore and second fingers of the right hand across those of the left ; in this position, make a series of sliort jumps or jerks from left to riglit, imitating tlie gallop of a horse. (Dakota V.) Make tin? sign for Horse, and as the hands are retained in this position, move them forward in short curves to rei)resent motion of riding. (Dakota Yl; HIdafsal; Arikara I.) The hands are arranged as in the sign for Hortue, and then moved forward. (Hidat.sn 1.) Tiiis indicates in a general way a journey on horseback ; but ditterent modes of riding may be shown by apjiropriate modifications of this sign, thus: a slow journey is shown by moving the hands sh)wly forward, a race by moving them rapidly, a gallop by mov- ing tiiem m a scries of small arcs whose convexity is upward, a jog-trot by moving them in a series of small angles with a slight arrest of motion between each angle, etc. Left hand represents the horse, forefinger held u]) a little from the other fingers. Right forefinger and middle finger astride left forefinger ; right thumb (-urx-ed upward on left of left forefinger. (Omaha 1.) Place the first two fingers of the right hand astride the left hand, and move both forward. (Iroquois I.) Place the hands as in the sign for Horwe, and move them forward in sliort interrupted arched curves. ( Wyandot I.) Throw the index and middle fingers of the right hand astraddle the forefinger of the left. (Hahapiin I.) 149 Place tlie cxteiulcd and s('i);uattMl index and second finjjers of tlie right band aeross tlie extended forefinger of tlie left, back of the hand forward. {Pdi-Ute I.) The index and second linger of the right hand alone extended and separated, placed astraddle the extended forelinger of the left, tin; palm of the right hand facing the bade of the lett hand. [Aparlie 1.) Hot, Hot weather. (Conii>are Heat.) Hands at the height of the head or sometimes over it, horizontal, Hat, with fingers and thnmbs extended, sejiarated, pointing toward the front, palm of hands down (W), make a slight tremiilons motion with the fingers, withont moving the hand. Sign is also often made with the extended fingers pointing toward each other. {Dakota 1.) "Glimmer dnring hot weather. Reflection and refraction through the atmos])here often seen during hot weather." Hour, Time of day. (Compare Dny.) To indicate any particular time of day, the liaiid with the sign of tlie sun is stretched out toward the eastern horizon, and then gradually elevated until it arrives in the pro^xn- direction to indicate the [)art of the heavens in which the sun will be at the given time. (Loiuj.) Forefinger of right hand, croojvcd as in sign fur Tloriiiii;;', made to describe an arc over the head from east to west, being stoi(i)cd at any point in the arc according to the time of morning or evening. {Chey- enne 1.) Indicate the spot at wiiieli the sun stood \\ lien the event to wliieh they are alluding occurred. Point fixedly to tiiat jioiut and hold the arm in that jxisition for several moments. {Ojihien I.) Curve the index of the closed right iiaiid in the form of a half circle; move it tVoin the eastern horizon, following the course of the sun, and allowing it to rest at the position occapied liy tliat body at the time to be indicated. (Dakota V.) The sign for Klin being made, the hand is held in the direction of the place which the sun would occupy at the time to be iiidi(Mted, or the hand is made to describe an arc corresponding to the course of the sun during the lai>se of time referred to. Thus the forenoon is shown by stretching the hand (in position of sign for mm) toward the horizon, and then slowly sweeping it up toward the zenith ; the afternoon is shown by a reverse motion ; noon, by holding the hand toward the zenith. (Hidatsa I.) Brnf-inute natural signs. — Indicated by striking the air with the fore- finger, signifying the stroke of the clock. {liallard.) 150 Move the forefinger in a circle, indicating the motion of the minute- hand, and then indicate the number of hours. (Hasenstah.) Hou>ointing upward. back of liaud forward, and beckon l>y drawing the hand toward the body several times excitedly. (Omaha I.) Place the hands, palm>; up, near the stomach and in tiont of it, then make an up-and-down motion as if tossing a large light body a short distance. {Kaiowu I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) ''Evi- dently from the movement of the stomach sometimes exi)erieneed when running.'' lliiMbaiid. (Compare C'oiii|>a»ioii: Same: ^Tlarricd.) The two foretiugers are extended and placed together with their backs uinvard. This sign is also used for Companion. (Lon>ieir. The fingers of the right hand laid against the breast. (Dunbar.) 20 154 The clinched haiul struck geutly, and with a quick motion, two or three times upon the breast. Or, the tingers brought together are pLaced perpendicularly upon the breast. [Long.) Touch the nose-tip, or otherwise indicate self witli the index, (liiir- ton.) Touch or otherwise indicate one's self. [Arapaho I.) Eight-hand; fingers drooping, forefinger separated from the others, gently touched once or tw'we to the right breast. {Chencinw I.) The fingers of the right hand are collected to a point, the thumb lying against the palms of the fingers, then bring the hand, pointing upward, slowly toward tlie breast. Also used to express io me. {Abxa- ro]:a I; iShosluini (Oid Baiuil; I.) Kiglit liaiid (!•» 1) thumb and fingers extended horizontal, back out- ward, tapi)ing tlie left breast. When the gesturer desires to be very emphatic, the clinched right hand is struck rep<'atedly against the riglit breast. {Balofa \.) (Conqiare Heart, JMA-ofw i.) Touch the end of the nose witli the radial side of the right forefinger, the forefinger pointing ujiward. {Ikiloia IV.) Place the extended index against the middle or upiier portion of tlie breast. {Dakota VII.) Touch the middle of the breast with the index. (Hidatm I ; Arllcaru 1.) Strike the left breast with index-finger of right hand, the otlier fingers being closed. {OiikiIki I.) With the right hand arched, so that the thumb rests along the side of the index, place the inner side of the hand against the breast, with the fingers pointing downward. (Kaioa-a I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) Another: I'lace the index or the ends of the extended fingers against the breast. {Kaiou-al; Co7nanche III; Apache II ; Wichita 11.) riace the index n])on the breast rather quickly. If this gesture is made slowly, and when in connection with other signs of a narrative, or preceding the expression of want, or desire, it exjiresses to me. {Pai- Ute I.) Sweej) the hand up the body and raise the right forefinger up with \ igor Just befoie face. I Apache III.) Deaf-mute natural signs. — Indicated by pointing to one's self — to the person speaking. (Ballard.) 155 Eest till' tip of tlie forefinger upon the l)rpastbone, and at the same time nod the head. {Ihtsenstub.) Put the ii,i;iit forefinger on tlie l)rea.st. (Zrifilrr.) Some deaf-mutes push tlie forelinger against tlie pit of the stomach, others against the breast, and others point it to the neck for this per- sonality. Objective. With the tingers jilaced closely together at tlie tijis, the thumb resting alongside of the index, bring the hand, i>oiiiting upward, slowly to and against the middle of the breast. {Kaiaira I; Comnitehe III: Apache II ; Wichita II.) Ice. Begin with the sign of ^Vater, tiieii of Cold, then of l<:ai*tli, and lastly a Stoiio, with the sign of Naiiiciit'Mw or Siiiiilai'ily. (Du)tbar.) Same as the sign for 8toiie. {Dah>ta I.) '-A hard substance." Ignorant. Tap the forehead with the slightly-curved index:, followed by the sign for lAe. (Apache I.) III. See JSioK. Imprecation. Italian ni;/)/. — The foietinger turned down is a motion of a girl at Thrasymeiie, who was refused alms, as she cried va a T iiifcnii). ( Butler.) Iniprguient— RaKli. Shade the eyes with left hand, relaxed (IT i)alm inward), right hand in trout of breast, foretluger straight upright (J jialm outward); mo\e forward, making three or four short stop.s in the movement to represent the motion of a person walking. This is the general description ; if re- referring to rash chare/e in battle, the .sign with left hand is tirst made, then sign for ehanje is made with both. {Chei/eniie II.) " Going blindly, without looking." Place the tips of the extended forefingers to the temples, then throw the hands outward aud downward. {Wyandot I). "Xo judgment — literally.'" In, "(Vitliin. Forefinger and thuml) of the left hand are held in the form of a semi- ciicle, opening toward and near the breast, and the right forefinger, representing the jirisoner, is placed ui)right within the curve, aud passed 156 from one side to another, in order to show that it is not permitted to pass out. Tliis is the sign for Pri<*oiier, as given in " Introduction to the study of sign-language," etc. This sign is tlie one made by tlie 8ioux for In, Within, and also to indicate rriKoner,hut when so used the seiui- (urcle would be continued to a circle after passing the finger within it. This sign, however, is not limited to Prisoner. {Dal-ota I.) The left-hand tingeis e.xteuded side by side, the thumb facing but an inch or two from them, pointing toward the right (forming a U held sidewise); the bent index is then imshed ])artly into the si)ace between the thumb aiiiii|>ar(- <)iiexitioii, and Know, 1 (loirt.) The index and middle finger exteudeil diverged, place them trans- versely before the situation of the heart, and rotate the wrist two or three times gently, forming each tinu^ a quaiter of a circle. (Lonf/.) " ]More than one heart for a iiui'itose." Combine the signs of Alfiriiiative and ilTegative, /. c, Yes — Xo. {Arapaho I.) The right hand brought to the icgion over the heart, with the first two fingers extended, pointing obli((iiely downward toward the left, thumb resting on third finger, which with tlie fourth is closed, back of hand outward, make several quit^k tremulous motions, then extend the thumb and fingers, ami cairy the hand out in front of the right side of body, turning the hand so that it is brought, horizontal, tlat, palm upward (X), extending the forearm from the elbow oidy. (T)ah>ta I.) The right index extended, back u]nvard, i)ointiug toward the left, in front of the left breast, the other fingers half closed, thumb on middle finger; move the hand thnmgh an arc forward and toward the right until it is in front of the right breast. (Dnlnfn IV.) "Going around, therefore not certain." Make the sign lor Have, and then, with its back upward, fingers separated a little, slightly flexed, and pointing forward, rotate the right hand to the right and left, describing an arc upward (to imply doubt.) {Dakota IV.) •' Perhaps 1 will get it, or have it." Index and second fingers straight and separated, remaining fingers and thumb clo.sed, place the tips near the legion of the heart, pointing to the left ; nu)ve to and from the henrt repeatedly as if puncturing it, at each thrust rotating the hand slightly so that the position of the fin- gers will be similar at each alternate movement. {Kaiowa I ; Comanche III; Apache U; Wichita II.) 157 Perplexity. Itiilid)! .sit/ii. — Open liaiiil sliakcii licfoic tlif r()r<'li(';i(l as it an auitation dl' tlic liiaiii. (Bullcr.) Doiilit. ItuUan sign. — Both lianils w itii tiiijicis a])art and jialnis forward, raised by tlie head. (Butler.) Iiiiliaii A^^enev. First nuil^e the sij^ii lor Wliifc mail, and tlicn the sign (rMc, then desis'initetlie particular aj;('ncy (see local names in " Proper Names, Phrases, etc.") by its pro])er si<.>n, ii' desirinj;' to be specific. [Dakota I.) "The ])lace where goveriinicnl inovisions arc issued, and the white man who issues tliem." I lulidVi't'ilfe. None of my business. Itdliiin ,siii)iK. — Both liands held down by the thighs.' {Biitley.) Tiie hand waved under the chin. (Hiillcr.) Iiidi;:eiit. Sec Poor. IllfVllll. Sec (liiid. Iii«|iiir>. See i|i9e<«lioii. II if* xiO. See Yen. .loiiriiey. See Ciioiii;;'. livitlv. Same sign as for Viilas't'. ''"f ''^ made closer to the earth. ( Wied.) The contiguration of a common kettle (the utensil obtained from the whites in trade being, of course, the one referred to) is the same as that of the stockaded villages of the Mandans and ni fall together. [Oto and Missoxri I.) "To strike down in battle with a knife. Indians seldom disagree or Idll another in times ot' tribal |)eace." I'hlce tlie fiat right iiaiid, ]ialm ilow ii, at arm's lengtii to the rigid, bring it quielily, horizontally, to the side of the head, then malce the sign for Dead. ( Wi/muhit 1.) "To strike with a club, dead." Dcdf-iiiiitc ii(i/)(f((l xifpis. — .Strike a blow in the air with the clincheil list, and then incline the head to one side, and lower the oi)i'n hand. (B((Uar(l.) Strike the other hand with the fist, or iioint a gun, and, having shot, suddi^nly point to your breast with the finger, and hold your head side- wise on the liand. ( ( 're.s-.s-. ) I'se the closed hand as if to strike, and then move bac'k the head with the eyes shut and the inonfli o|)ened. {{[(tsriistah.) I'ut the head down over the breast, and then moxc down the stretched hand along the neck. (TAirsoii.) In battle. To. Make the .sign for Bafllc, Fi;;'iit, tiicii strike the back of the lingers of the right hand into the i)alm of the flat and .slightly arched palm of the left, immediately afterward throwing the right outward and downward toward the right. [Utc \.) "Killed and falling i)ver.'' You ; I will kill you. Direct the right hand toward the offender and spring the finger from the thumb, as in the act of sprinkling water. (Lou;/.) The conception is perhaps "causing blood to flow,'' or, i)erhaps, "sputtering away the life," though there is a strong siuiilai-ity to the motion used for the (lis- charge of a gun or arroiv. 160 Kind. See Cwood heart. Knife. Hold the loft baiul clmdied near the inmttli, as if it held one end of a strip of meat, the other end of which was lietween the teeth, then |)ass the ed.ye of the ri.nht hand as in the act of cuttinj;- obliquely a little npward from ri.uht to left between the other hand and month, so as to appear to divide the suii])osed meat. (Lon(j.) Cut past the m.aitli witli the raiseil right hand. {Wicd.) 1 have given you a different sigH, which is the only one I have ever seen. (Muttlu'wu.) Althongli the signs {Oto aiuJ Missoun I, and WierVs) are different in their execution as api)lied to local parts, the same coiice[)tion pervades each — " something used to sever or separate." ( Bofclcr.) Wied's sign probably refers to the general practice of cutting off food, as much being crammed into the mouth as can be managed and then separated by a stroke of a knife from the remaining mass. This is specially the case with fat and entrails, the aboriginal delicacies. Cut the sinister palm witli the dexter ferient downward and toward one's self: if the cuts be made ui)ward with the i)alm downward, meat is understood, {linrton.) Right hand, palm outward, little linger representing the edge of a knife, diawn downward across [lalm or inside of left hand. {Cheyenne I.) Left-hand list (B) held six or eight inches in front of the mouth, back outward, as though holding a large piece of meat in the mouth, and then the right hand with the back outward, tingers extended, Joined, upright (8), is passed from right to left on a curve between the moutli and the left hand as though cutting the ineceof meat in two. {Dakota I.) ",May have conu> from their lirst manner of using the knife in eating." Hold the left list, back outward, about eight inches in front of the mouth, and move the oi)ened right hand, palm liackward, tingers i)oiut- ing obliquely upward toward the left, obliquely ui>ward and downward from side to side behind it. {Dakota IV.) " Iloldiug a piece of meat with the left hand and the teeth, and cutting a piece off with a knife." The left hand, fully opened, with the lingers close together, palm up- ward and finger tips to the front, is held before the person. Then the right hand, also fully opened and with fingers uot .spread apart, with the jialin inward and tlie thumb uitward, is laid trausversely on the left palm — the outer edge only touching the left palm. Sometimes the right hand is theu drawn away once to the right with a motion repre sen ting a cut. {Mandan and Hidatsa I.) 161 Tlie left arm is semi-extended, and the left liand. in position (XI), modified by Ix- in i;' edge wise iij) and down. The ligiit arm istlien brouglit before tlie body, and tlie iiand, in position (X), horizontal, is made to exert a earving motion at the knnekle or nietacari)o-])halangeal joints of the left hand, whieh is eonclndcd by a scooping or ear\ ing movement. (O/o iiikI Missouri I.) ■' That by « liicli we ojn'ii joints ami cnl or carve." f ><■<(/'- III Kff iKiliintl sii/iis. — Iniilale tlie act of wiiittliiig with one fore- tingeriipon t!ie other. { Ildlhiril.) Pass one forelingcr over the other scxcimI times. { llnsi-iisliih.) Slcinninu with a. The hands are placed as in the sign for KBliCc then llie right hand is lield a little obli(|iiel.\ , /'. r.. with forearm semi-pronated, and diawn, bnt ne\cr ]aished, across the lefl palm repeatedly, advancing a little toward the tingeiends with eacli sirepe. {Mdiiiltni l:ui(l and Vt'!>i.) The foretinger of the right hand held ii[i nearly opjiosite to the nose, and brought with a half turn to the right and cairied a little out- ward. Place any of the articles \sic\ befori' this sign, which will then signify, 1 know, yon know, he knows, liotli hands being made use of in the manner described implies to know much. {Ihinlxir.) Spread the thumb and index-finger of the right hand, sweeji toward the lireast, moving them forward and outward, so that the iialm tnrn.s u}!. ( Wild.) The right arm is llexcd and raised : the hand is then bronght before the birehead between tlie eyes as in position (I 1, modified l\v being ]>alm outward and the index more opened); the hand and forearm then describe a (puidrant forward and downward. There is no conceivable similarity hetween this sign and Wicd's as executed and it i.s probable that the conceptions are likewi.se of differ- ent source or association. This .same sign is used for Knoirlah/c in an abstract seTise. {Jiotele".) "To have in mind or utter from the mind." 21 162 The tluiml) and indexfiiiser iiiiule into a ring and passed from the mouth. (M((c\vai(l with spread fliigeis, so that they point ontwanl toward the rijiiit side. ( Wied.) Is expr&sed l)y waving tlic right liand with the ]ia]ni outward before the right lireast, or by moving about the two forefingers before tlie breast, meaning "two hearts." (Burton.) First make tiie sign for Know, and tlien that tor ITot or \o. {Dulota I.) " Do not know wliat you say. Indecision, (h)ul)t.'' Makefile sign for I Know"; tluMi tlie sign for I\fo, or wliile tiie fingers are in position for I Know tlirow the hand outward as for i\o. [Ddl-ota IV.) Tlie right arm is elevated and (he hand, in type-position (I-'), is twisted several times before the chest, then suddenly everted and ex- panded (Oto (tiiil Missouri I.) " Xot sciewed uj) or [losted unaware." Make the sign for Know, lo, and throw the hand to the right as in ]\o, .\ol. (KaioH-al; Comaiirlie III : Apachf II; Wichita II.) Dcuf-nuitc naturid signs. — Point to the bosom, nieaniiig the s[)caker, place the hand upon the forehead and then move the hand away. [Biilhird.) Ilaving put the finger to your breast, jioint to the forehead, shaking your head. ( Cross.) Put the stretched hand to the breast, and at the same time shake the head. (Larson.) Place the right forefinger on the forehead, at the same time shake tlri head as if to say No. (Zei(jier.) I don't know you. Move the raised hand, with tue palm in front, slowly to the right and leit. (Burton.) Lake, Pond. Make the sign of lli'inkilli;', and form a basin with both hands. If a large body of water is in (]uestion, wave both palms outward as in denoting a plain. (Burton.) . Sign for AValer followed by sign for Bi^' in the sense of Broad, Wide. For Pond, make sign for Lake and Littli'. (Clu-i/cnne I.) First make the sign for Water, and then the sign for Bi^ in the sense ot Flat. {Dalcota I.) " Water spread out or level — not running water." 164 ]\rak(> tilt' .sign for Water, then spread and slightly Hex the tliiirabs and loiefiii;;ers, and hold the hands, palms inwariii ami lUiunl; I.) J>ct(/-iiii(te naturid xi;ins. — Make a circle with the forehnger, and imi- tate the act of di'iidcing to signify 'Wafer. (Bidlard.) Partly open your nioiitli with the head held back, jilace the fingers — ai'ranged in su<-li a manner that the hand looks like a cup — to it, and then suddeidy move the hand horizontally along a line describing an ellipse, (r/'o.v.v.) Lame. Itight-hand list (O, turned downward) in front of the body ; make the forward arche(l movements in imitation of the walk of a lame per.son. {J>iil(ita I.) "From a hunc jxTson's manner of walking." Liaiiee. or Spear. Ls shown by an imitation of darting it. {Binioii.) Hands elevated and closed as though grasping the shaft of a lance, left hand before riglit, sudden motion made from the left shoulder diagonally forward (hands being carefully retained in their relative jjositions). {(Jhci/ciinc 1.) Right hand extended in front on a level with the shouliler, as though holding a si>ear or lance in positiontou.se it. (Dakota 1.) •' From the throwing of a spear." (1) Point to tent-pole; (2) cut otf left loretiuger, with right index; (3) rub it with the latter toward its tii» ; (-1) i)lace tip of right at base of left index ; (5) thrust both forward. {Apache III.) " (1) Shaft- (2) head ; (3) sharpens it to i)oint ; (4) adjusted head to shaft; (5) put it in service." I.ei(f-inutr Hdfnral sif/ii. — FTaving extended your cheeks, shake your head, implying no, and then comi)res.s tlieiu with the hands. (C'ro.vs.) « l.it':iii. See Poor. I^eavo!"* (of trees). The sign for Tree must be maile first, and in tiiis case with the Icit hand. Beginning from low down on left side, with fingers and thumb sei)arated, jiointed upward (P), move the hand u])ward till it reaches a little al)ove the head: this is the tree. Itiglit hand in jjosition (dJ) is brought to touch the ditferent lingers of the left (which are the l>ranches) ; forelinger and thumb describe the leaf, and is made larger to (h'scribe different kinds by ])arting tlie tlinml) and linger more or less. The sign for Tree alone is generally made with the light hand, {('hfi/niiir 11.) Make a tree and its branches, and then witli the thumb and forefin- ger of the right hanil describe a seniicirch^ with the free ends of the thumb and finger turned downward in front of the body. [l)nl:iif(i 1.) 'Tn resemblance ol the drooping lea\'es of a tree." Arms are extended from body like limbs of a tree. The right hand, in position (\'^),i.s then brought to left in position (S) modified by bcin., horizontal edgewise. From the left, arm and hand still exteTuled, the right drops successively to the ground. Autumn is re]>resented by this sign, following the sign for ^iiii. (Oto 1.) •'.Something that drops from siireading limbs and the time for such." On trees. Same motion of right hand as in Tree, with the left hand and arm in front above head, looking up, spread the fingers which were bent downward. Thnmb.s nearly touching, .shake both hands sidewi.se and np and down quickly in imitation of aspen-leaf motion. When the tree is near, i)oint in both ca.ses to the tree or trees with the finger. [Ojih- im IV.) Ijetl-liaiided. The left hand clinched is held before the neck; the elbow is then brought in to the side, at the same time giving to the forearm a twist, so as to bring the closed palm opposite the l)reast. {Lony.) 166 Simply point to the left band with the extended forefinger of the right. {Dakota i.) Se])anite the thumb and index-linger of each hand, and draw them upward ah)ng lioth legs. {Wind.) I have described his sign in essen- tially the same terms; l)ut as for the sign for Coat, I say the fingers are closed. The same remarks ajiply in one case as in the other. (Mat- flii'wu.) Notwithstanding the indertinte and inexjilicit manner in wliieli ir/«r.v sign is exi)ressed, there is evident siu)ilarity to that of (Oto and Missouri I), both in conception and movement. (Botckr.) The ti"]) of tlie tlnuub of each liaiid is opposed to the tip of one or more of its eoriesponding fingers, as if they grasped something lightly. The hands are then held a few inches apart on the anterior aspect of one of the thighs as low down as they can reach without bending tlie botly (the finger-tips nearly or (juite touching the limb), and are then simultaneously drawn rai)idly ui)ward to the waist to represent the motion as if drawing on a legging. The motion may be I'epeated on the O])posite limb. (Maudan and Hidatsa 1.) The body is bent forward and tlie limbs fiexed upward and adducted. Both liands, with the backs arched u])ward and the thumb points in contact, seemingly encircle the leg at the ankle, and are drawn toward the body over each leg severally, as in drawing the above article on. {Oto and Missouri I.) " Tiiat wiiich is drawn over the legs." Ijet al»ii('. Eight-hand jialm down, arm l>ent at elbow, move downward by degrees as low as the knees. {Omaha I.) Lie, FnUeliood. The forefinger and middle fingers extended, passed two or three times from the mouth forward. They are joined at the mouth, but separate as they depart from it, indicating that the words go in diiferent directions. {Lon;/.) Pass the second and third finger of the right hand toward the left side in front of the month. ( Wied.) My ddseriptiou is much to the same effect, but I a(hl that the hand is moved forward. {Matthews.} Though tlii^ descri])tion of Wied's sign is condensed, there is an evident similarity in the execution and conce])tion of this with {Oto 1.) {Boteler.) The author means the index and middle finger as appears from other parts of his list. lie counts the thumb as the first finger. — [Ed. Extend the two first fingers from the mouth. (Burton.) "Double tongue — a significant gesture." 167 Piiss tilt' liaiid from iij;lit to left closo by and across the moutli, witli tlic first two tiii<;ers of the hand openeil, tlnimb and other tinj^ers closed. (Ihxhif.) Thrust the fore and middle tiiii;er, extended and separated, from the mouth. Literally " the forked toiii;ue." (Ai-niiiilin I.) KiS'ht hand fore and middle fingers [ilaeecl on a le\el with the base of the ehin, first kniiekle against or near tlie mouth: thrnst forward and to the hd't. (Chci/cnuc 1.) •' Speak double, witli two tongues."' If the two forelingers are jiarted and nio\ed from llie month, like tlie split tongue of a suake. it signifies l\ ing. This sign is adoiite(l in the sign language of all tlie Indians, as well as the figure from which it is deri\ed. {Ojihira I.) "Speak with the forked tongue, /. c, lie." Fore and second fingers ot the right hand extended and forked i K 1, with tliumb resting lui third tiiiger) passed from right to left directly in front of the mouth. {Ihikiita I.) " I )ouble-toligned." Place the right liaml, jialm inward ( toward the left), just in frotit of themontli; strongly extend the index : also extend the middle finger, but bend it toward the palm until it is at an angle of 4.")-' with the index; hall close the ring and little fingers, thumb against ring finger: move the lianil straight forward about eight inches; or, having placed the hand with its back forward, mo\'e the hand to the left. {I>a]wf<( IV.) '• Two tongues.'" Touch the region of the heart with the light I, ami, then close the luind, extend the first two fingers, passing them from the mouth tor- ward. ( Dakiitd y.) Spread the extended index and second linger of the right hand, and pass them, palm toward the body, ipiickl.x by and ]iast the mouth to the left. (Uiikota VI. VII.) Closethe right hand, leaving theindex and second fingers extended and separated; then pass them liefore the breast from right to left, the fingers pointing in that direction and the |ialm toward the body. {Ilidatud 1; Aril.ani I.) The sign i.s like that for True, excejit that both the middle and index fingers nn' extended, and these are held together while the hand i.s at the mouth, but they diverge as the hand moves forward. {Mfoaia)!. and HuJatsa I.) The arm is Hexed and elevated to a level with the mouth. The hand is in position (^ 1), modihed by being horizontal instead of vertical, with palm toward the face and first two fingers separated. From incep- 168 tion of .sif>n at riji'ht side of face the hand is thrust from right to left across the iiiouth. It is tiieu repeateoint six or eight inches from mouth, as though casting some- thing from the mouth. Then move hand to side of month, the two first fingers only extended and slightly separated (.\ 1. changed to hori- zontal position and thumb obli(|uely extended), and past the mouth to a jioint on the left. {Saliapfin I.) ''Words double-tongued." Pass the right haiul to the left close by and across the mouth, with the first two fingers of the hand opened, thumb and other fingers closed. (PaiUtel.) AMth the third and fourth fingers of the right iiand closed, resting tlie tips uf the first two fingers against the ball of the tliumb, jjlace the hand in front of the chin or month, and while moving it diagonally forward and to the left let the fingers siuip forward from the thumb; repeat this two or three times. (Ute I.) •' Double-tongued." Another: Uold the index, pointing upward, in front of the mouth, and mo\e it icpeatedly and alternafely obli(|uely forward toward the right anil left. The index and second finger extended and sep irated, are sometimes used to represent extraordinary lying. {Ute I.) "Talk two ways." Sign as for Tl'lllli, but make the motion oblicpiely and alternately toward the left and right. {Aiiachc I.) Kun the index from each corner of the mouth. {Zmli I.) Deaf mutes gesture Tntfh by moving one finger straight from the lips, "straight-forward speaking," but distinguish Lie hy moving the finger to one side, "sideways speaking." I.iie don II. Point to the ground, and make a inotiou as if lying down. (Burton.) The sign for 8lee|>, the eyes remaining open. (Ara2)aho I.) IGD Only ditfeis from tlie si<>ii for Sleep in incilininfj tlic liead and arms sidewitse (to the rij;lit) toward the ground, with elbow out as thouyU used as a sm)port. {Dnkota 1.) ^Vave the hands low down, i)alnis up (X), iiorizontally and hitrrally; Sleep. {AiMche III.) "Suital)le [dace to lie upon." lh'ut tlic arm is exten(le(l in the direction of the i)arty addressed, with palm down, ;ind moveil di)wnw:nayli;iiil is eiiuivalent to Siiiiriwe. !^ee also GlaK^n. (Dahntn I.) The left arm is exteuded from left side of the body with the hand iu ty])e ])osition (1 1) modified by the index being a little more extended. Iti this manner the left hand indicates the rising sun. The hands ii'-e now approximated at fingers, jialms before the face, and gradually di- verge, as do hanging curtains. Tlie hands are held with the edges in- ward aiul outward. [Oto and ^[i^!S(>l(n' I.) "That which accompanies the sun; the curtains of night being unfolded." DK(f iiuilc iKitiiral .s7V/». — Move the outstretched liamls apart from each other. {Lari^an.) Iji;;iit (in weight). Uight hand horizontal, back downward, fingers extended and partially curviMl upward, is carried upward by easy motion iu front of the body, with arm nearly extended and as though the hand contained some light object. (Dakota I.) " Not heavy to lift." Point at an imaginary object; lift it with one hand, easily and rai)idly, high above head (Y). (Apache III.) 170 Lightning-. (Compare Thunder.) First the sisn for ThiilKier; tlien open or separate the hands, and lastly briny the risht hand down toward the earth, in the center of the o])eniii}'' jnst made. { Dunbar.) Itight liand elevated before and above the head, forefinger pointing upward, l)roiight with great rapidity with a. sinuous, undulating motion; finger still extended diagonally downward toward the right. {Chey- enne I.) As thunder and lightning generally accompany each other, there is no separate sign for Lers npwanl, tips toiicliinf;, l)rou<,flit downward, and at same time separated to describe outline of a cone, suddenly stopped. (Cheyenne J.) Place tlie tips of tlie tinkers of l>oth iiands toj^etlu-r in front of tlie breast, with the wrists some distance apart, as in the outlines of the letter A. {Dcihifa V.) AVith both liands Hat and extended, pointing;' upward, jialiiis faciiif;-, place the tips of both tof;ether, allowing the wrists to be aliout tliiee or four inches apart. (Slnislioiii iind Baiidk \.) "Outline of lod.iic-poles with covering.'' Both liands flat and extended, ])lacing the tips ot' tlie lingers of one against those of the other, lea\-ing the palms or wrists about four inches ai)art. {Ahsarohi I ; Wjiat'diit I ; Slioslniui (iml lUinal; I.l " I'rom its exterior outline." Tipi is the preferred wonl with the Sioux. Wiiiirant is not known. Ijoth hands carried to the front of the breast and ]>lace«- lofa IV.) '■ Eepresents the tijii poles and the sha])e of the tipi." Fingers of both hands extended and separ.ite(l ; then inrerJace theui so that the tijJS of one hand protrude beyond the backs of those of the o])posiiig one; hold the hands in front of the breast, leaving the wrists about six inches apart. (/>((/,<)/rf VII : HhhitsK I : Aril'iira 1.) The extended hands, with linger tips ui>ward and touching, tlie palms facing one another, and the wrists about two inches apart, are held before the chest. {Mundun and Hidatsa I.) I'lace the lip of the index against the tip of the forelinger of the left hand, the remaining tingers and thunibsclosed,l>efort' the chests, leaving the wrists about six iiu'hcs apart. {Kaiown 1 ; Comnnche III ; Apache 11; Wiehitn W.) " Outline of lodge. This is an al)bicviated sign, and care must be takeu to distinguish from to meet, in which the lingers are brought from their respective sides instead of ui>ward to form gesture.'? riace the tips of the fingers of the flat extended hands together before the breast, leaving the wrists about six inches apart. {Kaiowal; Co manche 111) Apache 11; Wichita Ih) 172 Rotli hands flat and extended, tinkers slightly separated then phice the finders of the rifjht hand between the fingers of the left as far as the second joints, so that the fingers of one liand protrude about an inch beyond those of tlie opposite; tlie wrist nuist be Iield about six inches a]>art. (Kdioiro \; ('uniiinrlir III; Apache 11 ; Wichitali.) "Out- line of Indian lodge and crossing of tent-i)oles above the covering." riace the tips of the spread fingers of botli hands against one an- otlier, pointing upward before the l)ody, leaving a s])ace of Ironi four to six inches i)et\veen the wrists. {I'td-Tte I.) "Ke]U'esents tlie boughs and branches used in the construction of a Pai-Ute wiki-up." Place the tii)s of tiie two Hat hands together before the body, leaving a space of al>out six inches between the wrists. (Lie I.) ''Outline of the shai)c ot the lodge."' Coining out of a. Same as the sign for l^odge. Entering a, only the lingers of the right hand point oblicpiely upward after passing under (lie left hand. ( i>iil«iU( I.) "Coining out from under cov(>r." Entering a. Tlu; left hand is held with tiic hack ii iward, and the right hand also with the back ui) is jiassed in a curvilinear direction down under the other side of it. Tlie left hand here represents the low door of the skin lodge and the right the man stooping to pass in. {Lon\' the lett liaml. {Cheyenne I.) Fiist make the sij;n tor l^od^e, then jihiee t lie lelt hand, innizontal and slightly arched, before the liody, and ])assthe rif;iithand with extended index-tin.ii'er nnderneatii the left — forward and sliiihtly ujiward liexond it. (D((ki>t<( V; Ahx((r(il' downward, joined, i)alm downward Hat, horizontal (W). {Ihikota I.) "(ioiie under; eovered." 'I'he lelt hand paliii downward, lin;;cr-ti]is I'oiw ard, eit her ipiite ex- tended or with the tinj;t'rs sli.nhtly lient, is held belbre the body. Tiien the riyht hand nearly oi' (|nite extended, iialni dow nwaid, tinj,;er-tips near the left tlinndi, and pointing;' towards it, is passed f rans\'ersely under the lett hand and one to four inches below it. The tinkers of the right hand point slightly upward when the nH)tion is completed. This sign nsnally. but not iiixariably, refeis to entiTing a house. {Minnlaii mill Ifiiliitsii 1.) riace the slightly curved left hand, i)alm down, before the breast, ]H(inting to the light, then pass the Hat right hand, palm down, in a short curve forward, nndci- and npwai-d beyond the left. (/7c 1.) " l';\i- deutly from the manner in which a person is oliligcd to stooji in enfer- iiig an ordinary Indian lodge." I\[oving' away a. Hold tne hands as tor I>4hI;;'(' and push fliem forward a foot or eighteen inches. (Dakotn 1\'.) ]\lo\ing this way a. Hold the hands^as in the sign for LooiiS', in time. See Time. Look: See: Touch the right eye with the index and jujint it outward. (Burton.) (1.) Fore and mi(hlle tingers of right hand extended, placed near to the eyes, i)ointing outward, and (2) thrust with a slight downward curved motion quickly forward toward the object to be seen or looked at. [Chmicnnc 1.) Included in To look, SeeiilS'« ^^itb the addition of the sign for AfteiifiOH niade first. (l>al;()te,vt)ud it, toward the left. {Kaioical; Comunche III; Apache 11 : Wicliifn 11.) Ivove, or A flection. The clinclieil lianil jiressed hard n])on the breast. (Limy.) Pantomimic emltrace. {Arapalio 1.) Both hands closed, riiilit slij;htly above tln^ left and brought \\]t in front of and a slijiht distance from the breast, and hnn-ged to middle of breast, left hand liclow the riuht. (Chri/eniic 1.) "The embrace." Same as Adiiiiralioii. (Dobifn I.) Cross the forearms near the wrists on the np]ier part of the chest, hands closed, backs forwaid. {l)al;o1<( IV.) \lneuf-miiie jiutiiral xii/ii. — Kiss yonr hand and point to the heart, with a hapjiy smile. (Cross.) Italian sii/n. — Place the o]ien hand over the heart. (Butler.) IVIale (applied to aninuds). Make a tillip with foretini>'er of right hand on the cheek. (Dunbar.) Right hand, back upward, forefinger poiTiting outward and ui)ward, elevated to front of person, and motioned once or twice up and down. (Cheyenne I.) Same as iWale, applied to man. (Dakota I.) " From the male organ of generation." Applied to man. Right hand clo.sed, thrust through the left hand, which then clasps the wrists, very slight up-and-down motion nuule. (Cheyenne I.) Another: Right hand closed, held in obliquely erect position, left hand loosely clasjiing it and rubbed up and down from the knuckles to the upper part of the forearm. (Cheyenne I.) 176 Another: Kight-liaiul tinkers and tliunib bioiifilit to a point and thrust throujih tlie left liand, which then chisps the wrist as before; slight upward motion made. {Cheyenne I.) Left-hand forefinger straight, pointing backward and upward; fore- linger of the right liand laid across the back of tiie left, seemingly to isolate and lengthen out the foretinger of the left liand. {Chei/ennc I.) Sign for Mqiinw, followed by that of ]\es"ative. Also, sign for Iflale a])plied to animals. (Arapaho I.) The extended forehnger of the right hand (of which the others are closed) is laid in the crotch, finger ])oiiiting downward, back of hand ui)ward. [Jtahita I.) Applied to man and aninuds. Deaf-imite nutural nhjn. — Take hold of the pants, at the same time shake tlieni. (Zeif/lcr.) lUnn. With tiie foretinger of the right hand extended, ami the liand shut, describe a line, beginning at the i)it of the stomach, and passing down tlie middle of the body as far as the hand conveniently reaches, holding the hand a moment Ix'tween the lower extremities. (Dinibar.) A finger held vertically. (Ltnuj.) Elevate tlie index finger and turn the hand liither and thither. {Wicd.) I have seen only the sign of the erect finger without the mo- tions to which he refers. (Mnttheirs.) The turning of the hand liithei- and thither probably was to convey more than the simple idea of man. It might have meant only one man, or that a man was alone. A finger directed toward the pubis. {Maef/on'aii.) Hold the index-finger erect before the face. (Dodj/e.) (ieuerally, any sign as a Sioux, a (Jheyenne, etc., is understood to re- fer to the male, unless the sign for a >Squaw or Woman follows. (Ara- paho I.) Righthaiid i)aliii inward, elevated to about the level of the breast, forefinger carelessly pointing upward, suddenly pointed straight up- ward, and the whole hand moved a little forward, at the .same time taking care to keep tiie liack of the hand toward the person addressed. (Cheyenne 1.) The right hand is held in front of the right breast with the forefinger extended, straight upright (J), with the back of the hand outward, move the hand upward and downward with finger extended, etc. This 177 is jrcneral. White man lias a s])ecial sifjn, also nejjro, and carli tribo of Indians. {Dakota I.) First, tlie extended risht index, pointing forward, back u])ward, is to be placed horizontally in front of the privates, or a little Iiij,dier, and the hand suddeidy lowered abont an inch. Tlien carry the hand (index Still extended) to the ri<,dit and upward through an arc, and brinj; it nj)- right to a position a foot or so in front of the right .shoulder, its back- forward, and the index pointing ni)ward, and suddeidy move it forward an inch or so. While making these movements the middle, ring, and little Angers are to be closed and tiie thumb against the middle tiiiger. (Dakota IV.) "Male one." r>le\ate the extended index before the right cheek, and throw the hand forward, keejiing the ]ialm toward the body. {I>akosition (J 1), more stiffly extended. {Oto and Missouri I.) "A being with projecting sexual organ."' Eaise the closed liand. with the imlex only extended and ele\ated. pointing upward to the front of the right breast (cheek or shoulder) keeping the back of the hand to the front. {Kaioica I; Comanche 111 ; A2)acliell; Wichita W.) The forefinger of either hand is lirought before the body, iiointiiig up ward. {Pai Vie I.) Pass the extended right hand downward, forward and upward from the hip, then lay the extended forefinger across the back of the right ■wrist. ( Utr I.) " Male genital organ and length of." Ikaf-mutc natural signs. — Put the hands on the legs and draw the hands up, in imitation of the act of putting on a ]iair of ])aiitaIooiis. (Ballard.) Stretch up the open hand over the head, indicating the general height of the man; next use both hands as if to stroke the beard or the mus- tache, and then nod the head. (Uasenstab.) Make the motion of taking the hat from the head. (Larson.) 23 178 Old. (Compare Ohl. Hold tlic rij;lit liaiul, bent at elbow, lingers and tliiimb elosed side- wise. {Cheyenne I.) " Old age dependent on a start"." It is made more einpliatie by a tottering step. Place tiie rigiit extended index, pointing forward, back npward, hori- zontally in front of tlie privates, and suddenly lower the hand about an inch, as for ITIaii; tlien move the right first, its back outward, from twelve inches in front of the right breast, forward and backward two or three times about a foot, describing an ellipsis peri)endicular to the ground. {Dakota IV.) "Progression of a man with a staff." Place the closed rigiit hand in front of and as high as the elbow, leav- ing the index curved and ])ointing toward tlie ground. If the man is very aged, cause the hand to tremble at the same time the gesture is made. {Dal-ofn YIl.) Eiglit hand closed, forefinger slightly curved, hand held before the body or right hip, palm down, allawing the forefinger to droop toward the ground. {(Umuinche II.) " Form a jiosition of the flaccid glans pe- nis of an old man." Close the rigiit liaiid, pointing forward from the body, palm down, then partly extend the index, the tip pointing toward the ground; the lovi'er tlie hand is held and the more the index is crooked, the greater the age of the iMdividual. ( Ute I.) " Cur\ed and flaccid glans penis of an aged iiidix idiial." Touch te(^th; iinike the sign tor ]Ve<;;'atioii; touch hair; touch white tent. \sk-]. {ApiK-he \U.) "Toothless, and white haired." ^■(mn}'-. With the right hand, index only extended, ]dace the hand a short dis- tance in front of the hip at the height of the elbow, pointing upward at an angle of about 20°, palm to the left. {Comanche II.) " Tendency of erection in a young man." ITIa rolling:. See <,loiiig'. lfls«rrias:e. There is no marriage ceremony with the Sioux Indians, and conse- quently no sign designating "marriage," and it can only be expressed by Coiiipniiion. {Dakota I.) JUnrried, . (Compare $aine, Similar.) The iiaiids are placed in front, the arms prouated, and the extended forefingers (the othei-s being flexed) are placed in contact side by side. (Mandan and Hidatsa I.) 179 Close both liaiids, except tlie two forefiiif^ers, and place tliein side by side, pointing' forward, ill front of the breast. {Froiiuuis I.) This sign exjiresses mated, also hushaiid or iri/e. llriiig tiie two Ibrelingers side l>y side, hands pinnated. {Ziiili I.) It((Uan nUpt. — rieteiid lo |»iit a ring on the ring linger, or lay the I wo foretlngers together side by side; yet this l;isl is more coniiiionly nsed of any niiioii or hariiiony. (Iliiilcr.) ^li\U\\. As thongh striking a niatcli on (he pahn of tlielel't liaiid lieid in Iront of breast, with tlie right liand. (IhiLotd I.) '• I<'i-oin tiie act of striicing a match." Hold tlie h'ft iiand before the body, extended and pointing toward the right, palm down, then jdace the tip of the thnmi) of the right hand against the index and second linger and [)ass them (piickly along the inner edge of the left hand from the wrist forward as if lighting a match. (luiioica 1; Cumdnche 111; Slionlioui and lUinok 1; I'tc I; Apiirhr 1, 11: ]Virliil(i II.) .TIcdiciitc. (Compare Uoofoi'.) Carry the right hand in position as though holding a bottle in front of the month, and then ti|) it np as though drinking from the bdltle. (hdl-otd I.) "Drinking medicine from a bottle." The left hand with the arm semi-i'xiended is held with the back upward before tin' body. The exteinled index of the right hand then nibs on the back of the left, as the mixing of medicine on a pill- tile. J'>otli hands with tlietingers. as in (<|), are then held tremblingi - before the body's sides. The extendcil indices next compress the tem- jiles and the cilin>nan.) Stir with the right hand into the left, and afterward blow into the hitter. ( Wied.) There is a similarity in the execntion of the {Ofo and Mis- souri I) H\gn and Tr/^r.s- sign. The stirring in the left instead of on its back as in the former may be a matter of caprice. It is probable that the conclusive blowing into the hand in the latter is to add mystery, as in the iiiagiciau's trick. (Botcler.) All persons familiar with the Indians will under.stand that the term " medicine," foolishly enough adopted by 180 both rieiich and English to express the aboriginal magic arts, has no tberapentic significance. Very few even jjretended remedies were ad- ministered to the natives and probably never by the professional shaman, who worked by incantation, often pnlverizing and mixing the substances mystically used, to prevent their detection. The same mix- tures were employed in divination. The author i)articularly mentions Mandan ceremonies, in which a white "medicine" stone, as hard as jjyiites, was i)roduced by rubbing in the hand snow, or the white feath- ers of a bird. The Ijlowing away of the disease, considered to be intro duced by a sui)ernatural i)ower foreign to the body, was a common part of the. juggling i)erforinance. The right index is pointed toward the ground in several different di- rections in fiont of the body, and then the other fingers and thumb are extended, and the hand carried from the median line of the body with a gradually decreasing s[)iral motion to alm inward). Then make three or four moves in a circle with tiie hand in that i)osition. The arm is not necessarily moved, only the hand from wrist up. {Cliey- emie II.) "The medicine sign as made, su]ii)osed to rci)resent singing and shaking the wand in incantations." Make shaking and short jerking motions of the body, with arms and hands jerking and fingers pointing to and around head, neck, and body, with wild gestures and distorted features, also short (iiiivering stei)s, the toes scarcely leaving the ground, and wild shakes of the head. (OjihwalY.) First make the sign lor Dalotu Indians (See Tribal SuiNs), (or any other tribe, as maybe desired), then the sign for Man, and then the right hand with fqre aiid index fingers extended, jjointing upward, others closed [\). is carried from the partially extended iiosifion of the hand on completing the sign for ITIan, upwanl, with a sjiiral motion, directly above the head. {Dakota I.) W'itii its index-finger exteniled and pointing upward, or all the fingers extended, l)ack of hand outward, move the right hand from just in front of the forehead, spirally upward, nearly to arm's length, from left to right, in the opposite direction to the sign for Fool and Craaiy. [Dakota IV.) 181 Elevate and rotate the extended index before tlie foreliead. [Da- kota VI; Hiilaina I; Aiikara I.) i;ul> the lijiht elieek witli tlie pahiiar snrlaee ot the extended tin;;er.s of the riyht hand, then lub the baek of the ehtsed left hand with the index and seeond finyeis of the rij^ht, and eonelnde hy holdinfj- tiie left liand before the face, the index and second tinkers only extended and sei)arated, pass it npward and forward liefore the face, rotatinj; it in so doinj;-, the rotation occtirriiii; at the wrist. (Kaioirn I : Cinnttncln: III; ApadieW; Wichita II.) Point to herbs or plants at a short distance from the body ; imitate the ])ouiiding uj) of the same in a vessel with the rij;ht hand, nsini; the left as if holdin.u- one. then make the si^ii of |o ICal. {Ajiachc I.) "The l)rei)aration of plants or lierl)s for internal administration." IWeet, To. (Compart- Lod^'e.) Hriiiji the extended forelins^crs from cither side, allow the tips to come toj;ether before the body, keeping; the wrists abont six inches aiiart. [Kaiowal; VomancIicHl ; Ai>a«eM!>>ioii. Mirror. The ]ialiii of the hand held before the face, the fingers ])ointing u]iward. [Lout/.) Place both palms before the face, and admire your countenance in them. {liiirtoii.) Kiglir hand (^) lu'ld in front of the face, hand and head turned as though looking at different i)arts of the face. (Dakota I.) "From the u.se of a looking-glass." The erect extended right liand, palm backward, is lu'ld before the face, at about the distance a mirror would be held, and the gaze is directed toward the i>alm. (.l/«»'7((» and Hiilnim I.) The left arm is elevated and .semi-extended; tlie hand is then in posi- tion (W), modified by being, palm up, held befoie the face and the eyes intently directed as looking therein. (Oto and Mifmouri I.) " The ordi- nary hand minor used among the Indians." Deaf-mute natural sign. — Outline the shajjc of a mirror with the two the foietingers iu tlie air, then place the hand before the face and fix eye upon it. (lUiUavd.) i?Iiser (a griping num). (Compare Pt'iiiirioiis.) Italian lif/ns. — Italians express this idea by a doubled fist, with the fingers curled very close in the palm ; also with the fist drawn firndj- toward one, with fingers spread like claws and clutching. (Butler.) ITIodcwty. • Italian nif/n. — Cover the eyes with the fingers of one hand drawn apart. (Butler.) 183 ]?Ioiiey (metallic). Witli the right hand point dowinvaid toward a piece of metal, and then carry it to the left hand held in front of the body horizontally, with palm ui)\vard (X) as thoni;h pnttiiiji' the i)iece of metal in it, and then with the edge of the fingers of the closed rigiit list (A 1) i)onnd in tlie l)alm of the left. {Ihikofd I.) "This is siiai)ing tlie metal into coins." Paper. I'oint to a jiiece of paper with the right hand, and then with it make the sign for 'Writing' ov(>r the left hand held in front of tlie left l)reast, with tlietlniml) and foretinger descrii)inga s(Mnicircle, with the free ends pointing downward, other tingers closed, {/htkotii 1.) "Tiiis indicates money with writing on it." ITIoon or ITIonf li. The tluimb and tingers are ele\ated toward the riglit ear. This .sign is generally i)i'eci'dcd hy the sign for i\i;;'lit or l>:ii'kii('M<«. {Dunbar.) Make the sign for ^iJmii, after having made that for Xis'lit. ( Wicd.) Combine signs for Xi^'llt and Wnai. To distingnish from the stars or a star, indicate relative apparent sizes. {Arnpaliti \.) The i-iglit hand closed, Iea\'iug the thumli and index exteiideil, Imt curved to form a half circle, and hold tlie hand toward the sky nearer the eastern horizon than zeinth. [Ahxaroka \; lliihitsnl; Wi/Kiiilof I ; Arikara I; iSliot^lion! aitd JUmak I; Ffc I.) First make the sign for ]\ij;'ht, ami then the sign for the Sllll. {hakota I.) "Xight snn or luminary." First make the sign for ^looil, and then the right index is held upright in front of the body to indicate one. (Dakota I.) Same as for Nun, lint instead of the sign for l>ay make the one forXigiit. ForQiini'ter-iiiooii and BB:iir-iiio«ni theendsof the index and thumb are kcjit about four inches apart. (Dakota IV.) Same as for Sinn, except that the ti])s of the linger and thund), instead of being opposed, are approximated so as to rei)resent a cres- cent. (^^anrlan and Hidatsn I.) Extend the curved index and thumb so as to form a crescent, close the remaining tingers, and raise the hand toward the sky, with the outer edge of the liaud forward. (Kaiou-a 1; Vowanchc III ; Apache II; Wi- chita U.) The index and thumb are curved so as to form a half circle, the remain- ing lingers closed. (Apache 1.) 184 Make a cresent with tliiunb and index, project it toward tlie western horizon, and by successive jerks carry tlie same to zenith. {Apavhc 111.) " New moon first seen above western horizon, seen each niglit succes- sively hiyiier toward zenith." Deaf-mute natural .s///^.— Move tlie hand iu a curved line Ironi the settinj;- to the risin.u- of the sun, and turn the foretin-er, outstretched, around and around like a wheel. (Larson.) New. Close the ri.yht hand, extend and curve the index aTid thumb so that they tbriM a hiilf circle ; then hold the hand toward the eastern horizon. iUiel.) Full. Reach out both arms as if huKgiug a tree, then make the sisu for ITIooii. (Utel.) Make a crescent witii thumb and index, project same to western liori- horizon, and by several success! vejerks from west to east change crescent to circle ; hold at eastern horizon ; retrograde toward the west with a few less distinct jerks. {Apaehe 111.) " Apparent lunar course." Month. Sign for iUooil, and passed across the heavens from east to west. [Apache I.) Deaf-mute natural sinus. — Make a zigzag motion in the air witli the forefinger. [Uallanl.) Move the fluger iu a zigzag way. [Larson.) Itlore. See Add. Morning. See East. iTIodier. See Reinf ioii!«hip. .^loiiiilniii. (Compare Hill.) Outline its projection against the sky with the hand, to which may be added sign for llii;ii — as a hill. [Arapaho I.) Eight hand (A 1) to the left side on level of the face is drawn in front of the face to the right side on the same level, where it is held for a moment. [Dakota 1.) "A height or mountain directly in front." Strike the palm of the left hand with the back of the right fist, palm of left hand backward; clo.se the left hand, turning its back outward, and raise the right list two feet above it, and then make the sign for Liai'g:e. [DalotalY.) 185 Plncp hotli Iiaiids, fliit niid fxtPiKlcd, tliiiiiil) to tliiuiib. witli jialins downward, in front of and as liiyli as tlic head; then passtlicni outward and downward toward tlicir resi)ectiv(' sides, d(,'scril>infi' the npiK'r iialf of a circle, and brinji' tliem hack to llic point of starting-. ( Wi/ninltit I.) Place the flat and extended left hand cdi;-cwise l)cfo]'ethe lace, thnuili restinj; on the forelinyer, back forward, linger tips pointiny-toward the rijiiit. (Utc I.) Hold both hands np before the bod.v as if nioldiui;- a nionntain ; liirns! liand, on edge, downward over otliei' hand in several directions, {.ipurlie III.) "(Jafions down its sides." Deaf- in life uiitunil signs. — [Jse one hand so as to rei)resent a plane inclined upward, and move tlie other band over and above it. {Ballard.) Move tiie outstretched hand obli(|uely. [Zvujkr.) Divide. Hold the left hand flat, and extended l)eibre the face, finders itointin.^ toward the right, the tip of the thumb slightly turned upward; then witli the extended index indicate ihe gap over the left palm against the base of the upturned joint of the thund), allowing the index to go down n])on the back a siiort distance. (Apavhf 1.) Pass. Plac(^ the flat and extended left hand edgewise before the body, elevate the thumb, thus forming a crotch ; then pass the index, pointing over tlu' left hand, between the thumb and forelinger, from the palmar side down over the back. [Uie I.) Uauge. ^lake the sign for lYIoilBlf.'liii, holding the hand at varitms points continuously toward tlie horizon. [Vtv V.) " ^Mountain, and continua- tion of, along the horizon." .Tlove, To. The oidy difference from iflnri-liiii;;'. Traveling", consists in reversing the direction of the arched movements of the bands, bringing them toward the body instead of carrying them from the body. (/>((■ latfii I.) " Moving toward yon." Much. See Quantity. IWud. Both fists pushed alternately downward to the ground .several times. (Kaioxcal; Comanche III; Apache II; IVichita II.) " Horse's feet." 24 186 .tliile, or Ass. Hold the open hands hij;h beside tlie head, and move them from back to front several times lilie wings. [^V^ed.) This sign is still in nse. {Mattheict.) To denote the male or ass the long ears are imitated by the indices on Ixith sides and above the head. (Burton.) Uoth hands, fingers and thnmbs brought to a point, placed by the side of the head, hollows forward, moved slightly backward and for- ward. [Cheyenne I.) The hands (T) at their respective sides of the head make movements resembling the Hopping of the mnle's ears. (Dache II; Wichita II.) r¥ear or Moon. The hands are brought before the body both in tyi)e position (H l)i modified by the fist being a little more closed and the index a little more extended ; the points of indices then touch and are rotated together. Speaking of near future, the rotary movement forward is executed. {Oto I.) ''Approaching c(mtact." Deaf-mute natural sigu.s. — Move the forefinger from here to there a short distance. [Ballard) Use the sign for Small, at the same time point with the forefinger as if to something at the feet and then to something at a short distance. [Zeigler.) yiesivo. (Compare Tribal Signs.) First make the sign for lil'^liite Man, then rub the hair on the right side of the head with the Hat hand. ( Wied.) The present common sign for "black" is to rub or touch the hair, which, among Indians, is almost niiiveisally of that color. 187 I'lace the left forearm traii.svta-.sely before tlie body, Iiaiid extended, dat, pahn down, then pass the Ihit rij;ht hand downward bom the h)\ver portion of the breast, forward and upward (fonnin},^ a curve); tlu-n in- dicate any object that has a black <;oIor. (Almn-okd I ; Shoshoni ami Banal- 1.) " Literally— born black." Make the sign for White Haii, tlien point at a black ol^jecl, or rub along- the back of the iett hand witli liie fingers of the light (for black). (Dakota IV.) Touch the hair with the lingers of the riglit hand, then rub the thumb and middle linger together as if snai)ping them. Kinky hair. (Wi/aiidot I.) Sweep the hand over the hair(W); gather it up in tinger-tips (!', with tluunb advaiioed to tinger-tips). [Apache III.) Another: Sweep the hand over the face; then touch some black object. [ApachelW.) "(1) Kinky hair. (2) IJkick face." Grasp the hair between tlie thuml) and index, rolling it several times between them. {Wichita I.) The two hands, open and extended, crossing one another horizontally. (Dunbar.) The head, with the eyes closed, is laterally inclined for a moment upon the hand. As many times as this is repeated, so many nights are indicated. Very fre(piently the sign of the Sun is traced over the heavens, from east to west, to indicate the lapse of a day, and precedes tile motion. (Lony.) Jlove both hands, open and Hat — that is horizontal — backs \\\\. and in small curves in front of the breast and over one anotlier. ( WiciL) This I believe to be primarily the sign for darkness, secondarily for night. Night, as a period of time, is more commonly, 1 think, indicated by the sign for sleeji. (Mattheirs.) The Prince of Wicd's sign differs from the (Oto anil Mi.fKOiiri I) in execution nud concei)tion, one representing the course of the cause (sun), the other the effect, obscurity, or night. ''The time or day that the sun moves beneath us wlien we slee^»." (Boteler.) The conception is coreriny and consc(pient obscurity. In the sign for Day by the same author he probably means that the hands, jialms up. were moved apart, to denote opennesa. Make a closing movement as if of the darkness by bringing together both hands with the dorsa upward and the lingers to the fore. The motion is from right to left, and at the end the two indices are along side and close to each other. This movement must be accom])anied by 188 bending forward with bowed head, otherwise it may be misunderstood for the freezing over of a lake or river. {Burton.) The sign for Day reversed. (Arapaho I.) " Everytliing is closed." Both hands outspread, i)alnis facing, passed in front of the body and crossed, the right hand over tlie left. {Cheyenne I.) Place the Hat bands in front of and as high as the elbows, palms up, then throw them inward toward the middle of the breast, the right over the left, turning the palms downward while making the gesture. {Absa- roM \\ Hidatm I; Kaiowa I; Arikaru I; ComamhelW; Shoshoni and Bancd- I; Apache II : Wivhit<( IF.) Xotc. — "For the plui-al, the sign is repeated two or three times and the number indicated by elevating the lingers of the left hand, and right if necessary. Time is reckoned by nights, and if but two or three nights (or days) are 'mentioned, the sign is made tliat number of times without elevating the lingers, the number of times the gesture being nuule referring to the number of days, with- out the accomi)anying nunu'ration." pjxtend the arms to full cai)acity to the sides of the body ou the level of the shoulders. |)aliiis downward, fingers joined, etc. (as "W), and then move tlieiM to the front of the body on the same level or on a slight (airve until they have cro.ssed each other at the wrists. {Dakota I.) "The coming of darkness — the closing in of night." l^jxteud both hands to the front at about the height of the elbow (as in AV), and then slowly move both at the same time, the right hand to the left and the left hand to the right, i)assing one above the other, representing the darkness closing over the earth. {Dakota III.) From advanced positions, two feet ai)art, about eighteen inches in front of the line of the body, pointing forward, ])alms downward, at the height of the lower part of the chest, carry the opened hands inward, each one describing an arc, until they point obliquely forward and out- ward, the right two or three inches above the left. ( Dakota IV.) "Dark- ness covers all."' Place the Hat hands, jialm down, in front of and as high as the ellwws, then move tljcm horizontally toward and past each other until the fore- anus cross. (Dakota VII.) The sign forl>a>' is first comi)leted; then the hand, in position (I 1), index more opened, describes an arc of the horizon inverted, as the sun beneath us; this is followed by the sign for Sleep, the eyes closed and the head inclining to the right, supported in the open hand; (Oto and Missotiri I.) Pxith hands i)laced in front of the eyes, palms facing, and slowly closed, the eyes being closed at the same time. ( Wyandot I.) 189 Jh'ii/mntr natural .svV/h,s.— Movp flic forofiiiRor (lo\vnw;inl tVoTii the west to the cast, [liallard.) Use tlu' sliiit hand as if to sciatcli a iiiatcli. {Hasciistah.) Ifo, not. See also Know, I doii*(. (('oiiii)arc .\of liiii;;-.) The hand held iqi before tlic face, willi tliei)aliii outward and vilnaled to and fro. (I>unliar.) The hand waved outward with the thinul) upward. (Lhhij.) \Va\-e tiu' liglit lumd (juiekly hy and in troid of tin' faee toward tlie I'ijilit. ( \\"h'(J.) Hefusing to aeeei't I lie idea or statement jiresented. Mo\(^ tlie liand from right to hd't, as if motioniuji' away. This sign also means •' I'll liaxc notliing to do with you." (liinion.) i.'ighl hand lingers extended togetiier, side of hand in front of and facing \\\v face, in front of the nioutii and waved suddenly to the right. (Clici/finit' I.) A de|irecatory wave of the right iiand from front to i-ight, lingers c\tcu(h'd and joined. (Arapalio I.) Place the right hand extended liefore the body, tiiigers |)ointing u]i- ward, palm to the trout, then throw the hand -jutward to the right, and slightly downward. (Ahsitroka I; iri(lafs(( I: Arlkara I.) Tile right hauil, liorizontal. Hat, palm downward (\V), is puslicd side- wise outward and toward the right from the lett breast. X<>, none, I hare n<)nt\ etc., are all exiuessed by this sign. Often these Indians for No will sim|)ly shake the head to the right and left. This sign, altliong'i it may have originally beeii intioduced from the white people's habit of shaking the head toexjiress A'(», has been in use among them for as long as the oldest people can remeuilier, yet they do not use the variant to express )V.v. (Ihikoia I.) "Dismissing the idea, etc."' Place the o|)ened relaxed right hand, pointing toward the left, liack forward, in trout of the nose or as low as the bicast, and throw it for- ward and outward al)out eighteen inches. Some at the same time turn the i>aim upward. Or make the sign at the height of the breast with both hands. [Dahita IV.) "I'epresents the shaking of the head. Our shaking of the head in denial is not so universal in the Old \Vorld as is po])ularly supi)o.sed. for the iiucient (ireeks, followed by the modern Turks and rustic Italians, threw the head back, instead of shaking it, for Xo. Hold the flat hand pointing upward bcd'ore the right side of the chest, then throw it outward and downward to the right. {Dakota VI, VII.) 190 The hand exteuded or slightly curved is held in front of the body a little to the right of the niediun line; it is then carried with a rapid sweep a foot or more farther to the right. {Mandan and Hldatsa I.) Place the hand as in Y^ew, and move it from side to side. {Iroquois I.) "A shake of the head.". Throw tlie tlat light hand forward and outward to the right, i)alm to the front. {Judmiut. 1; Coniaiichr III; Apitchr II; Wichita II.) (^iMck motion of opeii hand from the mouth forward, palm toward the mouth. {tSiihaptin I.) Place hand in front of body, fingers relaxed, palm toward body (Y 1). then with easy motion move to jtoint, say, a foot from body, a little to right, fingers same, but palm upward. [Sahaptin I.) "We don't agree.'' To express All f/one, use a similar motion with both haiuls. " Empty." Elevate the extended index and wave it (piickly from side to side before the face. This is sometimes accoinpauied by shaking the head. {Pai-Uic I.) Extend the index, holding it vertically before the face, remaining fingers and thumb closed; pass the finger quickly from side to side a foot or so before the face. [Apdclic I.) Tliis sign, as also tliat of (Pai- Ute I), is substantially the same as that with the same significance re- ])orte(l from Xaples by De Jorio. Wave extended hand before tlie face from side to side. [Apache III.) Another: The right hand, naturally relaxed, is tlirown outward and forward toward the right. (Apache I.) Extend the i)alm of the right hand liorizontally a foot from the waist, palm downward, then suddenly throw it half over from the body, as if tossing a chij) from the back of the lianalms ui)ward, move them alternately .several times up and down, striking the ends of the fingers. Or, the left hand being in the abov(^ po.sition, rub the right palm in a circle on the left two or three times, and then move it forward and to the right. {Dakota VI.) "Knbbedout. That is all. It is all gone." Pass the palm of the tlat right hand over the left from the wrist to- ward and off of the tijis of the lingcr.s. {Dakota VI, VII.) Ihiish the palm of tla^ left hand from wrist to finger tii)s with the palm of tlie right. {Wi/aiiitot 1.) Another: Throw both hands outward toward their resi)ective sides from the breast. ( Wijamlot 1.) Pass the tlat right palm over the ](alm of tlie left hand from the wrist forward over the fingers. (Kaioira 1: Coinanchc III; Apache II: 117- chifa II.) "Wiped out." ilold the left hand open, with the palm upward, at the height of the ell)0w and before the body; pass the right quickly over the left, jialms touching, from the wrist toward the tips of the lett. as if brushing oft" dust. {Apache I.) Deaf-mute natural .sif/n. — Place the hands near each other, jialms downward, and reverse and move them over in opposite directions. {BallanJ.) 192 AuHtrnUansUjn.—Pannie (none or notbing). For instance, a native says Romakn uKjbia (give a tonialiawk). I re]>ly by sbaking- the band, tbunib, and all fingers, separated and loosely extended, palm down. [ISmyth.) Kxbausted for the present. Hold both hands natnrally relaxed nearly at arm's length before the body, palms toward the face, move; them alternately to and fro a few- inches, allow! ii;; the fingers to strike those of tlie opposite band each time ;is far as the second joint. {Kaiowa I; Comnnche III ; A2>((che II; WichitH n.) I have none. D&tf-iiiiiie iKtfiinil xifiiis. — Expressed by the signs for none, after point- ing to one's self. (lUiUanl.) Stretch the tongue and move it to and fro like a pendulnm, then shake the head as if to say " no." [Zehiler.) iVooii. See Day. Mose. Right index crooked, turned, jiointing downward (otliei' titigers and thnmb dosed), is passed downward from the npper i)art of the nose to tlie level of the nostrils, with back outward and tinger touching the nose. (Dakota I.) Bleeding. Lean the head slightly forward and continue the movement, as above given, downward from the level of the nostril, and repeat several times, which indicates the dropping of the blood from the nostrils. (Dakota I.) ]¥o«', at once. Tiie two hands forming each a hollow and brought near each other and put into a trenndons motion npward and downward. (Dunhar.) CUi]) both hands together sharply and repeatedly, or make the sign ofTo-day. (Burton.) Forefinger of the right baud extended, upright, etc. (J), is carried upward in front of the right side of the body and above the bead so that the extended finger points toward the center of the heavens, and then carried downward in front of the right breast, forefinger still pointing upright. (Dakota 1.) Place the extended index, pointing upward, jtalm to the left, as high as and before the top of the head ; push the band up and down a slight distance several times, the eyes being directed u])ward at the time. (Hidatsal; Kaiowal; Arikaral; Comanche III; A2)ai'he II; Wichita II.) 193 Hiiinber. (Compare Coiiiitiii^; Quantity.) J)eaf-mute natural sh/ii. — Count the tingeijs until tlui number nine is reached, and beyond it count doubles of the hands, each denoting ten. (Cnms.) Oltjeotioii. Italian si(in. — A fiu<;er ])laced on the lower li]) is understood to mean some new and suddenly starteil objection to a j)revious jjlan. (Iliitlcr.) Ohtaill. (Comjiare P(><«M(>M<>ioil.) First make the gesture tor .^liiic, then nuivc tlie ri.uhl hand riuiit and left before the face, the tliumli turned toward the face. ( Wlftl.) Make the sign for $«»('art*llilli;;'. huntinji for, and then take hold of the object with the right hand .ind draw it in tow aid the body, ueai- ■which the hand is brought to a si o]i. (Pahila 1.) '• I laxc hunted for and got it." Peaf-iiiKtc natural nii/ii. — lOxtcnd the hand, and close and mo\'c it back. {Ballard.) Ocean. Make the sign for ^Vatt'l', then jilace the liar hands, palms down- ward, thumbs joining, before the breast, and mo\e them horizontally outward to either side. (,l/j.varo/,y,' I: Slioxhaii} and lUiiial; \.) " I'.road water." Olliror. Turn the hands upward and inward, allowing the tijis of the fingers to touch the top of each shoulder. (Sav, Fox, ami Kichapao 1.) " l'',|(au- lets." Ofl'^iirinju;. See I'liild. Old. (C(>in])are Old iTIan, A;;ed and Time, lonj^.) ^V^th the right hand held in front of right side of body, as though grasping the head of a walking-stick, describe the forward aich move- ment as tliough a person walking was using it for su])port. (l)al;i)la I.) "Decrepit age dependent on a stall." Place the closed right hand in tVont of and as high as the shoulder, leaving th(^ index i)artly extemled and bent ; then move it slowly for- ward and toward the left in an interrupted manner. ( Wjiandot I.) "Slow movement and bent form of an old man." Person. Crasp the cheeks with both hands, using the tii)S of the lingers and thumbs. Wrinkles. (Apache 1.) 25 191 Dcnfmute naiural sujn. — A trenibling motion of the lieail. {Ballard.) OppoMife. A cliiicbwl limid lidd up on the side of the head, at the distance of a foot or more from it. {Lony.) Bring tiie ends of tiie outstretelied forefingers m ekise i)roximity, removing tliem again perpendicnhirly, and repeating the process several times. [Ojilnca U.) •' Face to face with." Left liaiid stationary in front of face on level of the eyes, forefinger alone extended, horizontal, pointing toward the right, &c. (as in M, except hack outward); then the right hand is carried to the right eye, all fingers except the index closed, which points outward, straight to- ward the end of the stationary extended forefinger of the left hand. {Dakota I.) " Forefingers oi)posite one another." Ottvr. Draw the nose slightly upwai'd with the two first fingers of the right hand. {Wied) llnh Ihe end of the nose round and round with the ends of the fin- gers of the right hand. {Dakota IV.) "White nose." Olil, Outward, Without (in position.) The semicircle as made in the sign for In, l,Vitliiil, with the ujjright riglit index phiced without the circle between it and the body. (/>«- kotn I.) "The variant of In, ^Vitliin/' Over (on the other side). Collect the fingers of both hands to a point, ])lace the left horizontally before the breast, pointing to the light, analm uj); the right hand then aiiproiiclies the h'ft and in position (li) scimii- iiigly writes in the left palm; botli hands then assume imsition (W). appioximate each other, tlien widely diverge. {Oto sitioiis A A) next apjadac'li the manimary region and thus hold for a moment. The right hand is then opened (as in typc-]>osition M, moditied by being horizontal) and made to describe a semicircle downward, inward, and outward from the lower part of the trunk of the body. (Oto and Min- nouri I.) " Ilim or her from whom comes the offspring."' Same sign as for FntllC'i', also made for mother with the addition of the sign for Woman ; literally Woman Parent. (Kaioira I ; C'o- manelie III; Apaehe II ; Wiehita II.) Partisan. See Cliiei', ^V .•»!•; Palieiice. Bee Quiet. 196 Peace. (Compare FrieiidMliip.) [ntertwiiK' the titi^ners of both hands. (Hiirtoii.) Pantomimk: — Hiimilate shakiiii;- of hands. (AropaJio I.) The extended lingers, separated (R), iaterlocked in front of tlie brea.st. hands horizontal, hacks outward, {fhikofa I.) "Let us W friends. Let us he at peace.'" The left arm semitiexed, liand closed and elevated, then si)irally ro- tated across the foreliead for Aii;;er; tliis is followed by the sign for IVo, indicating no ((iif/cr. The arms and hands then fall to sides, right arm is now raised, and closed hand clasped in the left axilla — the sign tor A dear friend. The arms are then extended and drawn inward from before the body. {Otoaiid Missouri 1.) " What comes of mutual friend- ship ami good feeling."' Peiiiirioii!<> or Mtin;iv. (( oiniiare i^liser.) Clinch both liane, iu front of the stomach with the right hand, le(t hand held representing the bowl of the pipe, with tiiigeis nearly closed, back outward, edge of fingers downward, insert the rigjit index from above between the thumb and forefinger as though inserting the tobacco, then knock it down with the edge of the right fist (B), then extend the left hand to nearly full cai)acity, with back downward as though grasi)ing the pipe-stem from the right side, 197 and the rii;lit hand yrasps tlic .stem fioiii the Ml suh; with hack (h>\vii- ward iK'ar tlic mouth end. (Dal.;,/,, I.) " I-^r d,,. liHinj.- and maimiT oi' hiildiiLi; the pilic." The pahii of tlic ii;;ht hand liciiij;- upward, llic liiiuvis nearly i-loscd and tliiunl) extended f'oiwanl, move the hand from the month stiai-lit forward about four iiiehes, fhiee Of four times. Or the hanil may he held ui>risht, palm toward the left, thiiml) point in.u' toward the mouth, tin,i;ers elosed. [J>i(ki>1,< \\ .) •■ llojdin-- the pipe stem and remo\ ini^- it from the mouth as in smokini;." Mv. Make the siiiii for l»i|»t' and then throw the hand forward as for I have. It is my pipe. (l>,il.;if,( \y.) Pi^lol. The same nH)\emeut as for uun made lower down. ( Hiir/on.) Left hand placed in position as thou,;;h lioldiu,;;- a pistol, rii^ht hand forelini^er restinj;- aijainst lowei' of letl liaud, ami motioned as ihoiiyh coekiiii;' ])istol. {Cliei/ciu:,' I.) The rij^iit hand in its position near the riiiht eye. as ^ivcn in the sinii for (tl,ol, and cuttiiif;' witli a (iiiick motion directtMl toward the base; at the same time tuiii the tinjrer a littU' round, so as to expose tlie dilleieiit parts to the aetion of cnttin};-; iiit iniatinu tliat tlie llcsh has diminished from starvation. (Loiu/.) Hold the tiattened hands toward one another before the breast, Kei)arate them, moving all the lingers several times inward and ontward toward and outward from the breast. ( Wicd.) The left forearm is ele- vated and semi-e.vtended from center of side of body. Left haml is in type position (J 1, horizontal). The right hand, in a similar position, seemingly shaves the left index-linger towaid the body. Tliere is no ap]>arent identity in exeention or conception of this sign with that of the I'rince of Wied. (Hofelef.) "Reduced to small dimensions." Pass one foretinger along the other, leaving it at flu- tip, bol li cNlcnd- ed, as if paring or whitlling it. (Araixilio I.) With the hands abont tour inches in front of the chest, ends near together, ])ointing inward, jialms backward and fingers relaxed, iil(itiin the cheeks, and draw- in the cheeks. {BnUard.) In |)roperty. Extend the left foretinger in front of the left side, remaining tingers and thnmb being closed; then with the extended index make several ])asses over the back of the left from tip to base. [AliKurol-n I; >S'/(()- nIioiii and Hiiiitik I.) ~ Left hand in front of body, forelinger horizontal {H palm of hand to the right), right hand same position excepting to have palm inward, stroke the finger of left with foretinger of right from end of the linger to the knuckle se\eral times. (('In'iictiuc IL) Left hand as in (K) is held about twelve inches in front of the breast, and the right hand i^I), forefinger extended, horizontal, palm downw ard, the side of the right tinger glided ov(a- the back of the extended left foretinger. (Daloffi L) 200 The extended forefinger of the left hand is stroked rather rapidly two to many times from point to base with tlie extended index of the right hand, the motion resembling that of whittling a stick. Sometimes the left hand is slightly rotated so as to i)resent dirt'erent jtarts of the linger to tlie stroking process. [Mandan und Iliilafsd I.) Place tlie point of the extended index \\\Mn the back of the basal joint of the middle finger of the left hand. ( Wynndot I.) Kuli the extendeSee Tiubai. Signs, (dtmanche II.) Enb the back of the left hand itack and forth with the palmar sur- face of the extendeil index. {Ute I; Apache I.) DciiJ'-iniitc iialiiral sii/ii. — Pass the thumb over the forefinger several tinH\s (indicating " money"), next move the open hand from side to side once, and, at the same time, shake the head (indicating "no"), and then, nodding the head, ])i)int with the forefinger to some person who is jioor. (Haseit-stah.) Pony. See lIoiX'. Powilioii, Chans*''* of. See Ahead. PoM<>ieK<erty; To helon;;: to. file hand shut and held up to the \ lew. {Diddiar.) With the fist, pass n))ward in front of the breast, then push it for- ward with a slight jerk. ( H'/«/.) There is no appreciable similarity in the execution of the Oto and Missouri 1 sign and that of Wied. The concu'ption of the latter is difficult to see. [Rotrler.) It appears to be the grasping and dis])lay of |)roperty. Toiu:li the breast with the index-finger. (Dodge.) Kight iiand closed as tliougli holding something elevated to level of and in front of the chin, drawn quickly with a downward curved motion toward the neck. {Chei/einie I.) IJotli hands clinched about twelve inches before the l)ody, palms in- ward, the right about eight inches above the left; both are then forcibly pushed toward the ground. (Absaroica 1 ; Shoshoni and Banak I.) 201 First make the sijjn for I, personal pronoun, then i)oint to or make the sign for the particular article to wliicii referiMice is made, and com- plete the sign hy crossing the arms at the wrists, about a foot in front of the breast, with hands natural, relaxed (Y), palms inward, u])riniit, draw the hands to the body so tliat they will cover the; right and left breasts (the right hanil the left breast and the Icl'l iiand tiic right bieast). (Dahitu 1.) " Possession — my ])roperty.'' Another: First make the sign for I, tirst personal pronoun, and then the sign for the i)roperty,if it has one; if not, then tlie i)articular artii^lcs constituting the property must be i>ointt'd to. (Ditkntn 1.) •■These things are mine." Strike tlie i)alins of the liands togctiier, palms inward, and then make the sign for Moillt'. I liave MOSlie. (Dublin IV.) Tiirow the ciinclicd right liand edgewise toward tlie eartii, lielore and as far as the lower part of the body. [I>(tkotti W, Vll.) Tlie arms are crossed and the hands loosely collected as in type-posi- tion (B), are folded on the chest. (<>t<> <'((/■ mute imtKral .v///)(.s. — I'oint to the object owned, and then jioiui to the lireast. (BaUnnl.) I'oint to something with the foretinger of one hand, and, nod the head, then rest the other ojieii hand on ilie breast. (Ilnsciistdh.) Slap the breast with the hand, and at the same time open tlie mouth as i( to say " My." {Zeif/lcr.) Our instrncte[ove to and fro the finger several times to the breast. {Larson.) .Vnotlier lias. Pass the right hand (jnickly before the face, as if to say " (lO away,'' then make the gesture for iTIiiie. (Wied.) The arms are raised and closed over the breast as in the sign for Tliiie. They are then suddenly thrown open from the breast toward another person, with the palms out- ward. There is no similarity in either execution or concei)tion of this sign with that of Wicit ; they ai'e evidently of difierent origin. (Botehr.) " Xot mine." First jioint to the person who has the article, oi- who has done it, with the right index (IW), and then make the sign for Hare it. (Dakota I.) "lieverse of I have it." Rotate the right hanil, back upward, from side to side, six or eight inches, describing an ar<;, fingers separated a littU^, slightly bent, and pointing forward; then make the sign for Have. [Dakota IV.) Another : Point at the person and then make the sign foi' Have. It belongs to him. (Dakota IV.) Make the sign for PoM«(eKwioii, Tline, in the direction of tlie per- son, or if the person is named and not present, the gesture is made to one side. {Dakota VI.) Same sign as for His. (Kaiowa I ; Comanche III ; Apachell ; Wichita 203 To havo. JJoth bauds cliuclied, held edgewise, tlii' rif;'lit about six iudics above the left, and struck downward toward tlie grouud as tar as the waist, retaiiiinji- the same distance between tlie hands during the whole oftlie •testuie. (Hidatsa I ; Arilcara 1.) His. Indicate the person, and throw the clinched hand edj;t'wise toward the ;i;ronnd a short distance (stoi)|)ini;' suddenly as if strikinj;- a resisting body), the hand directed towai'd the jierson or his possessions. {Kiiio- w(( 1 ; Comanche III; Apache II ; Wichita II.) It does not belon"' to me. First make the gesture for ^liiie, then wave the right hand (juiekly by and in front of the face toward the right. ( Wicil.) Kefereiice having- been made to tiie particular article the rest is ex- l)ressed by the sign for i\oiie. 1 have iioiie. (Dakota I.) "Not DcaJ'-inuti- itatural si(/H,s. — The same sign as It l>eioii$;> lo llie, sui>i)lemeiited by a shake of the head. {Ballard.) Use the sign for It beloili;'^ to Jlie, at the same time shake the head as if to say "Xo." (Zci(/ler.) Potato. Collect the lingers and thund) of the left hand to a ])oint, hold thcni upwai'd before the body (size), then with the fingers and thund) of tlie right hand sinnlarly collected, pointing downward, make several motions forward and toward the earth (planting), then with the fingers ami thund) of the right hand pointing u])ward, curved and separated, make a motion upward at arm's length (growth). [Kaioira I; Comanche III: Apache II ; Wichita II.) Pour, To. With the left liand held in front of the stomach to represent kettle, bucket, ((•<■. ; then the right hand held (A) to the right, and below the left hand, makes the sign for C'ii|»,and is so carrieil over the stationary left, and turned uj) as though i)ouring its contents into the left. {Da- kota 1.) "Dipping of water with a cu]) to fill a bucket." Prairie. See Plain. Praise. Italian sign. — The forefinger raised, inasmuch as to say a thing is to be extolled to the skies. {Butler.} 204 Pray. I pray you. The palm of tlic hand is lield toward the i)ersoii or persons addressed. Sometimes hoth liands nn' so held. The Omaha and I'onka Indians say " wi-bdha-ha"," I pray to you, I petition you; or " wi-bdhi-stabe," J smooth i/ov down icith the hand. In praying to the sun the hand is ele- vated and held with the palm u]>. 8ay (Long's Exped., i, .'58-1) gives the meaning, ■4.3 : " Be quiet, or be not alarmed, or have patience." [Oma- ha I ; Ponlm I.) " Soothing." With the face inclined upward, eyes looking toward the heaveiis, both hands are brought together from their natural positions at the sides of the body, describing a considerable sweep in front of the face or above or below it, with palmar .surfaces looking toward each other, upright, tingers extended, thumbs inward (T); then the body and hands are lowered toward the ground (nearly our kneeling), with eyes looking up- ward. (Dakota I.) "This is much the same as with civilized people." The countenance i)lacid and turned upward, the arms elevated, and with oj)ened palms the hands vibrate ami diverge to and from the l)ody in imitation of an aiigel Hying and in execution of the sign for Deity. Tlic hand now assumes position (K), and the senii-exteinled index-tinger points in successive Jerk.s from the mouth upward, a rude imitation of the sign for Talk. (Oto and Mkmnri \.) "Speaking to the Winged-one above." Deaf-mute natural sk/n. — (Jlasj) the hands across each other, shut the eyes, and move the lips rapidly. {Ballard.) Prayer. If the flat hand is pres.sed to the lips, and thence moved upward to the heavens, it indicates a i)rayer or address to Deity. (OJibira I.) Elevate one hand high toward the sky, spread hands opposite face. l)alms up and backward (X). {Apachelll.) " Keference to God — desire to I'eceive. Pre$;'iiaiic-y. Pantominiically expressed by passing both hands, slightly arched, palms towanl tlie body, from the ]nibis in acairve upward and in toward the pit of the stomach. ( Ute I.) " Corresponds to the rotundity of the abdomen." Prelly. See also (^ood and Haiidwoiue. The tingers and thund>, so oi)posed as to form a curve, are passed over the face, nearly touching it, from the forehead to the chin ; then add the sign for (liood. {Loiui.) Another : Curve the foretiuger of the right hand, and jdace the tip on the ridge of the nose between the eyes, so as to represent a high Roman 205 nose; then bring down tlic liaiid in a cnrviliMcar niaimcr, until tlie wrist tonclie.s tlie breast ; after wliicli add tlie sign for <;oo(l. (l^otu/.) I'ass the extended liand (rigid usually), lingers joined, palm toward the body, in a earessing or stroking nianner. vertically downward in front of, and thence horizontally from, the body, in immediate juxtapo- sition to the faee or that pait of tlie person desiicd to be indicated. {Arapalio I.) Same as lflailuill('. (Dakoln I.) The same sign as for '«/• lard.) Privet. Itidiiin sujn. — The palms laid together before the breast and the eyes fixed either on heaven oi earth. (JlKtIcr.) Pi'i!«Oll«'l'. (Comi)are In, Wifliiii.) The foretinger and thumb of the lelt hand are held in the form of a semicircle, opening toward and near the breast, and the foretinger of the right representing the ])risoner, is jdaced njirighf within the enrve, and jiasseil from one side to another, in order to show that it will not be jiermitted to i)ass out. (Loikj.) Higufor Take prisoner made, and the hands clinched and crossed back to back as though bound tightly, (('hriifiinc \.) "'J'akeu and bound." ("ross the wrists a foot in tiont of the neck, hands closed, backs for- ward. {Ihikotu IV.) '-Tied." Same as the sign tor Capture, with the adilition of the sign for Yon or I when a present indi\idual is concerned. (Olo tniil Misxniiri I.) "To seize when in battle." IJotli hands clinched, the right laid transversely across the lett at the wrists. {Wi/dHdnt I.) "Tied arms." Make the sign for ICallle ; then with the right grasp an imaginary l)ersou from the right side, extend both forefingers towaid the ground, the remaining fing(>rs and thumbs closed ; ])lace them side by side and move them toward the left. (Apache I.) " One grasped in battle and led away by the cajjtor." Deaf-mute naturni sif/ii. — Place the lingers of one hand upon those of the other, indicating the cross-bars of a jail, and then ])oiut with the forefinger to some pcr.son who is pnt in .jail. (HasfHstab.) 206 Italian .s(V/h,v.— The vulf^arism "to look between bars" for to be in prison corresponds to the gesture whicii is made by crossing the fingers of botb liands before the eyes so as to make a checkered grate, or by covering tlie eyes with tlie fingers of one hand drawn apart. (Butler.) Specifically for captive. The arms hanging down and wrists together or crossed. {Butler.) To .take. Both hands, lingers slightly hooked, thniiili lying against forefinger, sudde'nly thrust forward to the left and Jerked back (piickly toward the body. {Vliei/riuie I.) The left hand held about IS inches in front of the left breast, obli(|nely upward, edge of fingers outward (IJ -), is tpxickly seized around the wrist by the right hand, jjassed from in front of the right breast, back upward, and drawn rapidly in toward and near the left breast. {DaJwtn I.) " He is come; I haAc taken him ; leading him cai)tive." Both arms are flexed before breast, and hands made to execute the sign for fight; the left arm then, semiextended, is left a second; then siezed at wrist by the right hand in type i)osition (Cr); palms of l)oth face the ground. {Oto I.) "One taken in fight or misconduct." Properly. See PoMKCKMioii. Priideiil or Caul ioiim. (Compare D:iii$;'er.) Hold right hand in front of right breast or partly to the right side and lower down, palm down, gently move it up and down two or three times, then hold it still a few moments, and gently depress the hand, with slight bow of the head to right (Ojibwn IV.) See I>aiis;'ei*. FrKcleitt, cautious, are not the opposite of fool. (]>a- htta I.) • Place the tips of the extended fingers against the temples, then point them upward, the eyes following the same direction. " Superior Judg- ment." ( Wyandot I.) Piircli:»<>ie. See Trade. Put il l>ark. See Let alone. l:ii I: SIio.sli(>ni ant] Jliniid: 1; Kaiitint I: Coinitnchc 111; Apuelie II: ^\'i(■Ilit(l II.) "An accumulatoin of objects." Iiands about IS inches t'rom the ground in front and about Ilic same distance apart, held scoop-fashion, |ialms looking toward each other, separated fingers, etc. ; then, with a di\ ing moiion, as if sco(»ping uj) corn from the ground, bring the hamls nearly together, with lingers nearly chised, as though holding the corn, and I'arry upward to the iieigiit of the breast, where the hands are turucarated, as though the contents were allowed to drop to the ground. (Ihd-ota 1.) Open the tingers of both hands, and hold tlic two Iiands before the breast, with the tingers upward and a little ai)art, ami the palms turned toward each other, as if grasping a iiumbei' of things. [Ifoqiiois 1.) riace the hands on either side of au. The sign most in use for the general idea of much or iiiaiii/ 1 Irave given yon before. (Mattlwirn.) Both hands flat aud extended, i)laced before the breast, hnger-tii)s touching, i)alms down ; then se])aiate them by passing outward and downward as if smoothing the outer surface of a globe. (AbfiaroJca 1 ) Slioshoni and Banak 1 ; Kaiowul ; Comanche 111 ; Apache II ; ]yichUa TI.; "A hea])." ITIiicli is included in xTlailjor Big', as the case may require. (Da- kota I.) The liands, witli tingers widt^ly separated, slightly bent, pointing for- ward, and backs outward, are to be rapidly a]>proxiinated through down- ward curves, from positions twelve to thirty-six inches apart, at the height of the navel, and quickly closed. Or the hands may be moved until the right is above the left. (Dakota IV.) "So much that it has to be gathei'ed with both hands." Both hands aud arms are partly extended ; each hand is then made to describe, simultaneously with the other,*from the head downward, the arc of a circle curving outwards. This is used for l^avife in some senses. (Mandan and Hidatsa 1.) Hands ojkmi, palms turned in, held about three feet apart, and about two fet^t from the ground, liaise thc^m about a foot, then bring in an upward ciu-ve toward each other. As they pass each other, palms down; the right hand is about three inches above the left. (Omaha I.) Place both hands flat and extended, tluunbs touching, jtalnis down- ward, in front of aud as high as the face ; then move them outward and 209 downwaid a short distaiue towwanl tlicir ic.s])('cti\ c sides, tliiis dcscrih- mp: the n]>per half of a ciicle. ( Wyamlot I.) "A heap." Sweep out both hands as if iiidosiii^- a hirge. object; wave the liands forward and soniewiiat upward. {Apiiche III.) " Snjigestiii.n' immensity." And lieavy. Simihir to lYInii, except wlicn liands aic raised close the lists, backs of hands down, as if liftinj^ soMU'lhinj;' heaxy; (hen mo\ e a short dis- tance u|) and down several times. (OlIKlIlK I.) Plenty. Kaise the arms above the head, tinkers interlaced to represent tlic lodge poles, separate and brinji to.uetiier aj;ain. {Oiiuilta I.) '' Vou see how I sit in a lar;;*' Iodide and how comforlabh- 1 am." Auother: Same as the i)recedini;', then brini; open hands ioL;cilier in front, palms down, extended : separate the hands to their resjiective sides. {Omaha 1.) " 1 am .sittinji' in a- good lodge, or have a good tent- fire here." , ' Another: llight arm curved Inirizonlally, with the tips of the fingers toward the bi'east ; then slightly extend the arm and desci-ibe a circle by returning the hand and passing it inward past the breast toward the right shoulder. [OiiKtliti I.) -'A man has ]ilcuty in his tent ; or I ha\(! plenty arounil here." Ik'dfmute natural h'xju. — Stretch the left arm at full length, and move the foretlnger of the right hand along it to (he shoulder. (liallanl.) Question: iiiqitiry; DiiBlei*i'<>;::itioii. (('om]iarc Fool : lii- (leci!>iioBi. The ]>alm of the hand upward and carried circularl.Nontward, and deiiressed. ( Itinilxir.) The baud held up with the thumli near the face, and the palm directed toward the jjerson of whom the in(|uiry is made; then rotated u|)on the wrist two or three times edgewise, to denot<^ un('ertaiuty. [Lonij.) The motion might be mistaken tor The derisive, vulgar gesture called "taking a sight," "dounernn jiied de n sign is still used. For " outward," however, I wHiuId substitute " forward." The hand is usually, but not always, held before the face. {Matthews.) Kiglit hand, lingers pointing u|)ward, i)alin outward, elevated to the level of the shoulder, extended toward the person addressed, and slightly shaken from side to side. {Cheiienne I.) ]>e(\f-mutc u'tiiiml sit/n. — A quick motion of the lips with an inquir- ing look. (I>((lhn-(l.) Aitstraliiin .v/r/H. — ( )ne is a sort of note of interrogation. For instance, if I were to meet a native and nuike the sign: hand tlat, fingers and thumb extended, the two middle tingers toucliing, the two outer slightly separated from the middle by turning the hand palm U])ward as I met meet him, it would mean: "Where are you going?" In other words I should say ^' Miiiini .'" (what name ?). {Snii/th.) Has he '^ Jkaf-mute natural .svV/n. — Move to and fro the linger several times toward the pei'son spoken of. (Larson.) Have vou ? Deaf-mute natural si(in. — Move the finger to and fro several times toward the person to whom the one is speaking. [Larson.) When ? With its index extended and i)ointing forward, back upward, rotate the right hand several tiiues to the right and left, describing an arc with the im'ex. (Ihd-ota IV.) Are vou ? Deaf-mute natural siyns. — Point to the person spoken to and slightly nod the head, with an inquiring look. {Ballard.) Point with the forefinger, as if to i)oint toward tlie second person, at the sanie time nod the head as if to say "yes." {Zeiijler.) Quick, Quickly. Same motion and position as j^ooii, arm slightly more raised and moved out faster and thrown back more rapidly by a quick motion, (Ojibwa IV.) 211 Both hands should be phiced horizontal, i)ahiis npward, pointing for- ward, about tiirce inches apart in front of tlie h)\vor part of tlic chest, and then quickly raistnl al)out eij;iit inclies, at tlu; same tiuic siiaking them a little from side to side. [Ihikotn VI.) " idea of lightues.s, and therefore (piick motion." Quiet, be ; be not alarmed ; liave i>atience. The pahu of tlie hand is iield toward the person. This is also the sign for toward the ground. (Arapaho I.) 212 Botli hands, fingers aud thninhs drooping, held to the level of the head; fingers slowly closed and opened, and motion downward made, as though flirting water from the ends of the fingers. (Cheyenne J.) Carry both hands over the head, with fingers separated, cnrved down- ward (Q), palms inward, then nialie a sloping downwiird movement with the hands. Hexing and extending all the fingers slightly aud with con- siderable rapidity, as nearly as possible in imitation of the drops of rain falling on the face and body. (Dalotn I.) '• From the falling of rain." Suspend the hands about a foot in front of the shonlders, backs for- ward, fingers separated and bent a little and pointing downward, and shake the fingers, or approximate and separate their ends once or several times. Some, each time wliile separating the ends of the fingers, throw the hands downward about eight inches. {Dahtta IV.) Hold the right hand penilent, witii fingers separated and i)ointing downward, before the right side and on a level with the liead ; then thrust it downward and back to its first position, repeating the move- ment two or three times. [Dakola V, \'[ ; Hulaim I; Arihtra \.) The hand is held ' (]nick, nnstcadv motion of hands and liody, auitate both hands and liody, nio\e hands (puckly to lelt in front and to right, palms down, with jciking motions nji and down, most \iolently down- ward, liead shaken a little. (Ojihici l^'.) Rei'eiatly. .Ser Tieaie, RrrejitSy. Relalioia^liip. Aunt (maternal). _Aiake the signs foi- TloShei", KiTi* (to the right), Brollifr and Sistt'8% and ^liMSSail. {ludotra I; VoiiKiiiche ill; Apache II; Wichita II.) Annt (pati'rnal). JIake the signs for Fallier, Hefjx (to the light), ISrodit-r and Siwtcr, and Woman. {Kaitween nostrils and mouth; brought with a sudden curved motion forward, outward, and obliquely to the right ex])resses relationship between 214 cliildren of same father and mothei-; must be preceded by the sign for ITEan or Woman, to specify brother or sister. [Cheyenne I.) Put tlie tips of tlie fore and se(!ond finf^ers of either hand between the teeth. {ISac, Fo.r, and Kkhapoo I.) " Two persons sucking one breast." First and second finj;ers of riylit liand extended (l\f ), placed obliquely, backs outward, on the lips, or their tips in the mouth. (Dakuta I.) " ^ourishuunit from the same breast." Place the ti])S of the extended fore and middle fingers of the right hand between or against the li[)s, and afterward draw them forward about a foot, the other lingers to be closed and the back of the hand upward ; then make the first part of the sign for ])nian, i. e., the index horizontally in front of the pri\ates. Sister: The same as for brother, but instead of the sign for man use the sign for woman after drawing the fingers from the mouth. {Ihd-ofa IV.) '' Sucking the same breast." Another: With the right hand closed, leave the index and second fingers extended, palm down; place the tips near the mouth and jerk them forward about six im-lies. [JhtkotaXl.) " We deiived nourish- ment from the same breast." Pring the right hand to the lips, touching them with the index and middle fingers. [Omaha I.) "To suck from the sauie breast." Ob- tained trom J. La Fleche, as a Fuui and Omaha sign. Thrust the first lingers into the mouth. [Omaha I.) The left arm is semi extended, with hand in position (Jl), modified by being held horizontal outward and index extended ; the right arm, hand and linger now assume the same position above and behind left. Now, the right index is brought aside of left, each extended parallel. Finally the right index is brought to point to the cardiac region. ( Oto I.) "Two separate births, alike in appearance and at heart." Thrust the index and second lingers into the mouth. [Ponha I.) "We two suckeil from the saiue breast." Brother (said by male). Bnng the left ariu and hand to the left breast, as if in embracing. ( Wyandot I.) Profiler (said i)V sister or other brother). Make the sign for Itrotiiei* and Sioitcr, followed by that for JTIau. [Kaioical; Comanche III ; Apache II ; Wichita 11.) 215 Extend tlie first two tiin>('is of tlio rifjlit li;iiii<>i«-<>«iioii (Hi!«). {Dakota \\.) ^lake the signs for lly, Krollioi- iltrodicr and SisliT and Man), His (made to the right), !*ianio or similar, and W^oiiian. {Kaioira\; Comanche III ; A2>achc II: Wichita II.) IJrother and sister. With the right hand closed, lea\ ing the index and second tinger.s extended and slightly bent, bring the hand before the chin, palm down, finger tijis nearly touching the mouth; then draw them downward and forward. This sign is made when the person alluded to is present, and has been referred to by either ])ersoii, or an incpiirer. (Kaiowa I; Co- manche 111; Apache II: Wichita II.) "Nursed from the same breast." The first phalanges of the first and second fingers are placed between the lips and then withdrawn. This re|)resents somewhat faidtily that both have been uouri.shed from the same source. The sign is for com- mon gender. Masculine or feminine may afterward be indicated by the appi((])riate signs. (Mandan and Hidataa I.) Brother and sister (said by female). Indicate the individual, then grasp the tip of the forefinger with the thumb and in3ex. (Wyandot I.) 216 DaufirJiter. Make the same sign as for Cfirl ; then indicate rarenf or Possexsinn by pointiujj to the persou, or la,> iny- the index vertically af;ainst the breast or pointing' to it. {Absarola I ; Shoshoiii and Banak I.) First make the sign for Ofl'<>i»i'iiii^', then designate ^(/e as described in the sign for Child, and coniplctc by the sign for Woiiinii. {T>a- Tiota I.) Make the signs for Birth and ^Voiliaii. [Kniona I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wiviatall.) Deaf-mutt' natural sii/n. — I'oint tlie finger to the ear (becanse of the ear-rings) and then jiiit down the hand, when naturally stretched ont, to the knee. (Larson.) Daughter's daughter. Make the signs for Woman nnd Brother (Sister), Born (to the riglit of the body), and ^Voinan. {Dakota VI.) Dauiiliter's son. Make the signs for W^onian and Brother (Sister), Born, and JTIan, both off from the right side of tlie body. {Dakota VI.) Family, meud)ers of one. Grasp the tip of the forettuger with the thumb and fingers of the right hand. When more fingers are used than the index thumb, it indicates more inibvidnals. ( Wyandot I.) -: Father, mother (parents). The same sign of issue from tlie loins as OtiN|»rin^', with additions: e. g., for ITIother, give I or Ifly, next Woman, and then the sym- bol of parentage. For tiiraiKlmitther add to the end clasped hands, closed eyes, and like an old woman's l)ent back. {Unrton.) With the right hand pretend to grasp the right breast with the ex- tended fingers and thumb; then drawtlieui outward about twelve inches Compare Parentaarc* {Ahsaroka I; tSlioshoni and Hanak I.) Th(^ right hand, witli Augers arched, sei)arated tijjs, i)ointing inward toward the abdomen, is carried in and out two or three times with a sort of grabbing motion. {Dakota I.) " Part of the same body." After making the sign in front of the privates for ]TIan, make the sign for ^llother. {Dakota IV.) Another: Touch the right or left breast with the joined ends of the fingers of the right hand, and tlien make the motion in front of the right breast with the list as for Old man. {Dakota IV.) 21T Same sign as for Parent. {Dakoia VI ; Wyandot I.) Collect the fingers and tluinil) of the right hand to a ])oint or nearly so, and pretend to grasj) the breast, and draw the liand forward al)ont eight inches. {Kaiomil; Comanche III; ApricliclY; ]Viihila II.) Deaf-muie natural sij/ns. —Vlofiv the liand while tiie thiiiiilt is still uj) and then rest the thiiiiili on the li|>s. (Ila.scnstah.) Move the foretinger along the Jaws — liecanst' of the licaid. (Larsun.) Father's brother. Make the signs for PaiM'llf (Father). PowM'i«Mioil (Hi)*) (to the light), JTIan, and ISrotlirr. Fafher's father. Make the signs for ;?lj-. Father, Over, and Father. Some- times, forillnstrating more clearly, the sign for As'e>ioii (llif*), IMan (to the right), and "Sifter. (Dakota VI.) ( Irandfather. Make the signs for Parent, Time lon^' a;:o, Ase"<1 Born. (Ihikota VI.) ■ Grandmother. Ends of tingers of both hands touching the i)re{isls on their rcsjiective sides, (this is mother), tht>n make tlic sign for AVonian. by drawing the hand downward at the right side of the head as tliougli jiassing a. comb throngli the long hair, and then comiilete by the sign lor Old, by describing with the right hand in front of the right side of tiie body part of a circle after the manner of nsing a cane for siipjiort in walk iug. {Dalcota I.) "Denotes an ageil person. Decrepit age dependent on a staft'." Make the signs for Parent, ^Vonian, Time long aso, .\{;e«l and Born. (Dakota VI.) Husband. Sign for Companion, (Dakota I.) "United." 28 218 Iliisbaiid (said by wife). Make the sign for Same, followed by that for ITIan. {Kaioicn I; Comanche ll[; Apache II; Wichita II.) Mother. Touch the breast and phiee the forefinger in the niontli. (Ara2)aho I.) Eighthand lingers and thumb elosed inward as though dasping breast (niamnue) and itei% Hei'M, Born, and Han. The siirns lor Het-K, Born, and Man, are made to tlie rifilit of the body, nearly at arm's length, as hclonjiiiiK to anotlier. (Kuioica 1; Comiinche III; Apache II; Wichita 11). Niece (brother's danjihtcr). Maii, Itorn, and Yl^oinan. The signs for Hon and Jloni arc made to tlic liglil of the bo(l\ ncaily at arm's length, as belonging to anotlier; although the sign most be made at the speaker's head, the sign is nnderstood as referiing to the preceding signs. {Kaiowa I ; Comanche III; Apache 11 ; Wichita 11.) Sister. Sign for Brollici*. and, if necessary to distinguish gender, add that for !^4jignn'. (Arapaho I.) Same sign as for Brother, e\cc])t designation of the sex. (DnJiota I.) " NVe are from the same biother." Make the signs for ^Voiii.'iii and Brollicr. (Dakota VI.) Sister. The right arm is ticxed njiward, and hand, in position {]% 1 ), modified by fingers being ai»proxiiiiated. is then apiiroached to the moutli and ends of fingers ai)]iidxiiiiated and inserted between lijis; the hand is then withdrawn, and the index finger, extended, points to the cardiac region; the hands are tlien collected, as in type (A), and held in mam- mary region. {Oto 1.) '-A temale dear to my heart and lijis." Pass the flat right hand, ]ialiii toward the body, from the imbis down- ward, forward and upward, then elevate tlie first two fingers of the right hand. {VteJ.) l>ea/ mntc natural nie/n. — An uninstrncted deaf mute, as related by Mr. Denison, of the Colnmbian Institntioii, invented, to express tSixter, first the sign for Ffiiinie, maiion (Hei*!"*), botli to tin- riglit. {Dakota VI.) Make the sign for Uly, Sister, (l>rother ami si>iter and woman), Hers (uiatle to tlie right), Same or Similar, and iTlan. (Kaiowa I; Comanche III; Aj)achc l\ ; Wichita 11.) Sister's son. ]Make the sigus for Woman and Brother (sister), jTIan aud Born (to the right of the body). (Dakota VI.) -Son. SeeCiiild (otfsprin;;'); Male, and Man. (Arapahol.) Same as the sign for l>aii$;'hter, exeepting designation of sex. (Dakota I.) Make the signs for Bii'tli and Man. (Kaiowa I; Comanche III; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Son's daughter. Make the signs for Born, Born, and Woman. (Dakota VI.) Son's son. Make the sigus for Born, Born, and Man. (Dakota VI.) Unele (maternal). Malve tlie signs for Father, His (to the right), Brother and Sister, and Woman. (Kaiowa \; Comanche III; Aj)ache II; Wi- chita II.) Unele (paternal). Make the signs for Father, His (to the right), Brother and Sister, and M.in. (Kaiou-a I ; Comanchelll; Apache II; Wichita II.) Wife. (See akso Companion.) The dexter forefinger is passed between the extended thumb and index of the left. (Burton. ) Same as Companion. (Dakota I.) Make the .sign for W^oinan, aud then lay the two forefingers to- gether side by side, straight and pointing forward, the other fingers loosely elosed. (Dakota IV.) " Two joined as one." 221 (1) Malu' the sjoii for H^oiliail ; (2) t\v() fiii-icrs left Iiaiul <'xten(led (]%, liorizontal, forward, and tiiif;ers toiichinj;) ; (.>) hotli fists to chest, con (iviore ; (4) U-ft arm dn-lod before and drawn towaid the hody. {AiKiclir \U.) ••(]) A woiiKlii (L>) mated, (.i) verv tU-.w to me, (4) and wlioiii I eiid)raee." My wife. Make the siyii for ^iaiiie, followed by that for Woiliail. {Kaiiiwa J; < '(I iiKiiuhc 111; Aprominence. The ri^ht hand then i)asses sweepinjily downward and outward, ])alni toward the body, describing rudely the exit of the child from the loins in the obstetrical cur\(' of Cams. The right arm is then raised and the e\teTideal;ota I.) "Heart was not lirave; what was I to do! ; wouhl seem to indicate utter helplessness under the circumstances. In such cases the nuui would not be stamped a coward. See the conception of Brave." 222 Ridg'e. Eight hand horizoutal, back outward, fingers extended, edge of hand downward, is drawn from left to right about a loot in front of the face; if a Jagged ridge, indicate by upward and tlownward sliari) movements of the liaud ; if a level one, by drawing the hand on as nearly the same level as possible. {Dakota I.) " From the appearance of a ridge." Ritliii;;' (horseback). See lloi>e and Cwoiii;;'. River. (Compare Rroad.) The hand, in the form of a scoop or ladle, is carried to the mouth, as if conveying water, and drawn along in a liorizontal line with the edge downward, about the height of the breast. [Long.) Another: Hold up the lingers ot the left hand, a little diverging from each otlier (representing a mountain range), and to convey tli»idea of the streams flowing from them, place the indextinger of the right hand alternately between each two of them and draw it away in a ser- pentine manner. [Long.) Open the right hand and pass it before the month from above down- ward. ( Wicd.) If WicfVs sign is complete there is a similarity in con- ception, but the(OtoI)signrei)resents the conception "water," and that which retains it at sides and directs the flow. " Something we drink, retained by banks at sides." (Boteler.) The finger traces seriientine lines on the ground. [Oj'ihwa I.) Make the sign for DriiikillS'^iiiid then wave both the palmsoutward. A rivulet, creek, or stream is shown by the drinking sign, and by hold- ing the index tip between the thumb and medius ; an arroyo (dry water- course), by covering up the tij) with the thumb and middle finger. (Bur- ton.) A movenuMit of the extended hand, \y,\\m down aiul horizontal, fin- gers joined, indicative at once of the flowing of water, and the meander- ing of its cuiTcnt. [Anipnlw I.) Sign for Water, followed by the sign for 8iiake. {Cheyenne I.) "A river is flowing water. Make the sign for "Water, then i>lace the extended flat hand, palm down, before the breast, and i)ush it forward to arm's length. (A()m- roka I; Shoshoni and Banal: I.) Right hand to the left side of body, level of shoulder, edge of fingers outward, extended, pointing obliquely downward toward the left (S turned downward), carry the haiul downward on a double curve in front of the body and toward the right. {Dakota II.) " Running water." 223 Make the sijiii for 'Wafer, ((. c, ])laee the riij:lit liiind, upright, six or eiglit iiicbes in front of tlic luoiitli, bad^ outward, index and tliunib crooked and tlieir ends about an incli apart, tlie other fin.uers nearly closed ; move it toward the mouth, and then downward nearly to the top of tlie breast-bone, at the same time turnin.i;- tiie hand over toward thenioutli until tiie little linger is uppermost); then draw liie i-jglit liand, its baek forward, the index extended and jiointiiii; toward the left, and the other tinkers closed, from about two fe(^t in front of the leif shoul- der toward the right until it is a loot or so outside of the line of the right shoulder. (Ihihita \\ .) '• Long water." llight hand brought, cuj) sjiajted, ))alm upward, to the nu)uth; hand, as in t.vi)e (F 1), moditied by being a little nH>re relaxed ; both hands are then extended ami the edges held \crticall.v, ]ialms facing, but hands ajiart: the hands in same relative [xisitions are then moved to and I'rom the body. {0U> I.) '-That we drink; tlowing and ictained betw(HMi banks." C'olleet the tingers of the right baud to a point and bring it to the mouth, i)alm lirst, then wave the Hat hand, i)alm down, horizoutidly from right to left. ( WyaviUii I.) " IJroad water.'" liaise hands to sides, tingers extended, palms oldicpu' (\ 1, w itli jtalm obli(pie), then at same time move Imth on jiarallel lines as far as arms can r«^aeh, showing a trough; then plac(^ right hand threeor four Iniihes from mouth, jialm upward and hollowed as though holding water, and move it (puckly past the mouth, resting in last position just in lrare Walkiii;:'.) The arm nearly doubled njnm itself, and then the elbow thrown for- ward and backward, as in the act of runnini;'. (/,"»//.) Both hands, fists (B), carrieil ni)\vard on their respective sides to tln^ level of the shoidders and then make the upward and downward motions from the shoulders in imitation of their movements held in this jiosition when runnini;'. (Ihiknln I.) "From the movements of the arms when running." Extend and ])oint both forefingers inward, the rijiht three or fonr inches behind the left, ].alms l>ackward, at the h(>ij;ht of the breast, then, while movino' the hands forward alterTiately, throw the rii,dit index over the left and the left over the i'i,;;ht. ( Ihikotti IV.) I'oth arms are flexed and fists broujiht before body at ccTiter, about four inches ajiart. The hands in i)osition (II) are then mox'ed forward successively and alteruatel.y as an animal uallopin.nor trottinu. (Oto I.) "IVIotion of limbs in movement." Witli one or both fists jdaced near the side of the chest, mov.) Move the hands u])and down in the two [larallel lines from the breast. {L(irs.) Itaiiidlv. swift Iv. Lay both hands flat, palm downward, and i)ass the rii;ht rai)idly hi^'U and far over the left, so that the body is somewhat raised. ( Wictl) Sacred. Kight hand upright (S), palm toward the left, is moved straight up- ward and downward in front of the face. {Dahita I.) 29 226 Sad, Sorry, Troubled. (Compare Angry.) Tlie ri^ht hand is partly, soiuetinies quite, closed, held in front of the chest, almost or quite in contact with it, and made to describe a circle of three or four inches radius, once or oftener. {MaiuJan aiid Hidatsa I.) "This indicates the various conflicting- emotions which may be re- ferred to by an Indian when he says ' My heart is bad.'" Both fists ])laced before the breast, palms down, thumbs touching, move the outer edges downward as if breaking a stick, then place the palm of the hand (or the fingers) over the heart. ( Wyandot I.) " Broken heart." Saddle. First make the sign for Hor!>>e, then turn the left hand outward to the left, and extend the fie.xed fingers so that the hand is horizontal, palm downward (lr%^), at the same time the fingers of the right hand are likewise extended, and then on a curve, first to the riglit, then up- ward and to the left, the hand is brought, with palm downward, nearly crosswise over the back of the left, which it pats gently several times. [Dakota 1.) " Indicating saddle from its position on the horse." The sign foi- Hoi'i^e is first Tuade by drawing the ojien hand edge, wise across before the face; the front and middle fingers of the right hand then straddle the index and middle fingers of the left. Finally, in repiesentation of the hand-made and reclining saddle-tree of the In- dian, the two front fingers of the right are made to stand inclined on the front and back of the left. {Oto and Minsouri I.) "Something astride of a horse that inclines before aTid behind." Pack, To. The clinithed fist is held before the chest at a variable distance, the second row of knuckles to the front, usually, the forearm being semi- I)ronated so as to make tlie metacarpo-])halangcal articulation of the inde.K the highest point of tlie liand. The fist is then struck by the palmar surface of the extended fingers of the right, fii'st in the back and then on the side, or rice rcrsa. (Mandan and Hidatsa I.) Salt. The body is bent forward, and the paliu print of the right fingers, in type-position ( W), touch the earth l)ef()ie the body. The open hands are then ai)i)roximated before the body, palms in contact, then diverge, the right index touching the tongue in type-position (K). The coun- tenance assumes a mien of dislike. The motion to the ground would indicate the salt-licks of the plains. ( Oto and Minsouri I.) " Something from the ground — savorv to the taste." 227 Salutation. Hand-shakinart of the interlocutor, the whole ])rocceding being siibjcctixc, l)uf perhaps a relic of objective performance.'' Same; «>iiiii]ar to tviiat is iiiriif ioned iH't'orc. (Compare 4'oni|»aiiioii.) Place the two forertngers ]>arallel to each other, and |)usli them for- ward a little. {Diinbnr.) The two forefingers opened forward, laid side by side as in sign '"or Coilipailioil, and gently i)ushed forward. (('In iimne I.) Same sign as for Coilipailioil. (hahiln 1.) The forefingers of both hands extended, joined, backs u]iward, arc carried outw-ard from the breast on the same lexci for a foot. [Dnkota I.) " No ditt'en»nce — both the same." The hands are ])laced in the same jio-itions as in All(*alaci'ati!«fie(l. See Glad. l§aw. Same as the sign for Cheyenne Indian. (See Tkibal Signs.) {Dakota I.) " From the use of the saw." Scalp. Grasp the hair with the left hand, and with the right one flattened eat away over the left. (Wied.) Still in use. (Mafthea\'i.) Although Wie^Vs sign seems inexplicit in descrii)tion, there is a remarkable simi- larity in the execution and conception between that and the {Oto and Mis- noun I.) (Uotclcr.) "That ]>art removed by the knife, as represented." The left hand stationary, eighteen inches in front of stomach (D), as thongli grasping the scalp-lock, and then the right hand (X), with palm upward, fingers extended, i)ointing obliquely toward the left, is passed with a backward or inward motion under the left hand from in front of it, just as though drawing the knife inward in scalping. (Da- kota I.) " From the act of scalping." Eapidly carry the left hand to the front of the upper part of the chest and close it, back forward, as if grabbing the hair; then draw the right hand, palm downward, from left to right beneath it, as if cutting. (Da- kota IV.) The left hand is raised to the vertex of the head and seizes the hair called by the Indians the scalp-lock ; thus firmly held, the right is raised and edgewise executes a severing sweep around the forehead. (Oto and Minsouri I.) "That which is removed as represented." Grasp the hair on the top or right side of the head with the left hand then draw the flat right hand with the edge toward and across the side of the head from behind forward. (Pai-Ute 1.) Scaree, Few. Place the hand in the position given for Come, when it is moved from side to side, arrested in its motion at intervals, and where so arrested is depressed an inch or two. (Mandan and Ridatsa I.) 229 ^^'itll tlie lure iiiid middle tiiij;'ers iiiiitiitc the opeiiiiiji :iiid sluittiii^' of the blades of the scisisors. {Loiu/.) Ken roll lor. See llimtin^. Secret; To seerete. See Hide. See; Seeing-; Saw. (('oriii)are rook at.) The tore linger, in tlie attitude of i)oiiitii).t;', is ])assed from the eye toward the real or imajiinarv ohjeet. [Loikj.) Pass the extended index linger forward from tlie eye. ( Wkd.) Same as my description, but briefer. {Mattln'irs.) ■Strike out the two forefingers forward from the eyes. {Burton.) Two fingers projecting. (Mnrnointn.) Place the fore and middle tingeis (of the right liaud usually), sepa- rated, extended, anil pointing outward, in front of the eyes, indicating the direction of su]ii)osed lines of sight. (Anipaho I.) Pass the extended index forward from the eye. {Ahsamla I ; Shos- lioni (Dili llaiuik I.) Same as Looii, To. (I>«l-i>tii I.) With tlie index and middle fingers of tlie right hand extended, and their ends sei>arated about two inches, jxiint forward at the height of the eyes, tlie other fingers to be closed and the tluunb on them, back ;if hand upward. Hold the liand still oi- move it forward a few inches. (Dakota IV.) -Two eyes." With the fingers of the right hand as for SeeillJ?, move tlie hand from side to side several times at the wri.st, describing a curve. {Da- kota IV.) Extend the index and second finger of tlie right hand, and move them horizontally forward from the eyes. [Pakota VI, VII.) Tile right hand, held as an index, is jdaced near tlie right ear, its back almost or quite touching the cheek, and is then moved forward. {Ulan- dan and Hidatsa I.) Close the right hand, leaving the index (or both index and second lingers separated) extended, jiass from the eye forward, the finger tip pointing in the same direction. {Kaiowu I; Comanche III ; Apache II ; Wichita 11.) 230 Another : Draw a circle aromul the eye with the extended index, or with both index and second lingers. {Kaiotca I ; Comanche III ; Apache II; Wichita II.) Close the third and little fingers of the right hand, lay the thumb over theni, separate the extended index and second fingers as far apart as the eyes, bring tlie hand to the eyes, fingers pointing outward, and pass the hand outward. ( Wichita I.) Deafmnir natural .siijns. — 0[)en the eyes wide and strain them at vacancy. {Ballard.) Point the finger to the eye. (Larmn.) Move the oix-n hand up and dowi successively in front of the eyes. (Hasemtab.) Place the forefinger ou tlie eye as if to see something. (Zcigler.) One another. Both hands closed with the palms facing, forefingers straight, flexed at nretacarpd joint so that they are horizontal and pointing toward one another at a distance of eight or ten inches; sometimes slightly moved to and from one another. [Ahsarolml; t>hoNhoni and Banakl.) "Sign of To See with both hands, as representing two individuals." Seen, or Diweovered. The sign of a ITIan or other animal is made; after which the finger is pointed toward and ajjproached to your own eyes. It is the sign for Seeing' reversed. {Lonij.) Same as Found. (Dalota \.) This is made in a manner the reverse of See. {Mandan and Hidatsa I.) Deaf-mute natural sign. — Nod, having touched the eye. (Cross.) Shame. IJoth hands to front of I'ace, hand and fingers upward, back outward (S), pass the left hand slowly from left to right in front of the eyes, and the right in same way to the left. {Cheyenne II.) Head incliiu'd forward and downward, eyes looking directly down- ward ; place the upright hands, with backs outward (S), about three or four inches in front of face so as to hide it from view as nuich as possi- ble. {Dakota I.) " From covering the face to hide the shame." IJofli hands flat, with extended fingers joined ; place the left outward befoie tlie left trheek, pointing upward and backward toward the right side of the crown, aiul the right several inches from and before the left, 231 pointins' uiiward and forwai'd, backs outward, the faci- at Mui .same time bei II j;- turned toward tlu; U-lt. {Kuiowa I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) ^ilieep. Kisht band hold forward from tbe lower ])Mrl of tlie. rijilit side of tlie abdomen, palm down, arched, tinerson is described with right hand brought uj) as high as the head on right side, forefinger straight upright (J, back outward) ; move the hand down, keei)ing fingers upward till it reaches the waist or below. The body is usually bent to the right a little in the movement as the hand goes down. Short distance is described the same as CIO!$e or ]\fear. {Cheyenne I.) 233 In extent. Place the hands, pahn to palm, a .short or the required distance ai)art. (Arapaho I.) Ciutailed. The arms are semitiexed before the l)ody: the hands aiiproxiinatcd at palms, then made to divers"e to indicate some lenji'th. The ri^iit hand then approximate.s the left and, edgewise, imitates a cuttiiiyolf of a siiort piece of the tinger-end.s. The word does not seem to be well understood by the Indian unless applied to some object, in which case- there is a compound sign. ( Oto (iiul Missouri 1.) " Lengtii reduced by (Uitting olf." A little, short extent, or time, according to connection. Eai.se left hand to position in front of body, foretinger exttmdcd hori- zontal (.11 1, changed to left); then raise right hand, first finger extended (HI 2); place end of the tinger near end of forefinger on left hand, and move it .slowly n[) the tinger, resting near its l)ase or near base of tiiuml). {Sahapti7i I.) Only by less separation of hands. (Apache III.) Sick: ill. Hold the flattened hands toward one another before the Ineast, bring them, held stiff, in front of the breast, and move them forward and back- ward from and to the .same. ( Wied.) As is evident, no similarity of ex<^cntiou or design exists between Wied^s sign and the {Oto and Mis- souri I.) (Botelcr.) Contract shoulders and chest, bring hands in front of throat and chin, with a shrinking, contracting motion and a shiver (if ague) or blow short breaths as if panting ; then carr.v the left hand to the forehead and i)re:.-s, indicating headache. {Ojibica IV.) Touch the part that is the .seat of the pain and then withdraw quickly the touched limb, or flinch at the pressure made oti the part, at the same time the emotions of the face express suflering. [Dakota I.) "From the fear of increased pain by pressure." The open, relaxed hands are to be quickly thrown about four inches forward and outward, several times, in front of the stomach ; fingers spread a little, ends about four inches apart, palms backward. {Da- kota IV.) " The pulsation of tlie heart." Assume an appearance of distress, with general features relaxed. Both ai'ms are then elevated, semiflexed, and the hands assume the type position (Q 1), modified by fingers being more curved and less rigid. The hands are brought tremblingly thus to the sides of the body, chest, etc., and then rai.sed to the forehead and the extended indices made to compress the temples. {Oto and Missouri I.) "That which produces inward or bodily distress." ;jo 234 Place tlie tips or euds of the extended fingers and tliuinb gently over the heart, leaning the head slightly toward the left, accompanied by a drooping or closing of the eyelids. ( Lie I.) Another: Collect the fingers and thumb of the right (or left) hand to a point, and place the tips alternately to the right and left sides of the chest, accompanied by a simultaneous dropping of the head, with the eyes partially or entirely closed. (Ute I.) "Location of pain." Deaf-mute natural signs. — Place the hand upon the breast and pro- trude the tougue. (Ballard.) Place your jialm on the forehead and shudder. (Cross.) Place the open hand on the forehead, and then mo\'e the head down, with the mouth half opened. (Hasenstah.) Put forth a part of the tongue out of the mouth and at the same time raise the hand to the breast. (Larson.) Place the baud on the breast, at the same time open the mouth as if to Tomit. (Zeigler.) ^"ery. Both hands fiat, extended, and fingers joined, place against the cheek bones and withdraw slowly. ( Wyandot I.) $i$;ii laii£;iinse. Tap the back of one hand with the palmar surface of the fingers of the other, alternately and repeatedly, then close both hands, leaving the forefingers and thumbs fully extended and separated ; place them about four inches apart, palms fiicing, and rotate them in short vertical cir- cles, in such a manner that when the right hand occupies the upper portion of its circle the left will be below. [Kaioica II ; Comanche III ; Apache II ; ^yichita II.) "Hands and conversation." Silence. Lay the extended index, poiutiug upward, over the mouth so that the tip extends as far as the nose, or alongside the nose. (Shoshoni and Banal- 1; Ute I.) 8iiiS', to. liight-hand fingers and thumb partially unclosed, placed in front of the mouth, shot upward, and slightly shaken. (Cheyenne I.) Ball of the right hand resting on the chin, fingers extended obliquely upward and toward the left, as though catching the words thrown out of the mouth. (Dalvta I.) " Catching the words." 235 Move the right hand through a small circk- in front of the month, back forward, fore and middle lingers s]ircad a little, exti'iided and upright, other fingers closed, tlinnili on middle linger. {Dakota V\.) "Opening and closing the month and the sonnds coming lorth." (1) Put thumbs and forefingers si)read to make large circle; (2) boat tip of right hand several times towards it; (8) wave forelinger se\eral times quickly from lips upward. (AimchcWI.) ''(1) Drum: (2) beating accompaniment on it; (.'i) singing.'' Deaf-mute natural sir/n. — Put one linger to your month, (']icning and shutting it alternately; set in motion your arms, after the mannei- in which a singer acts. {C>'oss.) Singint^, Nnored. Move the upright right hand in a circle in front of the mouth, the fingers slightly bent and separated so as to form a circle, back out- ward. {Dakota IV.) Sister. See ReintioiiMlii|>. Hit (lomi. The fist is clinched, and the motion of it is then the same as if it held a statf and gently stamped it njion the earth two or three times. {Liituj.) Make a uiotion toward the ground, as if to pound it with the ferient of the closed hand. {Burton.) uickly lower the extended hand, palm down, indicating spot and action. {Arapaho I.) Kight hand held to one side, lingers and thumb drooping, struv^k downward to the ground or object to be sat upon. {Cheyenne 1.) Shut both hands, thumbs uj) (or above), raise hands a little, and lower at same time with a squatting or sitting motion of body if the person giving the sign is standing; if sitting, point to the place and make motion with the hands and arms. {Ojibwa IV.) Right hand clinched, outer edge downward, and pushed toward the the ground. (Ab.saroka I; Shoslioni and Banak I.) Another : Make the sign of To !»il, but make it toward the spot indi- cated for the visitor to occupy. {Ahsarokn I; Shoahoni and Banak I.) Right hand in natural position, fingers closed (A), palm ujiward, ex- tend the forearm, with elb(^w fixed, straight toward the front (L), and cai'ry it toward the ground or seat. {Dakota I.) "'Sitting down on a chair or the ground." 236 Incline the body forward and move the right list downward about eighteen inclios from in front of the stomach, at arm's length forward, bent upward at the wrist, and back outward. (Dul-ota IV.) " Down in a bunch." The clinched tist, thumb upward, is held outward, usually to the right, the elbow forming nearly a right angle, the hand is then dei)ressed and suddenly arrested. This is a luoditication of the sign for !>>tay, or Al>i(le. When the sign is made imiieratively the arm is sometimes stretched toward the i)lace where it is desired that the person addressed shall sit. Sometimes a particular spot, mat, or seat, if convenient, is struck with the fist in making the sign. [Mandan and Hidatm I.) Deaf-ittute natural sign. — Point at the place where you wish the jier- son (sjioken to) to sit, and make the motion of sitting. {Cross.) and smoke. Used as an invitation to a visitor, and is made by carelessly pointing to the individual, to indicate person, then make the sign Sit donii and To !>>illoke. {Ab.saroka I ; Shoshoni and Banak I.) Australian sign. See Wait. Slave. Sla\e is described the same as a Captive. The only persons used as slaves, or so considered, in wild tribes of plains are captives. Mexi- can children have been often taken as well as young i)eople of hostile tribes. The right hand clinched (C with palm forward), upright, on a level with and to the right of right shoulder, is clasped around the wrist by the lingers and thumb of the left hand with back of hand (left hand) to front, and pull the riglit hand to the front twelve or fifteen inches. {Glieycniw II.) Sleep, Kleepin;^. (Compare ]\ig:ht.) Point to the ground and make a motion as if of lying down; then close the eyes. {Burton.) Close the eyes and incline the head, the cheek resting upon or sup- l)orted by the extended hand. Time may be indicated by this means; "one sleep " (the sign for sleep and one finger touched or held up alone) being the equivalent of twenty-four hours or a day. {Arapaho I.) Right baud, palm inward, placed by the sideof the head ; head drooped to tlie right, as if to fall into the open palm, and eyes partially closed. This also means to go to bed. {Cheyenne I.) Another: Forefinger of right hand crooked and placed against or near the upper lid of the eyes ; very short motion downward and outward. {Cheyenne I.) 237 Tlie liead iiicliiiod sidewise toward tlie right, against tlio palm of the riglit hand with lingers separated (P). (Dakota I.) " Head Kujjported by a i)illow/' Close the eyes, ineline the head toward the right, and lay it in tlie opened right hand. {Dakota IV.) The arm i.s bronghtto the side of head, with hand in i)()siti<)n (T). and head inclined to right shoulder, resting in i)alm, eyes closed. {Oto I.) " Kest." Incline the head to one side, close or partly close the eyes, and jiUice the tlat hand to within about six inches of the ear. (Pai-Utc I.) Deaf-mute natural .s/V/;(,s. — Place the hand ui)on the cheek, inclining the head to one side, and closing the eyes. {liallard.) Close your eyes and bend your lit^awise on the o])en hand. (Cross.) First place the open hand on one side of the head, next move the head, the eyes having been shnt, down to the side, and then jjoint to the place to .sleep. (Hascustali.) Close the eyes. (Lar.soti.) Shnt the eyes, and incline the head as if to sleep. (Zciijler.) Italian sif/u. — Lay the o|)en hand under the cheek. (Butler.) To sleep with another. The person is tirst indicated by jiointing, then place the forefingers of each hand side by side in front of the breast, back n])ward, at ilie same time inclining the head a little to the left and i)artially closing tiie eyes. ( Dakota V.) Cross both closed hands and arms before the breast as if in an em- brace, then lay the extended index and forefinger side by side, palms down, pointing forward, and move them over toward the riglit so that the backs of the hands jioint downward toward the right at theternuna- tion of the sign. (Ute I.) Sleepless. The head is held nearer the nuddle line than in the sign for Nicep. The hand is then raised in position (^), and made to quivei' with palm outward. (Oto 1.) "Unrest." Slow. Extend the left arm, curving the forelinger and holding it still. Tlie right arm does the same but is drawn l)ack with seseral short and cir- cular movements. ( Wied.) 238 Both hands in frout of breast witli fingers extended, &c., as (W), pass the right hand forward over the back of the left slowly. {Dakota I.) " Slow in motion." The liands, four to eight inches apart, about a foot in front of the lower part of the chest, with the forefingers extended, pointing forward and backs upward, should be slowly lowered about eight inches and at the same time separated by bringing the elbows to the sides. The other fingers are to be nearly closed, thumbs against the middle fingers or under them. (Dakota IV.) "(roing backward, and therefore sh)w." Deaf-mute natiinit signs. — A .slow, horizontal movement of the baud. (Ballard.) In reference to walking, walk slowly for a little distance; to sewing, slowly copy such a manner as a dressmaker actually does, and so on. ( Cross. ) Siiinii; Little; a few; ^iiiall aiiioiiiit. (Compare I¥oth- iiijsr.) Pass the nearly closed hands several times by jerks over one another, the right hand above. ( Wied.) There are various signs for Little, depending on the nature of the object described. I have given you one. I do not remoinl)er this of the Prince of Wied. (Matthen-s.) (1) Fingers and thumb of both hands closed, hands bent l)ackward from the wrist, and thus (2) crosses right above the left before the breast. (Cheyenne I.) First lay the open hands on the body, backs outward, and then make the sign for ITIan, or the animal or thing to which the sign is to be applied, and then close the hands, fists (A 1), left outside of the right and about a foot and a half in front of the left breast, and the right held just in front of the left breast; carry the left hand inward, and the right hand outward, to the body on a curve until the right fist is over the left. (Dakota I.) "Denotes small in body or stature." Place the right fist or half-closed hand about three inches above the left, in front of the navel, radial side of the fists upward ; then bend the hands backward as far as possible at the wrists, and move the right wrist over the left, at the same time turning the palms a little upward. (Dakota IV.) " So small or so little that it can be held in the closed hands." The extended forefinger of the left hand (usually erected) is pinched near its extremity between the thumb and index-finger of the right hand. The degree of smallness is to some extent shown by the height of that portion of the left forefinger which appears above the right thumb-nail. For extra demonstration the eyes are often partly closed and the forefinger pinched tightly. (Mandan and Ridatsa I.) 239 Tlie tliuml) and front fiii,<,^ers of tlie iiad smell is ex])ressed by the sanu' sign, ejaculating at the same tiuu' " I'ooh!" aiul making the sign of Bad. {BHrfoii.) Fore and middle fingers of right hand placed at or neai' tlu^ nostrils, drawn downward and forward with slightly curved motion. {Chey- enne I.) Fore and second fingers of right hand extended (others closed) (IV), carried directly to the nose and then forward for a few inches in front of the nose, fingers pointing ol)Iiquely downward. (Dakota I.) "From the act of smelling." Deaf-mute natural signs. — Hold the nose with thumb and forefinger; or iTuitate the act of sniffing. (Ballard.) 240 Toiut at tlie nostril with ouc finger, with a displeased or pleased expression. {Cross.) Place the forefinger beneath the nostril, at the same time raising the upper lip several times in succession, as if to smell something. {Zeiyler.) 8iiioke. Begm with the sign for Fire, then raise the hand upward, with the fingers o])en as if to represent smoke. (Dui)har.) Snuffle the nose and raise the fingers of both hands several times, rubbing the fingers against each other. ( Wied.) The rubbing suggests the old mode of obtaining tire l)j' friction, and the wrinkling or snufding of the nose indicates the ettect of the smoke on that organ. With the crooked index, describe a pipe in the air, beginning at the lips; then wave the open hand from the mouth to imitate curls of smoke. {Burton.) Similar to the sign for Fire, the fingers still and the hand ascending by a constantly revolving motion. {Arapaho I.) Sign for Fire made slowly. {Cheyenne I.) Clinch the right liaml, and hold it, palm toward the left and down- ward, about twelve inches in front of the lower jjortion of the chest. {Ahsarola I ; Sho.shoni and Banak I.) " Holding the pipe.'" Same as the sign for FMre with the hand carried up higher. {Da- kota I.) " From the ascent of the smoke." Make the sign for Fire, and tlien hold the opened upright hands, fingers a little spread, side by side, in front of the face. {Dakota IV.) " Hides everything." Close both hands, place them side by side toward the ground, palms downward, then raise them quickly, extending the fingers and thumbs in doing so, and make sjiiral curves upward a short distance. ( Ute I.) ^iiake. The forefinger is extended horizontally, and passed along forward in a serpentine line. {Lonfj.) A gliding movement of the extended hand, palm down, fingers joined, in imitation of reptilian locomotion. {Arapaho I.) Eight hand forefinger pointing, placed in front of and on a level with left shoulder, drawn along to the right with undulating sinuous motion, imitating the motion of a snake crawling. {Cheyenne I.) 241 Extended forefinger of right hand (others closed) (J pointing down- ward instead of npward) in front of the breast, move it in imitation of the movements of the snake iu crawling. {Dakuta 1.) '• From tlic crawling of a snake." The hand, held as an index hand, jiointing forward, is held near the body in front and usnally to one side; it is then advanced rai)i(l]y and with a tortuous motion, like that of a snake crawling. (,][(nid(in (tiid HitUitsa I.) Same sign as that for Mliu^lioiii Iiidiaii. (See Tkibai, Signs.) {Cowcniche II; PaiVtc I.) With the index only extenc(tf-nuitc Hdtiircd kIj/iik. — A zigzag motion forward with the forefinger. {BallunJ.) ]Move the arm in a sei'pentine form, {f.aysdii.) Point with the forefinger as if to jioint to something, at tlie same time move it crookedly, and also at the same time stretch the tongue and move it to and fro like a ix'mlulum. (Zeijilcr.) Hnow. (Compare Frosl.) Begin with the sign for Rain, then the sign for Ail' or Cold, and couclude with the sign for AVIiitt'. (Dunhdr.) The hand is held up about as iiigh as the head, with the tingt-rs s.if- fered to dangle downward; it is then bobbed a little up and down, as if to throw oft'dro]is from the ends of the fingers. (Lonr;.) Scatter the fingers downward. Tlie same sign denotes rain. {Burton.) Inutate its fall with the hand, palm down, jiartially closed, tingers separated and pointing downward. To indicate Kaiil, tlie hand is moved iu a direct course toward the ground; ^>iiioiV, the hand moves other than in a direct course to show drift, lighter fall, iS:c. (Arapahit I.) Same sign as for Raisi, though the hands are moved iu and out more than in that sign, as if covering the body. {Dakota I.) " From the falling of the snow." The same sign as for Rain ; Imt when it is necessary to distinguish it from rain, it must lie preceded !)y the sign for Cold, which makes it the same as winter. Often the sign for Rain or fallow is made with one hand aloue. {Dakota IV.) 31 242 Make tlic signs for Rain and Deep. (Dakota YI; Hidatsa I; Arikara 1.) The hand in position of sign for Rain is moved downward slowly and with a wavering motion. (MamJaii ami Hidatsa 1.) The tace is cast in(iuisitively toward the sky and the arms and cloth- ing collected around the body as when one is chilly. The right hand is then raised above the head with the tingers collected much as in type- position (H 1), modified by tinger ends being held a little more curved. The hand then falls by jerks, opening and closing successively. (Oto and Missouri I.) " Something falling that makes us chilly." The hands are held as in the sign for Rain, but are then moved down toward the ground and outward to either side. Literally, "deep rain;" rain being indicated, the depth is shown by jjassing the hands outwiU'd toward their respective sides. ( Wi/andot I.) Place the right hand as high as the head, in front or toward the right side, palm down, moving it (juickly up aiul down sevenil times for a short distance, then indicate the depth upon the ground with the tiat hand, ])alm earthward. (Apache I.) Make the sign for Cloiidfv; then the hand descends from above the head (Q), tips down; when near the earth wave the hand. To show depth of snow on earth spread both hands, palms down ( W). {Apache III.) " Kepreseuts the varying motion of snow-tlakes." Deaf-mute natural signs. — Point to the shirt bosom, signifying the color white, and move up and down the extended tingers. (Ballard.) Do the same as to say rain, ex(!ei)t point with the forefinger to some object that is white, indicating the whiteness of snow. (Hasenstab.) Put the hands toward the breast and shake the body, and then move the outstretched hands upwanl and downward. (Larsoti.) Soap. The right-hand clinched (D),is rubbed on the left forearm, just above the wrist. (Dakotal.) "From its use in washing clothes." Soit. Open the left hand and strike against it several times with the right (with the backs of the fingers) [which also means Hard]; then strike on the opposite side so as to indicate the reunion. (Wied.) The sup- posed yielding substance is restored by the second stroke to its former shape. 243 Take some soft body in the li;uul, anil touch and handle it lightly, alternately witli eacli iiand, hold a.s though nioldini;- it into a round hall- [Ikilota I.) "Handling- the substance gently, so as not to injure it." With the hands three or four inches apart, pointing forward, palms downward, lingers relaxed, lower them about four inches slowly and raise tlieni rather rapidly several times. {Dakota IV.) " Yields and springs back ; therefore is soft." With the fingerand thuinbof the riglit hand apjiroxiniated to a ])oint, pretend to i)ick some i)ulveruleut substance from the palm of the left, keep working the tii)s of the right as if allowing tlie conttMits to fall slowly back again into the left. (Kaioical; Cdmaiicht' 111 ; Apacln \l ; Wichita II.) Made only l.iy rubbing folds of cloth (tiexibility), or imitating tlie crumbling of bread. (Apache III.) Dc((f-)ni(fe HiitKral siliip. >>iooii. See Time, Soon. (Compare ]\>ar.) Sorrow. (Occasioned by filial disrespect.) Kight hand next to the heart, jialm in, fingers slightly curved; then make a circular movement forward and outward toward front. ( Omaha I.) Sorry. See Sad. Soup. Sign for Kettle, setting on the tire, and then that for Driiikiiig'. [Dal-ota I.) Sour. Simulate tasting anything sour, i. e., act of tasting and expression of face. (Arapaho 1.) Tip of forefinger touched against the tip of the tongue; then make the .sign for Hard. (Cheyenne I.) Raise the right hand to the mouth, as though having the substance to be tasted in it, and then spit. {Dakota I.) " Xot liking the taste." Deaf-mute natvral sii/n. — Make wry mouths. (Ballard.) Touch the tongue, shaking the head, with a look expressive of dis- pleasure. ( C'l'os.^. ) Close the eyes a little and shake the head. (Larson.) Space; extent. The left arm and hand are extended. The right hand is then brought (as in S 1 modified by being horizontal) to left and drawn across left arm edgewise at successive points. (Oto I.) "That is composed of smaller parts; many added." 245 TliL' motion is like spriiikliiis' water from the mouth by spriiifiiiii; the foretiiiii'er from the tliumb, the hand following a .short distantH! from the niontli at each resilieiice, to show the direction of the word, or to whom it is addressed ; this motion is repeated tliree or four times. {Lon(j.) Place the flat hand, back downward, before the mouth, and move it forward two or three times. ( ^Vicd.) My description is the same as this, but more precise. I believe I said the thumb is held forward. A knowled^Lje of this fact would be essential to one who wished to imitate the sign correctly. (Mattlifws) Tliere is suflicient similarity to W'ied's sign in the position of the liand and forward movement to justify a sup- jxisition of former identity between that and [Ofo dixl MisnoHri I.) The curved position of tlie lingers in the latter sign is not in\ariable. {liote- kr.) Extend the open liand 1'roin tlie moutli. (Utirton.) Fingers used as if jjicking sometliing from the mdutli. (Mnciioirdti.) Point tlie extended f n'etingcr as from the mouth. (Araptiho 1.) Forefingers of both hands crooked inward, as in nialdng the sign for ITIoi'llili;;' ; motion liacliward anil forward from mouth. {Cheyenne I.) The gestures by which "speaking" is described are made close to the mouth. If the hand is passed several times across the lips it means addressing the people, Harawjue. If the lingers of both hands are crossed before the moutli like a pair of scissors, it means a PialogHe. (Ojihn-a 1.) Same as the sign for ^iiig;, excepting the hand is carried farther out- ward from the mouth. (Dakota I.) "Carrying the words out of the mouth." Place the right hand just in front of the mouth, palm forward, index half Hexed, other fingers closed, thumb against middle finger ; move the hand at the wrist forward two or three times through an arc of about six inches, each time bringing the end of the index against the end of the thumb. (Dakota IV.) "Opening and closing the mouth, and the sounds coming forth." Pass the tips of the fingers of the right hand forward from the mouth. {Pai-Ute 1.) ' Place the knuckles of the right hand against the lips, and make the motion of fiipping water from the index, each flip casting the hand and arm from the mouth a foot or so, then bringing it back in the same i)osi- tion. (Wichita I.) 246 Place the flat right hand, palm up, fingers pointing to the left, a short distance before the chin, and move it forward. This is sometimes repeated three or four times. {Dakota VI, VII.) The rigiit liand, not very rigidly extended, palm upward, thumb for- ward, is held in contact with the lower lip ; it is then moved forward a few inches, and restored to its original position. These motions are I'epeated once or oftener. (Mandan and Hidatsa I.) The right hand is brought to tlie nunUh, palm upward, index-tinger crooked, the others somewhat collected, and hand slightly cup-shaped. The hand aiid arm is then extended from the mouth, opening aiul clos- ing partly by successive and delicate jerks toward the person or oljject addressed. The position of the hand is not invariable, and the true origin of the sign seems to be more in the conception of something coming at intervals from the mouth. {Oto and Missouri L) " Opening of the moutii and that which issues therefrom." Close the hand, except the index-finger, and, first touching with this the mouth, move it forward, back upward, i)artly closing and opening the finger with a rapid motion. (Iroquois 1.) The right liand is held to the right side of the mouth, fingers pointing forward, palm down, when the fingers and tluimb are slowly opened and closed, representing the opening and closing of the lips in speak- ing. ( Wi/andot I.) Pass the right hand, palm up, forward from the chiu. (Shoshoni and Banal- I.) Deaf-mute natural sign. — Move the lips as if to speak. (Zcigler.) Another speaks. Place the hand as iu the sign for IS pen k, beginning farther from the mouth, drawing it nearer and nearer. ( Witd.) I have seen this sign. (MattheH-s.) Conversation. Several repetitions of the sign for Hpeak. (Arapalio I.) Make the same sign as Tell, but with both hands, and toward each other. [Hidatsa I ; Arikara I.) I will speak to you. An interview. • Kiglit arm flexed at elbow, and hand collected as in type {ii 1), modi- fied by being inverted and palm turned up. The arm and fingers are then suddenly extended, after being brought to the position of the heart. (Oto I.) "Approach; I will o^jcn myself to you." 247 Tiilkiiio- (one ])ers()n). Throw the opened, relaxed, ri;;lit h;iiid, |i(iiiitiii.i; forward, jtahii ui)- ward and inward, six or eight inches towaid tlic left, several times. {Diih'td IV.) Two or more persons eoinersing. IJotli hands being ojiened, relaxed, and ])ointing forward eighteen iuelies ajtart, palms upward and a little inward, iiiDve them inward until near together three or four times ; or, ha\ing the hands near together, move them from side to side several times, turning the ends olili(|uely, first toward the right and then toward the left, iuo\iug them from the wrists alone, or moving fon^irms also. (Dakafa IV.) Or talk in eouneil. The right arm is raised. Hexed at ell)ow, and the hand brought to tlie month in tyite-position (fi 1, luodified by being in\erted), i)alm up, and the index-tinger being luore ojk'II. The hand then passes from the mouth in jerks, ojjeniug and elosing suceessively ; then the right hand in posi- tion (S 1), horizontal, marks olf divisions on the left arm exten(h'd. (Ofo (did Missouri I.) "That which issues from the moutli continuously or in pai'ts." Tell me. Place the Hat right hand, palm upward, about (ifteen inches in front of the right side of the face, fingers pointing to tlie left and front ; then draw the hand inward toward and against the bottom of the chin. {Ab- sunihdl; Jliihitsd I; Kiiiowal; Arikufn 1; Voiiiiiiiche 111; Apdchcll; Wichita 1.) Place right hand (Y 1), slightly strained at the wrist, as though hold- ing something on it) at a jtoint, say a foot from the mouth, and move it toward tlie mouth two or three tiiues. All the motion by the forearm, the arm to the elliow lying against the side, {i^aliaptin 1). "Pouring in or being fed."' I have told you. -Move the opened relaxed right hand from the mouth straight forward about a foot, fingers pointing toward tlie left, palm ui)ward. {Dakota IV.) Told me, a person. Reverse the moveiuent of the right hand as given in tiie sign for Talk, /. c, the hands drawn inward toward the face, as though catch- ing the words as uttered by another person, and carrying it to your own mouth. [Jkikofa I.) 248 Deaf-mute natural siyii. — A rapid motion of tlie lips as if iu the act of speaking, auil move tlie tiuger to the bosom after some sign for the person telling. (Ballard.) Spear. See Lance. Npooii. Eight hand in front of body with thumb and forefluger bent in resem- blance to the slia[)e of tlie l)owl of a spoon as much as possible. {Da- kota I.) "Bowl of a spoon." Tlie left arm is elevated and semi-extended, the index-finger and thumb are approximated at ends, as in position (H), other fingers are closed. The right hand is then made to scoop downward and inward, with the index and middle fingers approximated and curved, palm inward. The ring and little fingers are closed. The right hand then a])proaches the left in the above position, which is now taken to the mouth. {Oto and Missouri I.) ''The shape, size, and use of the instru- ment is indica^ted." Spotted. "With the extended index make repeated transverse cuts across the extended forefinger of the left hand. {Absaroka I ; Shoshoiii and Banal- I.) Ilold the left hand with its jialm inward and fingers ])oiutiug forward, and alternately draw the palms and the backs of the right fingers across its upi)er edge several times from left to right. Or draw them across the hand and arm at ditlerent places as if wiping off the fingers. (Dakota IV.) Extend the left forearm horizontally, pointing forward, then ])ass the left palm alternately across it from below upward (but not touching it) ou the inner and outer sides. (Ridatsa I; Arikara I.) The sign for the animal or thing is made first, then the arms are flexed, hands brought together in front of body, opened in full, fiat, palm of one ou back of other — a cross duplicate of position (W). Flat surfaces then pass horizontally over each other. (Oto I.) "That which has been rubbed or blurred." Spring: (season). The sign for Cold, to which add the sign for being Done or Fin- ished. (Dunbar.) Signs for Day (or Day9ig;lit) and (wi*a!!>t!>. The seasons may also be distinguished by indicating a greater or less meridional altitude of the sun. (Arapaho I.) 249 With the ris'litbaiid flngers and tlmiub curved upward and separated (P with knuckles and back downward) heginnmji- with the hand in tliis position as low down on the riglit side as you can reach by bendinj;- the body a little, then Ijrin.u' the hand up a few inches, keejiitiji- lingers up. {Cheijvnnc II.) " Kepresents grass growing." Make tlu' sign for (>r:iK(tk<>tti I ; Kaioira I; Votiuinchc III; Apachv II; Wichitit II.) •• I""roni tiie season tlu> grass s])rings up." Make the sign for ISoI'mc. (ISidiii;;' a lior**'); and then Imld tlie left hand, i)alin looking ol)li(|uely downward and backward, in front of the abdomen, anil pass the right hand, bacl^ upward, underneath it from behind forward ; or, make the sign for <>fli«|»i-iii;i', (l>aki>t(i IV.) "The mares have colts." Make the signs for ISaill, Cwl'asiM. and <>ooil. [Ihilaita VI.) The right hand is gradually drawn toward the body, then approaches the ground, in type-position (Q 1), lingers more collected at the ends and less rigid. From the ground the hand is made to rise slowly and successively in rei)resentation of the ujjward tendency of vegetation. [Oto and Misnoiiri I.) -'Tiu^ time when grain and grass grow." ]\Iake the sign for Rain, then with the curved index only pointing upwanl, hold the liaclc of the right hand near the ground and elevate it, gradually and iu an interrupted movement, upward. {Ute I.) "After the rains the s[)routs ai»i)ear." M(|iian . See WoJiiaei. ^»tar». (Compare .Yloon.) The right-hand, forelinger and tliumb crooked, is ])ointed in various directions above the head toward the heavens, and a moderately (luick uniler-and-over movement of the linger and thumb, fornung a crescent, is made. [Dakota I.) ''Froui the twinkling of the stars." Make the sign for jVi^lit, and then, bringing the eiuls of the right thumb and forefinger together, or Hexing the forefinger within the thumb, (juickly move the npright liand four or fi\e times forward, here and there above the head. For xtar, hold the hand above the heatl, its inner edge uppermost. (Dakota IV.) Stay, .-ilMdi'. I live or stay liere. From a foot in front (if the neck move tlie right hand, its back forward and index extended, se\'eral times tlirougii a curve toward the right shoulder, each time rotating it to turn the palm forward; then throw the fist forward in front of the lower i)art of the chest and move it a foot or eighteen inches up and down, back outward. (Dakota IV.) 250 The clinched fist, bade tbrwartl, thumb upward, is held before the chest, then depressed a few inches aud suddenly arrested. If you wish to tell a person at some distance to stay where he is, stretch the arm out at full length toward him in making the sign, otherwise the hand is held near the body. (Mandmi and Tlidatsa I.) Clinch the right hand as if holding a stick, and make a motion as if trying to strike something on the ground with the bottom of the stick, held in an upright position. ( Wichita I.) Steal, To. The left forearm is held, horizontally, a little forward across the body, and the right hand passing under it with a quick motion seems to grasp .something and is suddenly withdrawn. {Lonoken of and i>ut tlie liaiid in the |jo<'kct. and turn and run away. (Ldrsdii.) Use the liand as if to take .something, at the same time look around as if to see if somebody comes. {Zcujh-r.) Italian sigu. — The open hand held before the face, and the lingers, be- ginning with the little one, turned round in a wheel, .signifies a robbery. {n>itU>:) A horse. To ex[)ress horse stealing they saw with the right hand down upon the extended fingers of the left, thereby denoting roiie-ciitting. (IJiirtun.) Left hand horizontal, tlat. in fiont and as high as the elliow. LJight hand arched, joined, thuml) resting near end of forelinger. downward (similar to \), and passed slowly under the left, backward toward the elbow and (juickly across to its own .side, to show crawling up to a horse, cutting its lariat and making otf quickly. {Ihihuta III.) Steaiiihoat. The sign for Sstioke is made with the right hand exteniled u])ward at the side and above the head, and then with the mouth make the putfing .sound in imitation of the sound from the escape-])ipes. (Dako- ta I.) "From the pufting sound of the escapei)ipes, which can be heard a considerable di.staiice on a still day, and the smoke from the smoke- stack." Make the sign for Walei', by placing the tlat right hand Itetbre the face, i)oiuting upward and forward, the back forward, with the wrist as high as the iio.se; then draw it down and inward toward the chin : then with both hands indicate the outlines of a horizontal oval figure from before the body back to near the chest (being the outline of the deck) ; then place both flat hands, ])oiuting forw ard, thumbs higher than the outer edges, and push them forward to arm's length (illustrating the for- ward motion of the vessel). (Kaioica I; Coriiaiichc 111: Apaclic II; Wichita 11.) $tiii;;v, <.'ovelous. Cowardly, A:i'. First lay the palm of the riglit hand, horizontal, over the left breast; then make the sign for Aiii^ei*, l)y carrying the fist (B -) downward, iu front of the body, from the face toward the left to the level of the heart, but not with any euiphasi.s; and then the sign for Iwood is made liy opening the hand, turning it palm downward (!*il), and cairying \ 252 oat from the breast for a foot or more, and then turning the hand, thumb downward, back toward the left, and carrying it out to the right side of tlie body on the same level, which is the sign for IVo or ^»t. (J)al-ofn I.) :\rake the sign for Brave, dJeiieroifxi, at the end of which sign the riglit hand is o])ened as in (T 1), niodilied b.\ back of hand being more concave and swept semicircularly outward and downward from the right side of head. ( Ofo I.) " No good will, generosity, or courage." Bring the left hand against the shoulder, with the elbow slightly be- fore tlie hip, then tap the elbow with the knuckles of the right hand from lielow upward. {Aixtehe I.) Curve the fingers of the left hand so that their tips rest against the inner edge of the thuuil), which should be about an inch from the palm ; then bring the hand slowly to the pit of the stomach, back to the front. (Uteh) ^tii'i'iiP' ilake first the sign for Hoi'isie and next the sign for ^iadille ; then catch the right hand, with its index hooked as in position (I), index more opened, by the left in similar position. Then raise the foot (either) and catch its sole by the hooked index of the left hand. Holding the leg thus, as half-mounted, throw tlie left arm into the air as the leg over a horse. (Otu and Missouri 1.) "Something hooked to catch the foot when mounting a saddled horse.'' Stone. The right hand shut, give several small lilows on the left. {Duni)ar.) Close the right hand, and strike the palm of the left hand two or three times with it. (Iaukj.) If light, act as if picking it up : if heavy, as if drojjping it. {Burton.) Fingers of right hand closed, thumb lying along the tips, struck once or twice into the pahn of the left hand. {Cheyenne I.) With the back of the arched right haiul (II) strike repeatedly in the l)alm of the left, held horizontal, back outward, at the height of the breast and about a foot in front ; the ends of the lingers point in oppo- site directions. {Dakota I.) From its use when the stone was the oidy hammer. The right haml points to the earth with the extended index; then both hands, lingers divergent (as in PI), iMverted, approximate at the points of index-finger and thumb, then diverge until in descending the points of ring and little fingers touch the ground. The fingers then 253 ai>i)r<)acli each other at tlieir points nnitbiinly and diverux' three times. (Oto itnd Missouri 1.) " Soiuethinf;-. that wouhl lill tlie haiiil, whieh hes scattered on the earth." ]>r((hila I.) " Iron of the stove and tire." Sttnly, To; to erate. The arm is flexed and the iiand assnnies type-position (O 1) moditied by the ttngers being more curved, cnp-shai)ed. The arm is then elevated anil the hand twisted sjiirallx' from left to right u|iward before the cen- ter of the forehead. (Oto les tlie act of wringing a thiclc towel. If he would say " I am strong," he strikes liimself upon the breast two or three times witli liis flst previously to the motion above described. If he would say "you are strong," lie previously points to you, etc. {Lomj.) Deaf-mute natural siijn. — Imitate tlie action of a person exerting mus- cular force. (Jlallard.) Applied to man or animal. Both arms raised on their respective sides to level with tlie shoulders, back of bands upward, fists (A.) are quickly thrown downward to the level of the stomach on their respective sides, and brought to a sudden stoj) with a rel)ouuding motion. Tlie muscle of the arms, chest, and back are all brought into action in making this sign. [Balota 1.) " Ex. liibitiiig musiuilar power.'' As a cord, rope, etc. With both hands in front of the Vireast, fists (D), hands seiiarated a few inches, make movements as tliough imlling on a cord or rope that would not yield. In addition to the muscles of the arms, etc., those of tlie face are brought more into action than in the above sign. [Jkikota I.) "Oaninjt break it. It is strong."' KiibiaiBwwioii, With both hands in front of face, open ( W, i>alins oblicjue, downward, with the little-finger edge of the hands lowest), the fingers clo.se to and pointing together, the head is slightly inclined forward and eyes cast down, hands are moved obli(piely inward and downward till they come cU)se to or reach the breast. Cienerally repeated two or three times (Cheyenne 11.) The right hand, with fingers extended (S), is carried to the right and to the left in front of the body and back to in front of the right slioulder, where all tlie fingers are closed excepting the index, which points up- right, back of hand outward, and then the hand is thrown slowly for- ward in front of the body so that it is horizontal, back downward, index- 255 liiiiier poiiitiiif;- obliquely fiirward and downward. (I>nl;ota I.) "The first part of tliis sij;n means evcrythinii' is clear; notliinj;- of tliis matter to come np liereafter; and tlie latter part, ' I accept, I yield, .submit.' " «n§'ar. (Comiiare Nweel.) Therio'ht arm is V)ent at a ri.yiit an^le, and tlie liaiui, in tyi)e-position, (K 1, modified by tlie palm facing tlu^ moutli), is mad(^ to slowly and j;ently toucli tlie ton,i;ne witli tlie iialm point of the index linjicr. The hand is tlien droiijied and approaches the tonunea scanul liiiif in a semi- circle, the countenance and mouth indicatini;' jileasiire. {Oto mid Mix- fioufi 1.) " Hoiiiethin.n' that can lie tasted twice with ideasure." Tlie riyht Iiand, bade outward, lini^crs as in (l^), iiiit tui'ned down ward, is carried from in front of the body upward to the lips, and a sound made by suckin,i;- in air. (Dakota 1.) " It is sweet; 1 lilce it." NiiisiiaitT. fJoth hands, lingei's and thumiis sejiarated (<|, finsicrs downward), are moved outward to front and ujiward as far as arms will reach. The hands need not be in shape till they are out at arm's Iciimth. The sign is stationary. (Chci/i'inic II.) " Supi)osed to represent rays and heat of sun striking down." Make the sign for CHi*at«>>i in front of the body, carrying the hand upward two or three feet from the ground, indicating that the grass is long; and then the left hand, representing a Trot', is held in front of the breast, and witli tlie right hand make movements as though inck. iug something from it and luitting in the mouth. (Ihthota 1.) "The time when the grass is long and the ciierries are ripe: hence, summer." Make the sign for (iir:iw!« ij;'ruwiiliA', /. c, mo\(? the right hand Ih.iii the ground upward three or four inches at a time. [Jhihita IV.) "Tiie grass getting higlier and higher." Point to the sky, then pass the jjalins, turned u])ward, to the right and left, horizontally, before the breast. (Dakota VI.) The countenance assumes an oppressive mien ; the right arm is ele- vated and the index-fiuger iu tyiie-position (J), points to the sun in the zenith; both hands then wave above the head, iu type-position (P 1) modified by being inverted ; tlie hands, thus resembling the direct rays of the sun, ajiproach the head. (Oto and Missouri I.) '-The time when the rays of the sun descend direct and op|U'ess us." Same sign as for Hot. (Kaioira 1; Comanche III; Ajniche 11 ; ir/(7((7(( II.) Made in the same manner as that for Warm. (Apache I.) 256 $<»iiii. (Compare Day.) The tUuiub and finger, foriuius- a circle, elevated in front toward the face. [Dunbar.) The forefinger and thninl) are hronght together at tips so as to form a circle, and held up toward the sun's track. iLonr/.) Form a small circle with the foretitigersand hold them toward heaven. (Wicfl.) 1 have given you this sign. [Matthews) There is no visible identity in the execution of the [Oto I) sign and WieWn, although a seeming sinularity in conception exists: the similarity in the signs for day explains the practice of speaking of a day as after one or more suns. [Boteler.) Join the tips of the thumb and foretinger of the same hand, the inte- rior outline approximating a circle, and indicate thus the projection of its disk against the sky. [Arapaho I.) liight-hand linger crooked, elevated, and held toward tiie east. [Chci/enne I.) The crook is an abVireviatiou of the circle representing the orb. IMght hand closed, the index and thund) curved, with tips touching, thus approximating a ciicle, and held toward the sky. [Ahsaroh'a I; Shoshoni and Banal: I; I'te I ; Wyandot I.) Itight hand extended at side of body on a lexel with the head; with the forefinger and thumb describe a crescent, other fingers closed. [Da- lot(( 1.) Make the sign for Day, and then tiex the right index and thumb until their* ends are about four inches apart; or, as some do, uutd they are an inch and a half apait; or, as most do, bring the ends together; nearly close the other fingers and raise the hand in front of the fore- head. The ulnar (inner) edge of the hand is usually turned toward the part of the sky where the sun is supposed to In- : for sunrise, toward the east; for noon, toward the zenith; for sunset, toward the west. [Da- lota IV.) Clo.se the right hand, curve the index-finger in the form of a half- circle, and in this position hold the hand ui)ward toward the sun's track. [Dahlia V.) Close the right hand, forming a circle with the thuudj and index, then hold the hand toward the sky. [Dalwta VIT.) The partly bent index and thund) of the right hand are brought together at their tips, so as to represent a circle; and with these digits next to the face the hand is held \\\) toward the sky, from one to two feet from the eye and in such a manner that the glance maybe directed through the opening. [Mandan and Ilidatsal.) 257 The rij^ht arm is cleviitt'd, then exteiKU'd tti the h'ft on a h'vel witli the left (U'ltoid pronuuenee. Tlie hand is in tyiie position (I 1) inoditicd by beiug horizontal. The hand and arm tlins ]iointin,i;- to tlic Orient, describes next t^ie arc of the vanlt of the heavens and slowly sinks, wavering, extended from shoulder, pointinji' to the west. The si;.;n for Iji^t'llt is next execnted. (Oto miil Missimri I.) "Tliat wliicii passes throui^h the lieaven's vanlt, sheddinj; li.uht." Raise the rij^ht hand above tlie head, holdin;;' the open palm toward the sky (snn in prayer). {I'oiil:ii 1.) •' Wakanda — I'rayinu' to the sun." Join the tijisof the index and thumb so as to form a circlf, close llii> remainin.i;' tinii'ers and hold the Jiand toward the sky, with the outer edge forward. (Kdimrn I; CoDKiiiclir III : Aiiachi' II : IVicliilii II.) F(n'm aeirele with the index and thumb, tii)s touehmi;-, the remaining fingers closed, and liold them toward tlu'. sky. (Ajinclii' 1.) Deaf-mute natural uli/ii. — I'oint toward the sky, make a circle with the forefinger, and wink as if dazzled Iiy the sun's rays. {i:allanl.) Eclipse of. First make the sign for the !<»iiii, aiul then the sign for Dead. De.ttli. {Dakota I.) •' The sun is dead." J^iiii-do^tN' (Compare Aurora Itorcaliw.) First make the sign for the ^lin, direi'tly iu front of the iioil.v with the right hand, and then the sign for Fire, on the same level ami at both sides of it at the sanu' time. {Dakota I.) '-Fire l)uilt to lieat the winter snn. Siiiii'iwe. ^lake the sign for l>ay, at the same time indicating juisition of the sun, just above the horizon, as in sign for Mini. {Arapaho 1.) Make the sign for the Mini, but i)oint the crescent in the direction of the rising sun in the horizon, and then carry it slightly upward. {Da- kota I.) "The coming up of the sun." Make the sign for .^loriiiii;;', and tlnui the sign for Muii. liolding the inner edge of the hand toward the east and raising it a little. {Dahita IV.) " T^ncovering the sun." Deaf-mute natural .si(in. — Thi' same sign as Kiiii. with the addition of pointing to the eastern horizon. [Ballard.) SiiiiNet. Make the sign for ^'ig-hl, at the same time indicating ])osition of the sun, just below horizon, as in sign for Sliil. {Arapalio I.) 33 ••258 Kiglit-liaud forertiiscr crooked, as in sigu for Horning', lowered toward the western horizon. (ChciU'iiiic I.) I'oiut the crescent sign for f^iiii, in the direction «f the settiuj; suu in the horizon and below it. (Dal-ota I.) " Suu has disappeared from view." Make the sigu for !»»iiii, holding the inner edge of the hand toward the west and lowering it a little, then make the sigu for ^Viglit. [Da- kota IV.) Deaf-miitv iidtiiral sic/n. — The same .sign as for the 81111, and poiuting to the western horizon. {BuUaytl.) Superior. See Ahi'n;;cl]icr. (Ldiiff.) First make the si.uii for RJM>ll and then the si^n for Kiirroiiiid- ili;t'. (Duhita I.) !4>ii<>l»ii-ioii. ItdJ'xiii siijii. — Draw down one lower eycli of foretiuu-er touched against the tij) of tonuiie; siun for 4>04>(I. (Chcyouic I.) Same as the si)i-n for §ioiir. omitting tlu' s]>ittin,u'. ami smacking the lil)S instead, (hahitd \.] ••(iood; I like it." ]>eaf-inuic iii(ti(ral .sifpL — Any agreeable taste would be imUcated by smacking the lips. (Ballnnl.) Switt, sw iriiie<»«>. The two index-fiugers are held jparallel together and jxtiuting tb]-ward : the riglit one is then passed rapidly forwaril. [[ahuj.) Left liand held liorizontal, with palm downward, fingers extended, joined, pointing outward ( W), about 1- inches in front of breast: pass the riglit hand, carried oittward from the riglit breast, by the stationary left, with a rapid motion. {Ihikntit I.) "The switt iiassing tlu' slow." Jhiif-nmlf iKttiinil si;/)!. — .V slight moving of the body from side to side in rajiid succession, and a slight movement of the feet on the floor. iBoUirrd.) 260 Italiitii AvV//(. — The collo(iuial phrase, "haui(iibar.) Hands l)rought together in front of the body about a foot (^V), with fingers i)ointing outward ; make a series of sidewise movements of the hands toward the right and left, on a curve, in imitation of the move- ments of the hands and arms in swimming. (Dal-ota I.) " Froui the act of swimming." Sword. ]Make the motion of drawing it. {Bnrfon.) Right hand flattened, fingers pointing upward, little finger front; motion made forward to imitate cutting. {Cheycitne I.) The left hand is closed, allowing the forefinger to be extended and pointing forward before the body; then, with the thumb and index of the right, pretend to pick off small particles of imaginary foreign bodies from various sides of the forefinger. (Absuraka I; Shoslioni aiid Baiiak I.) •' From the ulcerating or 'eating' nature of the disease." Talk. See >i|>enk. Taste. (Compare Sweet and Sour.) Touch the tongue-tip. (Burton.) Right-liand fore and middle fingers, pointed upward, touched to tij) of tongue. {Chci/eune 1.) Simply touch the forefinger of the right hand to the tongue. {Dakota I.) •' From the act of tasting." Put one forefinger in the other palm, then to tongue. {Apache III.) Telegrapli. Left index extended and held in front of the body, horizontal and pointing toward the right, back outward, is struck smartly crosswise several times by the right index, edge of hand downward, and then the sign for Talking" or Speaking' is made to complete it. {Dakota I.) "The first ])aitof this sign denotes the striking of the key." Tell. See Speak. 261 Texan. (Coiiii)iir(' WIcal.) Place widely cxUmkUmI tliiiiiibs and forcfi liners as if inclosiiii; a very larjie hat hrini, out by sides of head. {Apurlir 111.) '-Such heiii^- esteemed by Texaiis." Thanks. (Coiniiare art, in front of the breast, with their palmar surfaces toward one another. (l><(l;til(i 1.) "Not thin." Thin. See Poor. Think; tiitiess. (Compare Sliuly.) I'ass the tbreliuger sharply across tht^ breast from right to left. (BtuioH.) (1) llight-hand lingers and thumb loosely closed, foretinger crooked, sliglitly extended : (2) dipjx'd over toward and suddenly forward from left shoulder or upper arm. {Vliri/cnnc I.) Kight hand carried to the left breast, with the fore and second tinger.s exteniled, pointing downward, ol)liipiely toward the left, back outward (jV, turned obliquely downward), make several outward and inward movements of the extended fingers oidy. {Ihtkata I.) " • Sloj)! k't me think.' The heart is regarded as the seat of all the functions of life, hence the sign of thinking from that organ."' Hold the left hand, pointing toward the right i)alm, backwanl. a foot in front of the neck; then move the right hand, i)alm toward the left, from an npriglit position just l)elow the month over the left to arm's 262 leiigtli, tnniiiig the cud of the right liaiid downward until it points for- ward. {Dakota IV.) " The mind going .straight forward." Clinch the right hand and place the radial side (either the thnndj or the middle joint of the index) against the lower portion of the forehead ; the fist is usually placed between the eyes. At the same time the head, with eyes to the ground, is incliiUMl and rested against the fist, as if in meditation. (Dakota VI, VII.) Uit the chest with closed tist, thumb over the fist. {Omaha I.) Deaf-mute natural nifjii. — In the sense of Suppone or I'rcsume the sign was made by nodding tlie head slightly, accompanied by a steady fixing of the eye. ( BaUanJ. ) Italian .siijii. — The forefinger on the forehead denotes either effort of thought or force of talent. {Butler.) Tliiieider. The sign of Kaiai accompanied by the voice imitating the rumbling sound of thunder. (Dnnhar.) Hands ])artially closed, backs outward, elevated to the ears; mo^■ed slightly out and in ; face expressing annoyance or i)ain. (Vheyeniie I.) Another: The sign for To Sing' exaggerated. {Cheyenne I.) "Great voice or big sing." Right hand raised as high above the head as possible (with the hand as T), bring it down in front of the liody with a quick motion, snapping the fingers, and sei)arating them (as |M-iii;;iii;; up <»r ||i(> (;r:i<«-«; Summer, h\ I^oii;;' <>ii'aM>i, the Timr Clirrric^ .\rv ISi|M-. etc.; and Ai(liimn,Uy tiie Falliiii;' of t lie I>»'av«'«i. Il»iir of tlie day is ap])ro.\imately denoted by tlie l*o<>iti4»ii of llu- «>iiiii. A Month (one moon) is also (h'noted by its appropriate sign. I )ays and nights can also be so denoted. {Ddhatii 1.) DriiJ'-mtitv iiaiund sujii. — No general sign. .\ ildji is indicated by moving the i'orelinger across the sky; parts o^ \\w iliiji h\ portions of this movement; reast, thumb and forefinger of each extended, curved, and ineetingat tips (other fingers closed), hands hori- zontal, backs outward, second phalanges of little fingers joined, then the hands are separated by slowly carrying right to right, left to left, still horizontal, and on the same level, by a series of sliort stops, as though i)assing a string between the thumb aiul forefinger of each and tightening on it, arms carried to full extent at sides of body. {Dnlota I.) " :\laking time." Throw the upright opened right hand forward three times from the wrist just ill front of the right ear, the palm inward, fiugers joined, thumb separated a little from the index. (Dakota IV.) Hold the left hand, closed, about a foot in front of the left shoulder, the forefinger extended and pointing upward ; then close the right hand, index only extended, horizontal; touch the tip of the left forefinger with the tip of the index, and draw the right hand liackward to the right .shoulder. (Shoslioiti and Banal- I.) Place the left hand in front of the chest, the tips of the thumb and forefinger touching, with remaining fingers tightly closed ; with the fingers and thumb of the right hand similarly placed ; bring the tips of thumb and index of the right against those of the left, and draw them slowly apart, the left hand forward and outward from the left side, and the right backward over the front of the right shoulder. (Kuioioa I; Comanehclil-, Apache IV \ Wichita II.) Another : tlold the left hand about twelve inches in front of the left .shoulder, tips of foretiuger and thumb touching; then bring the tip of the index against that of the thumb, the right touching those of the left, and draw them slowly apart, luinging the right hand toward the right shoulder as if drawing out a long thread. ( Wyandot I ; Kaiowa I ; Co- manche III ; Ajyachell; Wichita II.) Place the thumb and forefinger of each hand as if holding a small pin, place the two hands (in this position) as if holding a thread in each hand, and bet^veen the thumb and forefinger of each hand close together, and let the hands recede from each other, still holding the fingers in the same position, as if letting a thread slip between them, until the hands are two feet apart. ( Wichita I.) Lately, recently. Right-hand fiugers and thumb extended straight upward, separated 265 (R), is broujjht up to side of face (ii.i,'lit) witli palm toward face, and movi'd backward and forward two or three times, (aiici/ciinc II.) Hold the left hand at arm's length, closed, with forelinf;er oidy ex- tended and pointing in tlie direction of the place where tln^ event oc- curred; then hold tlie rijiht hand against the rijilit shoulder, dosed, hut with index extended and pointinj;' in the direction of the left. Tin; hands may be exchanged, the right extended and the left retained, as the case may reiiuire for ease in descrii)tion. (Ahsdnih-ii I ; Shoslioiti und Baiiak I.) The flat 0[)eu riglit hand, turned l);ick toward the riglit, lingers ex- tended, pointing upward (S), is carried liackward and Ibrwaid at the right siile of the head, and then tiie right hand is passed by the Ictt hand, held horizontal, back toward the left {S tuiiied h(ui/,ontal in- stead of upright), about a foot and a half iTi front <>f tiic face. (I>iiki>tart, arched (H, back outwai'd), thuudis and foretingers horizontal, and iK)inted toward 34 •2GG each otlicr; move slowly toji«'tlitM- till thumbs and flnfjers of each Inuul touch, if a very short tiuK^ is meant. {Clict/eiDie II.) ludicatt' hy pointinn' to the sun or above, as at the sun at hi^h meri- dian, and move right hand to rijjiht a short distance. Or, if sun or moon is seen, i)oint at, with same indication, a slow motion and short di.stance of rotation or ehanijc. (Ojihint IV.) The ri.i;iit index extended and jiointing- obli(|uely upward (K), is held ten or twelve iiu'h(\s in front of the breast, then the hand is turned hori/.ont;d, back upward, and diawn slowly inwMrd to the body, lingers [lointing toward the left and obliquely downwind. {Diikota I.) "A short distnnee in time." With the tips of the index and thumb of the right hand touching, pretend to draw a short liber held by the forefinger and thumb of the left. (Kiiioicd I; Cdiiiiuiclic III; ApdcheW; Wirliita \l.) Another: I'hiee the tii>s of th(> forelingers and thumbs together as in Tiiiii' (liOii;;'); then draw them about an inch ajiart. {Kuioira I; Comdiu'li <' in \ Apache II; Wichita II.) Soiiu' time ago. From a certain time mentioned. Uaring placed the nearly clo.sed left hand, back outward, about two feet in front of the lower part of the chest, and the right hand, back outward, about six inches back of it and a little to the right, fingers re- laxed and separated a little, ])ush the left hand a very little forward and towanl the left, and draw the right backward and toward the right until it is about six inches in front of the right side; then drop the left hand and nu)ve the right om^ from the wrist up and down about eight Luelies two or three times. (Dakota IV.) Soon. Eaise left hand and arm partly, palm toward the body, arm bent at right angle, hand and forearm drawn forward toward the body slowly, wilh slight bow of head toward body. {OJihira IV.) Very long ago. Wave the extended Hat right hand in an iiderrupted nuiuner outward and slightly backward from the right side of the head. ( Wyandot I.) Of day. 8ee Hour. Today. See Day. (Compare .\ow.) Tipi (lepee). See liOil$;e. Tired, weary. Strike the ])abuar surfaces of both hands (^V) against the legs about midway between the thighs and knees, and carry ont to the sides for a 267 few iijches with l)otli hands as in (W), with extended fingers pointing forward, eanying tlie hands downward for nine or ten inches with a quick motion and coming to a sudden stop. {Dakota I.) " Legs have given out.'' The left arm is ]>artl.v extended forward and is gently strnclv near tlie bend of the elbow, usually above it, with the ])alm of the right hand; at the same time the liead is usually inclined to the left side ; then, in sindhir manner, the right arm is extended and struck l)y the left hand, and the head, in turn, inclined to the right. If the sign-maker aims to be iiarticularly ex[uvssive, he assumes an appearance of weari- ness. [Maud an and Jlldal.sa I.) Pass the hands down the legs, hands trembling, gather arms to side, lists before chin, and settle elljows down in the lap; facial expression corroborating. (Apachr III.) "Action of an exhausted man." Toiiialiank, a\, linlchet. Cross the arms, and slide the edge of the right hand, lield vertically, down over the left arm. ( Wird.) Still employed, at least for a small liatchet, or " dress tomahawk," as I might call it. The essential jioint is laying the extended right hand in the iiend of the left elbow. The sliding down over the left arm is an almost nnavoidalile but ijuite un- necessary accompaniment to the sign. The sign indicates the way in which the hatchet is usually carried This is illustrated in Catlin's Xortli American Indians by no less tlnin fourteen portraits. In seven of these portraits the hat(-het is rci>reseiited in ditferent ](ositions. In one of these the position approximates that of this sign; in other.> the subject is so loaded down with weapons that he cannot give his ax the usual ]»osition, and in others there are some evidences of "ijosing" l)y the artist. Pipes, whips, bows and arrows, fans, and other di-ess or em- blematic articles of the " buck" are seldom or never canicd in the bend of the left elbow as is the ax. The ]iipe is usually held in the left hand. (Matthews.) There is not the least similarity in execution or conception between Wied's and the [Oto I) signs, the fornu'r being also very ob- scure. vSomething with a long handle and wide blade, used for chop- l)ing. [Tioteler.) Is denoted by chopping the left hand with the right. [Burton.) Eight hand elevated to level of chin, lingers oi)en and flattened, thumb lying close to and along the forelinger, whole hand bent in the direction of the little linger and at a right angle to the wrist. (Vlicy- enne I.) "The motion of chopi)ing imitated, using the forearm as the handle of the ax." Right hand in front of the l>ody as though grasping the handle of a tomahawk, and at the same time a slight upward and downward move- 268 ment of the hand is made. ( Dakota I.) " From the manner of holding the tomahawk." With right hand closed or opened, and the palm obliqnely upward toward the left, and the left hand opened, palm obliquely downward toward the right, and fingers forward, move them downward toward the left several times to imitate chopping with an ax. {Dakota IT.) Place the extended flat right hand edgewise above the left, similarly held, both pointing toward the left and downward, and make a simulta- neous cut in that direction with both. {Dakota VI; Hidatsal; Ari- kara I.) The left arm is extended, the hand edgewise, thumb up and fingers inclined downward, much in position (I< 1), fingers opened. The ex- tended right index is then brought to touch the lower thick part of the left hand, and then slowly drawn downward and backward to about the length of the handle. Both hands then, in statu quo, exert a uniform and simultaneous up-and-down motion, as in chopping wood. {Oto and Mksouri I.) " Something with a long handle by which we chop." The right hand, with extended index only, is brought to the mouth and the finger inserted ; the act of smoking is then imitated as tlie pole of this instrument is hollowed and handle perforated to be used as a pipe. The right hand is now extended in position (li 1), modified by fingers being opened and inclined downward. The left hand is then superimposed to the left in position (Ij If, modified by in^lex being closed. {Oto and Missouri I.) ''An ax through which one smokes." To-inorro« . See Day. Trade; barter. First make the sign of Exchangee, then pat the left arm with the right finger, with a rapid motion from the hand, passing it toward the shoulder. {Lont/.) Strike the extended index-finger of the right hand several times upon that of the left. ( Wied.) I have described the same sign in diflerent terms and at greater length. It is only necessary, however, to place the fingers in contact once. The person whom the Prince saw making this sign may have meant to indicate something more than the simple idea of trade, i. e., trade often or habitually. The idea of frequency is often conveyed by the repetition of a sign (as in some Indian languages by repetition of the root). Or the sign-maker may have repeated the sign to demonstrate it more clearly. {Matthews.) Though some differ- ence exists in the motions executed in Wied's sign, and that of (Oto and Missouri I), there is sufficient similarity to justify a probable identity of conception and to make them easily understood. {Boteler.) In the author's mind Exchange was probably intended for one transaction, in 269 wliich each of two articles took the place before occupied by the other, and r/Y((7ewas intended for a more fjeneral and systematic barter, indi- cated by the repetition of strokes, which the index-lingers mutually changed positions. Cross the forefingers of both hands before the breast. {Burton.) "Diamond cut diamond." This conception of one smart trader cutting into the jtrofits of another is a mistake arising from the rougli resem- blance of the sign to that for ('iittiii;;'. Cross the index-fingers. (Maajoiran.) Cross the forefingers at riglit angles. {Arajxdtt) I.) Both hands, palms facing eadi other, forefingers extended, crossed right above left before the breast. {Vheyenne I.) The left hand, witli forefinger extended, pointing toward the riglit (rest of fingers closed) liorizontal, back outward, otherwise as (.11), is held in fi'out of left breast about a foot; and the right hand, with fore- finger extended (J), in front of and near tlu' riglit breast, is carried out- ward and struck over ihe top of tlic stationary left ( + ) crosswise, where it remains for a moment. {Dakota 1.) The sign should be made at the height of the breast, liaise the right index about a foot above tlie left before crossing them. {Dakata l\.) •' Yours is there and niiiie is there; take either." Place the first two fingers of the riglit liaiul across tliose of the left, both being slightly spread. The hands are sometimes used, but are placed edgewise. {Dakota Y.) Another: The index of the right hand is laid across the forefinger of the left when the transaction includes but two pensons trading single article for article. {Dakota V.) Strike the back of the extended index at right angle against tlie radial side of the extended forefinger of the left liaiid. {Dakota VI, VII.) The forefingers are extended, held obliipu-ly upward, and crossed at right angles to one another, usually in front of the chest. {Maitdan and Hidatm I.) The palm point of the right index extended touclies the chest; it is then turned toward the second individual interested, then touches the object. The arms are now drawn toward tlie body, semiflexed, with tlie bands, in type-positions (W W), crossed, the right superposed to the left. The individual then casts an interrogating glance at the second person. {Oto and Missouri I.) "To cross something from one to an- other." 270 Close the bauds, except tlie iiidex-tiuger.s and tbe tliuinbs; witli them open, move the bauds several times past one another at tbe height of the breast, tbe iudex-fiugers pointing upward and the thumbs outward. (Iroquois I.) "Tlie movement indicates 'exchanging.'" Hold tbe left hand horizontally before the body, with tbe forefinger only extended and pointing to the right, i)alm downward; then, with the right hand closed, index oidy extended, palm to the right, place tbe index at right angles on the forefluger of tlie left, touchiug at the second joints. (Kaiowa 1; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) Pass the hands in front of tbe body, all tbe fingers closed except tbe forehngers. (Sahaptin I.) Close the fingers of both bauds (K); bring them opposite each shoulder; then bring the hands across each other's pathway, without peruiitting them to touch. At the close of the sign the left hand will be near and i)()intiug at the right shoulder; right hand will be near and pointing at the left shoulder. [Comanche I.) Close both hands, leaving the forefingers only extended ; place the right before and several inches above the left, then pass the right hand toward tbe left elbow and the left baud toward tbe right elbow, each hand following the course made by a flourishing cut with a short sword. This sign, according to the informant, is also employed by the Baiiak and Umatilla Indians. {Gonianche II; Pai-Utrl.) The forehngers of both hands only extended, i)ass the left from left to right, and the right at the same time crossing its course from tlie tip toward the wrist of the left, stoi^iing when the wrists cross. (Ute I.) " Exchange of articles." Hands jnonated and forefinger crossed. {ZuiTi I.) Deaf-mute natural .sign. — Close tbe band slightly, as if taking some- thing, and move it forward and open the hand as if to drop or give away tbe thing, and again close and withdraw tbe hand as if to take something else. (Jiallard.) Our instructed deaf-mutes use substantially the sign desci'ibed in [Man- dan and Hidatsa 1.) To buy. Hold the left hand about twelve inches before the breast, the thumb resting on the closed third and fourth Angers ; the fore and .second fin- gers sejiarated and exti^nded, palm toward the breast ; then pass the extendeil index into the (irotcli formed by the separated fingers of the left hand. This is au invented sign, and was given to illustrate the difference between buying and trading. [Ute I.) 271 Dmf-mnienaturnJ ftifin. — Make a ciirle on the palm of the loft liaiiil with the forefinger of the right hand, to ilenote coin, and close the thuiiib and finger as if to take the money, and ])iit the hand forward to signify giving it to some one, and move the hand a little apart from the place where it left the money, and then close and withdraw the hand, as if to take the thing purchased. {Ballanl.) lUiUnn Kkpi.— To in(ihita I.) "You give me, I give you." The hands, backs forward, are held as iudex hands, ]>ointing upward, the elbows being fully bent; each hand is then, simultaneously with the other, moved to the opi)osite shoulder, so that the forearms cross cue another almost at right angles. (MkikIhii und HiiictnK I.) Trap (beaver.) The two forefingers brought suddenly together in a parallel manner, so as to re])resent the snapping of tiie steel trap. [Loiuj.) 272 Tl'avail; pluial, Travaiix or Travois. (The corrupt French expression for the sledge used by Indians, probably from tratneau.) The same sign as for Ddg:. {Dakota IV.) Traveling. See Cpin^. ^Moderately ; marching. See (roiiig. — I With great rapidity. See Stvil't. T|*ee, trees. (Compare Forest.) Vertically raise the forefinger, pointed upward, other fingers and thumb closed, back of hand down. [Arapaho I.) Point with forefinger extended in front obliquely toward the ground,* and with an extending motion of arm raise the hand and arm quickly to an angle of over -l.jo ; extend arm at full length, then with fingers and thumb extended, shake the hand once or twice to indicate the branches, look up as if following motion of hand. {Ojib)ca IV.) First hold the right index in front of the breast, upright (J, back outward), for a moment, and then open the second and third fingers, sep- arate them and let them point upward in different directions, thumb resting on the closed little finger. {Dakota I.) "The tnink of a tree and its branches." With the hands ui)right, backs forward, fingers a little separated and slightly bent, the right behind the left and a foot in front of the chin, move the left a foot or so oblicpiely forward toward the left, and the right obliquely backward toward the right until it is in front of and near the right shoulder. {Dakota IX.) Hold tlie right hand before the body, back forward, fingers and thumb extended and separated ; then push the hand slightly upward. Made nuire than once in succession aiul at different points of the horizon, means trees or groves. {Dakota \, Y I; Hidatsa 1; Arikaral.) Move the right hand, finger.s loosely extended, separated and pointing upward, back to the front, upward from the height of the waist to the front of the face. For trees, not referring to a dense grove or a forest, the same sign is repeated several times toward different points in front of the body. {Kaiouml; ComancJielll; Apachell; WicJiitall.) "Trunk and branches." Grove of. See Trees. {Dakota V, VI; Hidatsa I ; Ankara I.) Raise the right arm vertically, with fingers and thumb spread, then grasp the arm near the shoulder with the left hand. ( Wyandot I.) 273 " Trunk and branches, the left liand represent hit;- the earth iiu'h)siniv the base of the trunk." True, truth. The t'oretinfrer passed in the attituih' nt pointiuf,', from the niontli for- ward in a hue c.urvinjj- a Htth> upward, the other tiiij;ers being carefully closed. (Long.) Lower the liand in front of the breast, then extend tlie index-finuer, raise and move it straight foiward before the jiersoii. ( H7i'(7.) I have described the .sign for this in much the same way. I tliiuk •■ h)\ver the hand" refers simply to a pre]»aratory motion; if tiie liand were iianj;- inj;- by the side, " raise the liand." I have usually seen tlie iiidex-tinuer held horizontally, not perpendicularly, if that is wliat he means liy raised. {Multlicns.) Tlierijiht arm i.s Hexed at the elbow and the liaud drawn n|) to the mouth. Tlie index-finger is extended ])aliii downward and made to pass steadily forward, describing an arc of a ipiadrant downward. Though Wicd's sign is very inexplicit, tiien^ is mucii simi- larity between it and the (Oto and Missouri I) both as to conceiition and movement. In the former, the stress is on what comes from the mouth ; in the latter what c(.mes from the breast. {Boteler.) "That which comes straight from the mouth or breast." If one finger is thrust forward in a straight line from the moutli, ir means a straight speech, or speaking the trutli. (OjUhdi 1.) Thrust the foretinger from the moutli dire<-t tothc front. /. c. "straight," not " crooked speech." Also, tlie .sign for Lie, Fnl!i>elioa(i. followed by that of A'ej;'atioil. [Arnpaho I.) Ilight-hand fingers and tluunb drooping, hold tlinmli inward agauist the heart ; brought up to the level of the mouth, miildle, third, and little finger closed, forefinger extended pointing forward, thrust suddenly, with a curved motion, straight forward from the mouth. {Cheyenne I.) The extended forefinger of the horizontal right hand (II), other tin- gers closed, is carried straight outward from the mouth. This is also the sign for Yes*. (Dakotd I.) -'One tongue; straightforward talking." Place the right hand in front of the mouth, back ujiward, index ex- tended and pointing forward, other fingers half closed, thuml) as yon please, move the hand forward about eight inches. Some point the in- dex forward and upward. {Dakota IV.) "One tongue." Touch the breast over the heart with the fingers of the right hand; then with the extended index-finger of the right hand pass it forward from the mouth, elevate and hold it a moment. {Dakota V.) ••This signifies 'one-tongued,' and coming from the heart as 'sincerity of thought.'" The breast, being the initial jioint, the sign nearly c-or- responds with the French deaf-iuiite sign tor ^iiieere. 35 274 Pass the extended index, pointing upward and lonvard, forward from the moutli. {Dal-oft( VI, YII.) The sign is the same as that for Yex, except that the hand is hekl before and often in contact with the mouth and the motion made from that point. (Mamhin and Ilidat.m I.) The right hand is gradually brought to the mouth which is in motion of talking. The hand is in position (I 1) modified by the index-finger being more extended. The hand and index then describe the arc of a quadrant, the index-fijiger pointing forward, outward and downward. {Oto I.) "What comes straight or unvarying." 3lake the sign for Speak, then point upward with the extended index. {WyamlotJ.) "Talk good." Pass the extended index, ])ointing upward and forward, to the front several times. ( Uie I.) " But one tongue ; only one way in talking — to the front." With the index only extended, pointing forward, push it forward from the mouth in a slightly downward direction and terminating as high as in the beginning. {Apache I.) Strike with riglit index, erect, from lips forward; repeat the move- ment with eniiiliasis, not returning to lips each time. [Apache III.) "That is so." liun the finger straight out from tlie center or middle of the month. (Zuni L) Deuf-mnic naturul «///». — Nod the head several times with an earnest look, in answer to an indication of doubt on another person's face. {Balliird.) Deaf-mutes generally give the gesture of moving one finger sti-aight from the lips. " Straight- forward speaking." Try, To; To Attempt. With both fists (.%., knuckles outward) in front of breast, the left a little in rear of the right, move outward briskly and repeat the motion two or three times. (Cheyenne II.) " Keep pushing." Eight inch^x, as (' J), carried to the right and to the left, and in front of the body, when the hand is turned horizontal, finger pointing straight outward, and then the hand is "drawn inward toward the body and slightly upward and then thrown forward and downward, on a curve, with a (piick strong movement, so that the arm is fully extended in front of the body, with finger horizontal and pointing outward. (Dahota I.) "Anything it is I will try to do." 275 Turkey. The oi)Cii liaiids hroiialit up opposite to the shonhh'rs and iiiiitatiiij;' slowly the motion of the wiuys of a bird, to which add the sij;ii for C'liiokeii. {Diinbur.) 1'iidt-r.«t:iiid. (Compare Hear ami Know.) The tiufiers and tliuml) of tlie ri.i^ht hand hrou.^ht to;;ethei' near the tips, and then approached and receded, to and from the ear two or three times, with a (piick niotion'made within the distance of two or three inches Tiie motion of the tiugers is designed to rejiresent the sonnd enterinji' the ear. [Lon(j.) Vertically lower the hand (ri.n'ht usually employed), forelinser and thumb extended, other tinkers closed and nails up. in a decisive or em- phatic manner. This is often preceded by the siLjn of allirmation. /. t., Yes, I iiiidei'Mlaiiil. (Anipalio I.) iiig'ht hand, middle, third, and little fingers closed, forefinger extended, thumb cocked upward, held a short distance in front of the mouth : sign for Yes. (Cheyenne I.) To i)oint with tlie forefinger to the ear means '• I ha\c heard and understand." (Ojihira I.) Make the sign To Hear, then jilace the liand cpiickly liefbrc the chin, the index pointing to the left; then nn)ve the hand forward and downward a short distance until the palm comes api)ermost. The mo- tion takes place at the wrist. When the moticni is (piickly mad(> at the termination of the sign Hear to the beginning of that for lender- stand, it is equivalent to the conjunction and. (Slioslioni (ind Hnnck I.) Forefinger of the right liand extended and crooked, other fingers closed, thumb resting on tiie second, is carried behind the riglit ear. and then in the same position in front of the left breast, where it is held for a moment with hand ui)right, edge of fingers outward, back of hand toward the right. (Dakufa I.) -'Iliear; 1 understand." After making the sign for To hear, throw the back of the hand for- ward (retaining the jjosition of the fingers), and move it forward and downward. (AhsHruka 1; Jlidiifxa I; Arihtr(( I.) IJotli arms are flexed and foldc(l on tiie chest; the fingers are closed except the index, which is hook-euri I.) "Something known between vou and me." 276 Make the sign for To Hear, and by merely reversing the pahu coDcUule by that for To Know. Sometimes the sign for To Know is made only, as an abbreviation. {Kaioica I; Comanche III; Apache II; ^yichitall.) Forefinger of right hand moved quickly from behind the ear to the front. [Sahaptin I.) Another: ]\Iove right hand, palm toward head, all flugers extended (T 1), to a posi-ion behind ear; then mover it past the ear to a point in front of breast ; then turn the hand, palm down (^\ 1 ), and move to a ])oint, say a foot from body, and a little to the right. This last is sign for Hood. {Sahaptin I.) "Cutting oft' the sound or words." Index to breast, then to lips with a vigorous thrust upward and for- ward, with an aflirraative nod. (Apache III.) Deaf-mute natural sign. — Look down at vacancy, with the eyebrows knit, and placing the hands on the forehead and then raising the head, slightly arch the eyebrows. (Ballard.) Do not. See also Hear, jil>ic<( IV.) First make the sign for Liod^'e, ti|»i, and then the sign for jVlany. {Bahda I, lY.) -ilany tii)is.'' The arms are elevated and the hands approximated at the finger ti])s before the face; the hands and arms then diverge from points of con- tact to form the triangular representation of the wigwam door; the sign for wigwam or house being thus {;omi)leted, the right fist, in type- position (A), marks the same successively around the subject's jjosition on the ground. (Oto and Missouri 1.) "Many houses collected in one locality." •278 Raise both bauds to a position in trout, a Httle to rigbt of the face, fiugers exteuded, |)oiutiug- nj)ward. ])abns faciui;- eacb other (R 1, right aud left). Theu, with zigzag luovenient, uii aud down, pass tlieiu iu frout of tace to left, bauds say live iuches apart. (Sahajytin I.) "Village — thiugs staiidiug on ground." White man's. Kepetitiou of sign for Hoii/ » dcailly mis.sile, are held iu front, a few iuches apart aud directed toward one another, then the fin- gers are suddenly straightened as in the same sign : this may be repeated to represent the volleys of contending forces, and each hand may make its sign simultaneously or alternately witli the other. {Mnndanand Ri- (latm I.) I-iollhaud over hand, imitating a wheel. (liurton.) The right hand, with lingers closed (list B), is rotated at the right side of the body. (Dakota I.) " From the motion of the wheels." r>otli hands held in front of the body, the fingers extended, the right tiugers pointing to the left, the left fingers to the right, the tips of the fingers opposite the wrist of the opposite hand, the hands about six iuches apart, both palms toward the body. By a movement of the 279 elbows, rotate the liaiuLs over eaeli other to the front, like a revolving- wl^eel. (Tkihttn III.) riaee tiotli hands, i)alnis backward, at the height of the shoulders and a little in front of them, or jdaee theni near tlie sides of the body. Ilex both toretingers and timinbs until their ends are about an inch apart, the other fingers nearly closed, then throw the hands forward several times, each time bringing the ends of the thumbs and forefingers togeth- er, to imitate the rotation of wheels. [I)ah>ta IV.) Both arms are flexed at a right angle before the chest ; the hands then assume type-position (L<). uioditied l)y the index-linger l)eing hooked anil middle finger partly opened and hooked similarly ; the hands are held horizontally and rotated forward side by side to imitate two wheels, ]ialms upward. (Ot) seize left circle with right thnml) and index and move right hand as if removing it ; (•I) dip right index downward ; (.5) sweep it around extended left index ; (G) remake left circle. {Apache III.) "(l)Two wheels; (li) capable of progression: {'A) took off one wheel ; (4) dipped up grease; (o) greased axle; (<>) put on wheel again." This i)robably means more than the simple idea of " wagon."' Deaf-mute natiirul s'ujn. — An uj) and-dowu motion of the bent arms iu imitation of a man riding on horseback, and moving the fingers in cir- cles to denote the motion of the wheels. (Ballard.) Wait. Aiistriilian sijin. — " ^linnie-minuie." (Wait a little) — Hand with lin- gers half clinched, between ty[)e-i)ositions (A) and (I>), tlnuub straight, shaken downward rapidly two or three times. Done more slowly, to- ward the ground, it means Sit rs and thumb ot' the right hand to a i>oint, and biing them to the mouth, palm ii\>. { Wi/amlot 1.) Place the flat right hand before the face, |)()inting ujiwanl and forward, the back forward witli tlie wrist as higli as the nose; then draw it down- ward and inward toward the chin. (Kalo/ca I; Comanche 111 ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) " From the fornu'r custom of drinking witii the bowl- shaped hand." Pass the exteudeil tiat right hand downward Ijclbre the face, fingers to the left and back forward. (Shoshoiii and Banuk I.) "From the manner in which it is used in washing the face." J)ea/-miitt' natnral sit/n. — Raise and dejiress the hand in imitation of a man handling a pump, and move the hand to the mouth and raise the bead in iudtatiou of the act of di'inking. (Ballard.) A drink of. Make sign for Briiisr; fingers still crooked as in sign for ^I:iiir, brought over forward from the mouth witli sudden downward curve. (Chrljcnnv 1.) Si (ring of. (1) Hold the hands down, thumbs and indices widely sei)arated, as if inclosing a round object twenty inches across ; (2) trace a serpentine line from it with finger tip. (Apache III.) "(1) A spring; (2) a rivulet." AVateriiieloiis, !i>qiin!!ihe!!i, and iVliiKkiiieloiis. Pantomimically expressed by illustrating their form on the ground, and according to size for specitic designation. ( Ute I.) Weak, AVeakiiew^i. Left hand is Iield in front of the body about a foot, hand horizontal, fingers extended and pointing toward the right, back of hand outward (S I), and the right hand (S 1) is passed from the right breast forward by the left, with the fingers pointing straight outward, back of hand toward the right, and then the right hand carried dire(^tly out toward the right side of the body. (Dakota 1.) "Xo; no go ; cannot go ; am weak, sickly." 3G 282 l^Vell, Good Health. Have a siniliujjf couiiti'iuuice, raise both liands quickly to lower pai-t of face and mouth as if iu the act of eating, shake and gently touch the breast aud body, as hands descend iu front, separate over the abdomen with quivering motion, then move both hands outward, raise hands quickly, back of hands above, stand erect and throw chest forward. (Ojibum IV.) Palms of both hands, fingers extended, touch the body over the breast, stomach, abdomen, &c., and then make the sign for Good. (Dakota 1.) " Body is all good ; I am well." The arms are passed tremblingly up the sides of the body, then the extended indices are made to press tlie temjjles, the countenance as- suming all the while a visage of distress ; the sign for Sick being thus completed the hand is thrown open negatively from the body to indicate emi)hatically — no sickness. {Oto and Miasoiiri I.) "Not sick or in distress." Weep, To; To t'i->. Tlie furelinger of each hand extended, carried to its respective eye, back of hand outward, all fingers but the index closed, carry the fingers down the face as thougii following the course of the tear-drops. (Dalota I.) " From the droi)i)ing of the tears." Make the sign for Rain, but in so doing hold the backs of the pend- ent fingers toward the face, and drop the hand repeatedly from the eyes downward. {Uti! I.) "Literally, 'eye-rain;' drops of water from the eyes." Sign for Water made from eyes. {Cheyenne I.) Deaf-mute natnral niijn. — Kub the eye with the back of the hand as children do when crying. (Ballard.) W hat I Whnt do yon way I See Question. \l^heat. (Compare Grass.) Same sign as for Grass, begun near the ground, and gradiuilly and interruptedly elevated to the height of about three feet. ( Ute I.) Wlien I See Question. Whence come von i First the sign for l^oii, then the hand extended open and drawn to the breast, and lastly the sign for Bring'ing'. (Dnnhar.) Where I With its back upward and index pointing forward, carry the right 283 hand from left to rislit about cif^lit iiiclics, raisiiiff luid lowciinj;' it several tiiiie.s while so doing, as if (juickly pointiiig at dilffiviit olijeets. {Dnkofu IV.) liVliiskey. Make the sij;ii for Bail and Drink, for "had water." {Burton.) Sign for IValer and Fire. (Cliei/cnuc 1.) Another: Sign for Briii;;', ani. {Dakota 1.) "Very expressive." Tin:" rigid arm is tlexed analm downward, across the right side of the forehead. {Pai-Vte I.) 285 Iniitiite the stroking of cliiii wliiskers, then phuie the back of tlie wrist against the chin, aUowing the spread lingers and thumb t(j i)()int forward and downward. ( Ute I.) Another: Draw the radial side of the extended index across the fore- head from left to right. ( Vtc I.) Make the sign for iWaii; place the hands on face; touch tentclotli or some other white object, point to the liands. {A]i>baiid, Kclaf ioiiwliip, and Coiii|>ari<>oii. W is^naiii. See I.,odg^e. ^Vild. The hands in front of their respected breasts, with fingers and thund)s exteiuled, separated and iiomting downward, backs of hands outward, are quickly carried outward with a trenuilous motion of all the fingers, and as the hands are carried outward increase the distance between them, i. e., carry the hands out obli(iuely. {Ihilota I.) " I'robably from the movements of .some kinds of game on being surprised." Wind (air in motion). Air. Right hand held perpendicularly upward and brought forward with a tremulous or vibratory motion until it ])asses beyond the face. [Dunbar.) Stretch the fingers of both hands outward, puffing violently the while. (Burton.) Indicate with the extended hand its direction and force, and emit a whistling sound. {Arapuho I.) Both hands held up carelessly before the body, fingers naturally extended, swept suddenly with downward and upwai'd curve to the left. [Cheyenne 1.) Right hand with the fingers slightly separated, upright palm forward or outward (R), is carried, held in this position, from behind the body, by the right side of the head, to the front of the body, on the same level 286 as far as the arm can be extended, and at the same make with the mouth a sound in ieseiul>hince, to the whistling of the wind. (Dakota I.) '• From tlie whistling of air in motion swiftly by a person." Make short, rapid, verti(!al vibrations of tlie hand, spread and palm down ( W), sweeping it from beiiind forward, about height of waist ; a(^companied by a whizzing sound from the mouth. {Apache III.) Deaf mute ti<(tiiral sif/iis. — Blow through tlic lips and move the uplifted hand lujrizontully. (BallarfJ.) Blow the air from the moutli, and then move the stretched hand in a line before tlie Ijrcint. (Lnrsoii.) .Winter. (Comi)are VoUl.) A shrinking, shivering condition; move as if drawing a blanket around the head and shoulders, then move both hands above the head, shaking the hand as in the case of Falling leaves ; bring the hands (fingers down) toward the ground and undulate them near the ground; then with the right hand indicate the depth and level of the snow ; pro- nounce the name of snow, Occo«e. {OjibicalV.) Make the sign for Cold, and then for SllOW. (Dakota I.) "Cold weather — the season of snow." Shake the upright nearly closed hands back and forth several times in front of the shoulders as if shivering, palms inward; then suspend the hands about a foot in front of the shoulders, backs forward, Angers separated and bent a little, and pointing" downward, and move all the lingers as if shaking sometliing from them, or approximate an,y meet over the head. (Ofo and Missouri I.) " When cold days spread over us." Same sign as for Cold. {Kaioica I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) Bring both lists together in front of the breast as if drawing together the edges of a blanket. (A2>ache I.) 287 Wise. Raise the right hand and fingers, gently tap tlie foreliead over the riglit eye, and pass bnckward alongside of liead with thre(> or four tai)S of fingers on head. {Ojihica IV.) '' I'rolialily intimating a level heitd.'' Touoli the foreliead with the right index and then make the sign for Big' directly in front of it. (Dakota I.) " i>ig brain.'' Touch the side of the head with the Hat right hand, then elevate the hand toward the sky. {Wi/aiiitof I.) " Superior in intelligence." Tap the forehead with the index, and make the sign for .^ipcak. [Apache I.) IVIwIi: desire o('|)o<>«>t'wMioii. Hook the forefinger over the nose. [Arapaho I.) Right hand, with thiimt> and foretinger extended, is liroughf upward in front ot the hody, witli the back of the hand outward, thund) and foicfinger ])oinling toward the left, to the level of the breast, when the hand is (piickly thrown np\\ai(l, outward, and then slightly downward, L e., on a curve, so that the hand is liorizontal with the palm u])war(l. [Dal-oUt I.) " 1 like it, wish it." AVoir. (<-'ompare Dog'.) Same sign as for Dog'. [Oto 1.) Place the right hand, lingers Joined and extended, above the mouth, pointing downward and forward. [Utc I.) '' Long nose." AVoiiiaii. (Compare Female.) The finger and thumb of the right hand, partly opeu, and ])laced as if laying hold of the breast. (Dunbar.) The hands are passed from the top down each side of the head, indi- cating the parting of the hair on the toii, and its flowing down each side. {Long.) Pass the palm of the extended haiul downward over the hair on the side of the head, or downward over the cheeks. ( Wied.) Same as my description, but less precise. (Matihewn.) The arms were flexed and the hands, fist-like, held at either side in the position of the female mammary glands, then sweeps semicircularly downward. There is no appreciable sinularity in this sign and WiexVs, the conception and execu- tion of which are wholly different. (Bnteler.) " One with prominent mammw, who can bring forth young." Pass the hand down both sides of the head, as if smootlLJng or strok- ing the long hair. (Burton.) 288 A finger directed toward the breast. {Macgowan.) Turn the right hand about the right eai-, as if putting the hair behind it. (Ihdfie.) Draw the hand, the fingers separate and partially closed, palm toward the cheek, downward, as of combing the hair. {Arapnho I.) Right-hand fingers close together, thumb lying along basal joint of forefinger, placed above tlie top and side of the head, bent and sud- denly brought down and outward to the level and right of shoulder, finger ends still bent in toward the latter. [Cheijenne \.) "To express shortness as compared with man." Pass the palm once down the face and the whole body. (Ojihwa I.) "The long, waving dresses [xic] or the graceful contour of the female body." Hold the haiuls cu() sbajjcd over each breast, (i^ac, Fox, and Kicka- poo 1.) Pass the extended and flat right hand, back forward and outward, from the side of tlit; crown downward toward the shoulder and forward. (Ahmrolia I; Slioshonl and Banal; I.) " Represents the long hair." The right hand brought to the top of the head and then carried out sidewise toward the right and downward as though drawing a comb through the long hair of a woman's head. {Dakota I.) " Long hair." Right-luuKl fingers extended and joined (as in T), horizontal, held on the left side of .the face, the fingers ])ointing to the rear, the thumb grasping and sliding downward to represent stroking the long braided hair of a squaw. {Dakota III.) With the right hand, back forward, fingers slightly flexed and joined, thumb close to index, the little finger near the head, make a motion as if brushing the hair behind the ear by moving the hand backward and downward through an arc of about six inches. {Dakota IV.) "The women wear the hair behind tlie ears and plaited." Pass the flat right hand, palm of extended fingers resting near the right side of the crown, and downward and to the front of the collar- bone. (Dakota VI.) " Repi'esents long hair." The extended hands, palms backward, and pointing upward and in- ward, are held each near the temple of the same side. They are then swei)t simultaneously downward a foot or two. {Mandan and Hidatsa I.) "This is to indicate the mode of dressing the hair most common with women — a braid on each side." 2S9 BdMi hands are bronslit to a position corresponding witii female inainuKP. The hands are loosely elinciied as in tyi)e (F) and laid loosely against chest on side eorresi)ondin.u- with hand, althoIl^h some- times the arms are crossed and hands held in nbove positions on oppo- site sides. ^ly tVOIIinil is e.\|)ressed hy tapjiin^' the left hreast by point of right iudex-tinger in addition to abo\c. {Oto I.) "A jxisition indicative of female mamnia^ and coiiiuiliia] rniluace." Pass the extended and Hat rigid hand, lingers joined, from the side of the crown downward and forward along the cheek to tiie front of the right side of the neck, the liiigcrs pointing downward at terinlnat it)n of motion. Both luiiids are sometinics nscd. {Idtidira I; ('{iiiKdickc ll\ ; AimcheU; Wichita II.) ^Yith the tingers and tiiiiinb of the ri^lit hand separated and jiarlly bent or hooked, i)ass from tlic side of the head toward the front of the shonlder, gradually closing the hand in imitation, of gatlierinj;- and smoothing the lock of hair on that side. {I'di-l'te f.) Touch the hair on tlie side of the hi'ad with tlic tiiigrrs of tiie right hand, then place the closed hand liefoi-e the ])ubis, with the back for- ward, index and second tingers extended and separated, pointing down- ward ; jdace the thumb against the palm so that the tip i)rotrudes a little from the crotch thus formed b\- the tin,i;ers. {Ute I.) " Fonrchette, glaiis clitoridis, and location of." The left fore and second tingers are extended and separated, the re- maining tingers closed; the thumb is then placed against the ]>alm in snch a manner that the tip is visible in the crotch formed by the ex- tendecl tingers; the hand is then placed back forward in this position at the crotch. (Apache I.) "Resemblance to t\\>^ pudendum mxliclirt .''^ (1) Two tingers held downward (.\ rever.sed) ; (2) sweep hands up near legs and clasp them about the waist ; (3) sweep hands from shcudder to waist loosely. {Apache III.) (1) " Human being (-) wearing shirts and (3) loose jackets." Deaf-mute natural signs. — Take hold of the garment at the side l)elow the hip and shake it to denote the skirt of a woman's dress. {Ballard.) Poiid the hand to the rear side of the head, because of the combs the women wear as ornaments. {Larson.) Instructed deaf-mutes generally mark the line of the bonnet-string down the check. Italian sign. — Draw the hand down the cheek uiuler the chin. (But- ler.) 37 290 Old. Make the sij,ni for ^^oiiiaii, and then make the sign for Progres- !«ion with a !«taff^ {Dakota IV.) " Progression of a woman with a staff." Young, girl. Make the sign for woman, hands held in the same position, and brought from shoulder downward and outward in proportion to the height of the girl. {Cheyenne I.) Deaf-mute natural sign. — Take hold of an imaginary garment below the thigh and shake it, and place the hand to the height of a girl. {Ballard.) Touch the right ear with the finger, because of the ear-rings girls wear. (Larson.) Wonder. (Compare Adiiiiratioii and KiirprJKe.) Same as the sign for ^iii'pri!!>e. Surjirise and wonder seem to go hand in hand, but admiration and wonder do not seem to be necessarily connected. {Bahila I.) Place right hand over mouth, the thumb lieing on the right and the lingers on tlie left of the nose; then shrink back. {Omaha I.) The gesture ot placing the right hand before the mouth is seemingly invol- untary with us, and appears also in the Egyptian hieroglyphs. J)e(t/-»iute natural sii/n. — Part the lijjs, raise the hand, and arch tlie eyebrows, each action in a slow manner. {lialiard.) Raise apart the arms, with the hands open. {Larson.) W^ood. Point to a i)iece of wood with right index extended. {Dakota I.) H^ork, labor, etc. The. right hand, with fingers extended and joined, back of the hand outward, edge of fingers downward, is thrown from the level of the breast, forward, upward, and then downward, on a curve, so that the palm is lirought upward, and then carried to the right side of the body, level of the face, where the extended fingers point upright, palm out- ward. (Dakota I.) As work is a general term for manual exertion, the indefiniteness of this sign can be well understood. The arms and hands are extended before the body, the hands in type-position (A) ; the hands are then grasi)iugly oi)ened and shut as in seizing the plow-handles; the closed hands then approximate and forcibly strike as in working at mechan- ical i)ursnits. (Oto and Missouri 1.) '' The exertion required in differ- ent kinds of labor.'' 291 Hold both fliit hands edj^cwise in front of the body, thumbs nj), ])nsh forward with sudden interruptions, at each movement drawing back the fingers and throwing them forward at every rest. {Kaiotcal; Coman- chellU Apadirllx Wichita II.) Make a sort of mihl grasiiing motion witli both hands in several di- rections downward. [Apache III.) "Suggestive of industrial activity, and supplemented by pantomime of sewing or cliopjiing, if not promptly understood." AVrap, To. The left hand is held in front of the body, hand closed, horizontal, back upward, and the right hand, with lingers in position as though grasping something, is rotated around the stationary left. {Dakota I.) "From the act of wrapping." H^ritiiig'. The act of writing is imitated by the linger in th(^ palm of the opi)Osite hand. [Tahui.) (1) Left hand held up as if a i)iece (if |)apcr; (H) mot ion made with right hand as though writing. (Vhci/cnnc 1.) The first part of the sign for Book. ( Pal.afa I.) Year. Give the sign of Rniil or Miiotv. {Biirti)n.) Sign for Cold, and then sign Ibr Coillltill^' — one {Dakota I.) "One winter." Deaf-mute natural siiin. — I'oint to shirt Ixisom and lower the exuMuIed fingers to signifj- sho^c, then raise the hand to denote the height or deptli of the snow, and then depress the hands to signify (jone. {Ballard.) Yes. Affirmation. II i<< 1*0. (Compare crson. (Kaioica 1; Comanche HI; ^^rto/)e'lI; Wichita II.) • Yours. The arm and hands are folded on the chest as in the sign for Mine; they are then thrown open from the breast toward another, palms out- ward. (Otoand Missouri I.) "Xot mine, your's." TRIBAL SIGNS. Aliwai'oka, Crow. The baiuls held out each side, and strikinj^ the air in the manner of tiyiiij;-. {Loni/.) Imitate the tlappiug of the bird's wings with the two hands, palms downward, brought close to the shoulder. {Burton.) The sign for these Indians is the same as that for Fly, to. {Dakota 1.) " Flight of the crow." Another: The Crow Indians simply place the index upon the ridge of the nose, but this sign would be understood by the Sioux as meaning Nose. {Dakota I.) "From the Sioux idea that the heart is the seat of life; consequently iny heart is I, is myself." {Sic.) The placing of the index ujion the ridge of the nose is understood to signify personality "I, myself," and not to be a tribal sign. Both hands extended, with lingers joined (^V), held near the shoulders, and flapped to rei)reseut the wings of a crow. [Dakota. III.) At the height of the shoulders and a foot outward from them, move tLe opened hands forward and backward twice or three times from the wrist, palms forward, fingers and thumbs extended and separated a lit- tle; then place the back or the ])alm of the ui)right opened right hand against the ujtper i)art of the forehead; or half close the tingers, ])lacing the end of the thumb against the ends of the fore and middle fingers, and then place the back of the hand against the forehead. {Dakota IV.) "To imitate the flying of a biixl, and also indicate the manner in which the Absaroka wear their hair." Place the flat hand as high as and in front or to the side of the right shoulder, move it up and down, the motion occurring at the wrist. For more thorough representation, both hands are sometimes employed. {Dakota V, VI, VII ; Eaiowa I ; Comanche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) • " Bird's wing." Make with the arms the motion of flapping wings. {Kutine I.) 294 295 The rif^lit hand, tiattened, is held over and in front of tlie right shoulder, and quickly waved back and forth a few times as if fanning' the side of the face. When made for the information of one ignorant of the common sign, both hands are used, and the hands are moved outward from the body, though still near the shoulder. {Sho.shoiii and Banal: I.) " Wings, (. €., of a crow." Ai'ikara. (Corruptly abbreviated Ree.) With the right hand closed, curve the thumb and iudex, join their tills so as to form a circle, and place to the lobe of the ear. {Absaroka I; Hiilatsa I.) "Big ear-rings." Collect the fingers and thumb of the right hand nearly to a i)oint, and make a tattooing or dotting motion toward the ui)per jiortion of the cheek. This is the old sign and was used by them previous to the adop- tion of the more modern one representing "(!orn-eaters. {Arikara I.) Place the back of the closed right hand transversely before the mouth, and rotate it forward and backward several times. This gesture may be aecomi>anied,as it sometimes is, by a motion of the Jawsas if eating, to illustrate more fully the meaning of the rotation of the tist. (Kaiairii I ; C'omrt»(7((' III ; ir/t7(/7(( II ; Aparlicll.) " Corn-eater ; eating corn from the cob." Signified by the same motions with the thumbs and forefingers that are used in shelling corn. The dwarf Kee (Arikara) corn is tlieir pecul- iar possession, which their tradition says was given to them by Cod, who led them to the Missouri River and instructed them how to plant it. (Rev. C. L. Hall, in The Mixsionary Herald, April, 1680.) "They are the cornshellers." Aparlie. See also Warm Kpriiis;'. Make either of the signs for Poor, ill propt'i'ty. {Kaioira I; (Jomanche III ; Apache II; Wichita 11.) " It is said fiiat when the first Apache came to the region they now occupy he was asked who or what he was, and not understanding the language he merely made the sign for Poor, which expressed his condition." Rub the back of the extended forefinger from end to end with the ex- tended index. (Comanche II; Ute I.) " Poor, poverty-stricken." Mescalero. Same .sign as for Lipaii. [Kaintca I ; Coinanchc III ; Apache II ; Wichila II.) Arapalio. The fingers of one hand touch the breast in different parts, to indicate the tattooing of that part in points. {Ldu;/.) 296 Seize the Dosewitli the thumb and forefinger. {The Prairie Traveler. By l{:ui(l()]i)h r>. Marcy, captaMi United States Army, p. 215. New York, l.s,-.!l.) Ituh the rij^ht side of the nose with the forefinger: some call this tribe the " Smellers," and make their sign consist of seizing the nose with the thumb and forefinger. (Burton.) Finger to side of nose. {Macf/oirdii.) Touch the left breast, thus im|)lying what they call themselves, viz: the " Good Hearts." {Ant polio I.) Hold tlu^ left hand, palm down, aiul fingers extended ; then with the right hand, fingers extended, jialm inward and thumb up, make a sud- den stroke from left to right across the back of the fingers of the left liand, as if cutting rlicm off. {Sac, Fo.t; and KiclcajKto.) .loin the ends of the fingers (the thumb included) of the right hand, and, pointing toward the heart near the chest, throw the hand forward and to the right once, twice, or many times, through an arc of about six inches. {Unkola IV.) "Some say they use this sign because these In- dians tattoo their breasts." Rub the side of the extended index against the right side of the nose. {Kaiowa I; Comanche \l\; ApacheW; Wichita W.) Collect the fingers and thumb of the right hand to a point, ami tap the tii)s upon the left breast briskly. {Comanche II; Ute \.) " (iood- hearted." It was stated by inend)ers of the various tribes at Washington, in ISSO, that this sign is useaper. Another: tHose the right hand, leaving the index only extended ; then rub it up and down, held vertically, against the side of the nose where it joins the cheek. {Comanche W; Ute I.) The fingers and thumb of the right hand are brought to a i)oint, and ta])i)ed \\\nn\ the right side of the breast. {IShoshoni and Banak 1.) Make the sign of Cutting' llie tlironf. {Kutincl.) Wit h the riglit hand flattened, form a curve by passing it from the top of the chest to the i)ubis, the fingers pointing to the left, and the back for- ward. {Shoshoni and lianak 1.) " Big bellies." 297 AtNJiin, liower alm toward the face, and rotate over the cheek, though an inch or two from it. (iSltn.shoni find Bniiiik I.) " From manner of |painting tiie cheeks." 38 298 Caddo. (Compare I¥eaE Percys.) rass the borizontally exteTided iudex from right to left under the nose. [Kaioica I; Comanche III-. AjHwhell; Wichita II.) '" Pierced noses,' from former custom of wearing rings iu the septum." €ali!>>|U'l. See Fend d'Oreille. Clieyeiiiie. Draw the hand across the arm, to imitate cutting it with a knife. (Marcy, Prairie Traveller, loc. cif., p. 215.) Draw the lower edge of the right hand across the left arm as if gashing it with a knife. (Burton.) With tlie index-flnger of the right hand proceed as if cutting the left arm in different places with a sawing motion from the wrist upward, to represent the cuts or hums on the arms of that nation. (Long.) Bridge palm of left hand with index-finger of right. (Macgowau.) Draw the extended right hand, fingers joined, across the left wrist as if cutting it. [Arupaho I.) Place the extended index at the right side of the nose, where it joins the face, the ti^i reaching as high as the forehead, and close to the inner corner of the eye. This position makes the thumb of the right hand rest upon the chin, while tlie index is perpendicular. (. 3.3. Xew York, ISGG.) But see Klio<>lioiii for distinction between tlie signs. Motion of a snake. (Macgoiran.) Hold the elbow of the right arm ni'ar tlie right siile, but not totu'hing it; extend the forearm and hand, i)alin inward, fingers joined on a level with the elbow, then witli a shoulilcr nioxement draw that forearm and hand back until the points of the fingers are behind the body; at the same time that the hand is tlius being moved back, turn it right and left several times. [Sac, Fo,r, a ml Kicknpoo I.) "Snake in the jrass. A snake di-awing itself back in tiie grass instead of crossing the road in front of you." Another: The sign by, and for the Coinanches themselves is made by holding l)oth hands and arms upward from tlie elbow, both palms inward, and passing botli hands with their backs upward along the lower end of the hair to indicate i«n while rotating it. [Comanche II.) 300 Cree. KiiiMleiio. Kri^iteneaiix. Si,t;ii for Wn^^-oii and then tlic .siKn foi' ITIaii. (Dalota I.) "Tins indicates tlie Red Hiver half-breeds, with their carts, as these people are so known from their habit of traveling with carts." Dakota. Sioux. The edge of the hand |)assed across the throat, as in the act of cutting that part. [Loncj ; Mdrc;/, Army Life, loc. cif., p. 33.) Draw the lower edge of the hand across the throat. (Burton.) Draw the extended right hand across the throat. (Arapoho I.) "The cut-throats.'' Draw the forefinger of the left liand from right to left across the throat. (Xcc, Fo.r, and KicldjMo 1.) "A cut throat." Forefinger and thumb of rigiit hand extended (othei's closed) is drawn from left to right across the throat as though cutting it. The Dakotas have been luuned the " cutthroats" by some of the Tsnrrounding tribes {Jhikotd I.) "Gut-throats." Eight hand horizontal, flat, palm downward (as in W), and drawn across the throat as if cutting with a knife. (Dal-ofa III.) Draw the opened right hand, or the right index, from left to right horizontally across the throat, back of hand upward, fingers pointing toward the left. {Dakota IV.) " It is said that after a battle the Utes took uumy Sioux prisoners and cut their throats ; hence the sign "cut- throats." Pass the flat hand, with the palm down, from left to right across the throat. (Ihihttn YI.) Draw the extended right hand, palm downward, aci'oss the throat from left to right. (Kaiowa I; Comanche II, III; Shoshoni and Banak I; Ute I; Apache II; Wichita U.) "Cut-throats." Blackfoot (Hihasapa). Pass the right hand (|uickly over the right foot from the great toe outward, turn the heel as if brushing something therefrom. (Dakota V.) Pass the widely separated thumb and index of the right band over the lower leg, from just below the knee nearly down to the heel. (Kaiowa I; Comanche III: A2)nchcll; Wichita II.) 301 Bnile. liub tlie iipiter and uiitiT part of tlw ii};iit tliigli in a small circle with the opened right hand, tinkers pointing downward. {Dukota IV.) "These Indians, it is said, were once caught in a prairie tire, many burned to death, and others badly burned about the tliighs. Hence the name Si-cau-gu (buint tliigli) and the sign." Brush the palm of the liglit liaiid over the rigiit thigli, from near I lie buttock toward the front of the middle third of the thigh. {Kaiiiwa 1 ; CowdiiiJif ill; Aixichcll; Wichita II.) Ogalala. Fingers and thnmli separated, straiglit (as in R), and dotted about over the face to rei)resent the marlis made by tlie smallpox. {hidoUi III.) "This l)and suffered from tlie disease many years ago." With the thundi over tlie v\\i\>< of Ilii' lingers, hold the I'igiit hand upright, its back foi ward, about six indies in front of the face, or on one side of the nose near the face, and suddenly extend and spread all the lingers (thumb included). {Ihiholit IV.) "The word l>iili. One hand ]ilaced on the toj) ot the head, and the other on the back of the head. [Long.) Place the right hand to the top of tlie head. {Kiifiiii' I.) I'at the right side of the head above and bac-k of the ear with the flat right hand. {iShoxhinii aiid lUnuik \.) Vvom the elongation of the occi|)ut. Fox, or Oiit:ii;aiiii. Same sign as for Jiiac {'Sar. For. (tnd Kii-kapon I.) Iwroi* Ventre. See HidatKa. HidatMa, C>rro!N Venire or ^Tlinifari. Both hands tlat and extended, palms toward the body, with the ti]>s of the tingers pointing toward one another; jiass from the top of the chest downward, outward, and inward toward the groin. {.Ahuaroht I; Sli()s1io)ii (111(1 Biintik T.) " IJig belly." Left and right hands in front of breast, left placed in jiosition tirst, sei)arated about four or live inches, left hand outside of the right, hori- zontal, backs outward, lingers extended and iiointiug left and right; strike the back of the right against the palm of the left several times, and then make the sign for Go, CirOiiiK'o (Dukotn I.) "The (iros 302 Ventre ludiaus, Minnetarees (the Hidatsa ladiaus of Matthews), are known to the Sioux as the Indians who went to the mountains to kill their enemies ; hence the sign." Express witli the liand the sign of a big belly. [Dal-ota III.) Pass the flat right hand, back forward, from the top of the breast, down- ward, outward, and inward to the pubis. {Dakota VI ; Hidatsa I ; Arikara I.) " Big belly." Indian (generically). IJub the back of the extended left hand with the palmar surfaces of the extended tingersof the right. (Comanche II.) '' People of the same kind; dark skinned." Kub tLe back of the left hand with the index of the right. {Pai- Ute I.) Pub tlie back of the left hand lightly with the index of the right. {Wichita I.) Kaiona. Make the signs of the Prairie and of Drini^iiig' 'Water. {Burton; Blavkmore in Dodge's Plains of the Great West, xxiv. "Sew York, 1877.) liightliand fingers and thumb extended and joined (as in W), placed in front of riglit shoulder, and revolving loosely at the wrist. {Dakota III.) Phice the flat hand with extended and separated Augers before the face, i)ointing forward and ujiward, the wrist near the chin ; pass it upward and forward several times. {Kuioica I ; Comanche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Place the right hand a short distance above the right si^e of the head, fingers and thumb sei)arated and extended; shake it rapidly from side to side, giving it a slight rotary motion in doing so. {Comanche II.) " liattle-brained." Same sign as {Comanche II), with the exception that both hands are generally used instead of the right one only. ( Ute I.) Kiekapoo. With tlie thumb and finger go through the motion of cliijping the hair over the ear ; then with the hand make a sign that the borders of the leggins are wide. {Sac, Fo.r, and Kiekapoo I.) Kni!>>teno, or free. Place the first and second fingers of the right hand in front of the mouth. {Kittine I.) 303 Kiitine. Place the index or second linger of the right Iiatid on eacli side of the left index-linger to imitate riding a liorse. (Kittine I.) Hold the left fist, palm npward, at arm's length before tiie body, the right as if grasping the bowstring and drawn back. (Shoshoni and Bannl- I.) " From their peculiar manner of holding the longbow hori- zontally in shooting." I^iipaii. With the index and second fingers only extended and separated, hold the hand at arm's length to the front of the left side: draw it back in distinct Jerks; each time the hand rests draw the fingers back against the inside of the thumb, and when the hand is again started on the next movement backward snap the fingers to full length. This is rejx'ated five or six times daring the one movement of the hand. The country which the Lipans at one time occupied contained large ponds or lakes, and along the shores of these the reptile was found wliich gave them this characteristic apiielhition. {Kaiowa 1; Comanche III; A2}ach c il; Wichita U.) "Frogs." .11 a 11 da II. The first and secoud Augers of the right hand extended, separated backs outward (other fingers and thumb closed), are drawn from the left shoulder obli(iuely downward in front of the body to the right hip, {Bal-ofa I.) "The Mandau Indians are known to the Sioux as 'The people who wear a scarlet sash, with a train,' in the manner above de- scribed." ITIexicaii. See Vocabulary. iTIiiiitari. Bee Hidatf^a. ]Vesro. See Vocabulary. Since the Vocabulary was printed the following has been received from Arapalio and Cheyenne Indians in Washington, as the sign for ]\e«ro as well as for Vte. Eub the back of the extended flat left hand with the extended lingers of the right, then touch some black object. Eepresents black skin. Althongb the same sign is generally used to signify ]\e§"l'0, an addition is sometimes made as follows: place the index and second fingers to the hair on the right side of the head, and nib them against each other to signify Curly hair. This addition is only made when the connection would cause a confusion between the "black skin" Indian (Ute) and negro. ^ex Percys. See Naliaptiii. Place the thumb aud forefinger to the nostrils. [Kutine I.) 304 OJihwa, or Chippewa. Iiij^ht liaiul liorizoiital, back outwitrd, ttn<^o.rs scparatccl. arcluMl, tips l)oiiitiiig' inward, is iiiovimI IVoiii riu'lit to left bioast and ji't'iu'rally over the front of the lioily with a trcnihlin;;- motion and at tlie same time a sli^iit ontward or forward movement of tlie hand as thouuii drawinj; soniethinj;' out of tlie body, and then nialce tlie siyn foriHail. (Dah-otu 1.) " rerhajjs the first Chipi)e\va Indian seen by a Sioux had an erui)tion on his body, and from that his pei)i)le were ji'iven the name of the 'People with a breaking' out," by which name the ('hii)pewas have ever been known b.\- the Sioux." Owa;;**. or Waw.'i.ji. I'lill at the eyebrows over the Icit eye with the tliunib and foretinger of the left hand. This sii^n is also used by the Osayes themselves. {Sii(\ Fo.v, (I ml l\i<-litj>i)i> I.) Hold th(^ tlar iii;ht iiaiid, baclc forward, with the edi;e pointing' back- ward, against the side of the head, then make ie[icated cuts, and the hand is moved backward toward the occi]uit. (Kuioicd 1; Conianche 111 ; Apache \ 1 ; Wicliita 11.) " Former custom of shaving the hair from the sides of the heail, leaving but an occi|)itol'roiital ridge." Pass the flat and extended riglit hand backward o\er the right side of the head, moving the index against the second linger in imitation of cutting with a pair of scissors. {Comanche II.) " Represents the man- ner of removing the hair from the sides of the head, leaving a ridge only from the forehead to the occi])ut." Oiialm backward; i)ass the hand ui)\vard about six inches, and hold it in that position a moment. [I'ai-Utc I.) " Big chief." rai-l le hand. Ohiel'or a. -Make the gesture as for l*ai-l le. Head Chief, but instead of holding the hand above tlie head lay it down over the right temple, resting it there a moment. [PmVte I.) " Little chief." Paul (Pawnee). Imitate a wolf's ears with the two forefingers of the right hand ex- tended together, upright, on the left side of the head. [Burton.) Place a hand on each side of the forehead, with two lingers pointing to the front to represent the narrow, sliarj) ears of the wolf. [Maraj, Prairie Traveler, /oc. c//., p. lil.j.) I'^irst and second lingers of right hand, straight ui)ward and separated, remaining tingers and thumb closed (as in ^'), like the ears of a small wolf. (Dakota III.) 305 Place the closed right to the side of the temple, palm forward, leaving the index and second fingers extended and slightly separated, ijointing upward. This is ordinarily used, though, to he more explicit, both liands may be used. {Kniowal; Comanchelll; Utc I; Apache II; ^Vicllit(l II.) Extend the index and second fingers of the riglit hand upward from the right side of the head. {Comanche II.) Peiid d'Oreille, or t'nliel. Mal;e the motion of paddling a canoe. {Kiitiiic I.) Both fists are held as if grasping a paalm of the right hand over the right side of the head trom front to back, and the palm of the left hand in tlie same manner over the left side of the head. (.SVfc, Fo.i\ and Kirkapiti) I.) " Sha vedheaded Indians." Sniiaptin, or ^ez Perots. Close the right hand, leaving the index straiglit but flexed at right angles with the palm; pass it horizontally to the left by and under the nose. This sign is made by the Xez Perces for themselves, according to Major Haworth. While this paper lias been passing tlirough the press information has been received from Arapaho and Cheyeniu> In- dians, now in Washington, that this sign is also used to designate the Caddos, who practiced the same custom of perforating the uasal septum. The same informants also state that the Shawnees are sometimes indi- cated by the same sign. [Comanche II.) " Pierced nose." Pass the extended index, pointing toward the left, remaining fingers and thumb closed, in front of and across the upper lip, just below the nose. The second finger is also sometimes extended. (Shoshoni and Banak I.) "From the custom of piercing the noses for the reception of ornanuMits." The Sahajitin, however, have not had that custom since being known to themselves. liatslka. See Blackf'eet. Selish. See Flathead. 39 306 ^iliamiee. See IVeie Perots. SliO!«lioiii, or >inake. (Compare Coiiiaiiclie.) The forefinger is extended horizontally and passed along forward in a serpentine line. [Lonfi.) Right hand closed, palm down, placed in front of the right hip; ex- tend the index and push it diagonally toward the left front, rotating it qnickly from side to side in doing so. [Abmroka I; Hhoshoni and Banak I.) "Snake." Eight hand, horizontal, flat, palm downward (\%^), advanced to the front by a motion to represent the crawling of a snake. {Dalota III. With the right index pointing forward, the hand is to be moved for) ward about a foot in a sinuous manner, to imitate the crawling of a snake. [Dahita IV.) Make the motion of a serpent with the right finger. {Kutine I.) Place the closed right hand, iialm down, in front of the right hip; extend the index, and move forward and toward the left, rotating the hand and finger from side to side in doing so. {Kaioira I ; Comanche III; Apache II; Wkhita II.) Place the closed right hand, palm down, in front of the right hip ; extend the index, move it forward and towai'd the left, rotating the hand and index in doing so. {Comanche II.) Close the right hand, leaving the index only extended and ])ointing forward, palm to the left, then move it forward and to the left. The rotary motion of the hand does not occur in this, as in the same sign given by other tribes for KliOKilioiii or Snake. {Pai-Utc I.) Sheei)eater. (Tukuarikai.) Both hands, half closed, pass from the top of the ears backward, down- ward, and forward, in a curve, to represent a ram's horns ; then, with the index only extended and curved, place the hand above and in front of the mouth, back toward the face, and pass it downward and backward several times. [Shoxhoni and Banak I.) " Sheep," and "to eat." Ute. "They who live on mountains" have a complicated sign which denotes, "living in mountains" and is composed of the signs Sit and iTIoiiiit- aill. {Burton.) Left hand horizontal, flat, palm downward, and with the fingers of the right hand brush the other toward the wrist. {Dakota III.) Place the flat and extended left hand at the height of the elbow befoi-e the body, iJoiuting to the front and right, i)alui toward the ground; then 307 pass the palmai' surface of the flat and extended tinkers of the rifrlit hand over the back of the left from near the wrist toward the tips of the fingers. {Kaiowa I; CoiikdwIw III; Apache 11; Wicliitiill.) "Tliose wJio use sinew for sewini;-, and for stren,i;tlicniii.i;- the Itow." Indicate the color RIaoL', then separate tiit^ thumbs and forelingers of both hands as far as i>ossil)h>, leaviiij; tlie reniaininji lingers chised, and pass upward over tlie lower jtart of tiu-U'jiS. (Slio.slioin (Did liaiKik I.) " Bhick or (hirk leggings." ^Vnriii Mpriii;;: Apache. Hand eurve toes." Wa^ija. See Oi«a;;t'. IVIiite III.1II ; Aiiicrioan. See Vocaiulakv. WivUitn. Indicate a circle over the ujijier ixirtion of tlie riglit cheek, with the index or several lingers of the right liand. The statement of the Indian authorities for the above is that years ago the Wiclnta women jjainted spiral lines on the breasts, starting at the nijiple and extending several inches from it ; but after an increase in modesty or a change in the npi)er garment, by which the breast ceased to be exposed, the cheek has beiui adopted as the locality for the sign. (Kaiowa I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita 11.) WyaiKlot. Pass the flat right hand from the top of the forehead liadcward over the head and downward and backward as far as the length of the arm. {Wi/(uidot I.) " From the manner of wearing the hair." PROPER NAMES, PHRASES, DIALOGUES, ETC. PROPER NAMES. Presi«leiii ol' the lliiifed dilates; Secretary ol' the In- terior. Close the right hand, leaving the tluiinb and index fully extended and separated ; place the index o\'er the forehead so that the thumb points to the right, paliu toward the face; then draw the index across the forehead toward the right; then elevate the extended index, point- ing upward before the slioulder or neck; pass it upward as high as the to)) of the head ; make a short turn toward the front and pass it pointing downward toward the ground, to a j)oint farther to the front and a littlelower than at the beginning. [Abmroka 1; Dakota VI, VII; Shoxhtini and Banak I; Ute I; Ai)aclie I.) "White [man] chief." Make the same signs for ^Vhite man and Chief, and conclude by making that for Parent by collecting the fingers and thumb of the right hand nearly to a point and drawing them forward from the left breast. {Kaioica I; Comanche III; Aiyache II; Wichita H.) ""White man; cliief; father." ^VaMiiin;:'ton. City oT. Tlie sign for <,io ; the sign for Hoii!«e or 'Wis'n'aiii ; the sign for Cars, and the sign for CoiiHi'ii. The sign for Father is briefly executed by i)assing the open hand down and from the loins, then bring- ing it erect Ijefore the body ; then the sign for Cars, combined of CrO and Waii'on, malcing with the mouth the noise of an engine; the hands then raised before the eyes and a])proximated at points, as in the sign for House; then diverge to indicate Extensive; this being followed by the sign for Coiiiieii. (Oto and Missouri I.) " The home of our fathers, where we go on the puffing wagon to council." iTIissoiiri River. ]Make the sign for "%Vater and tlie sign for I^arg'e, and then rapidly rotate the right hand from right to left several times, its back upward, lingers spread and pointing forward to show that it is stirred up or muddy. {Dakota IV.) ao.s 309 Ea^ie Bull (a Dakota cliief). Place the clinclied fists to either side of tlie head ; then extend the left hand, flat, palm down, before the left side, tinkers pointing forward ; the outer edge of the flat and extended right hand is then laid trans- versely across the back of the left hand, and slid forward over the fingers. {Dnlota VI; Aril-nra I.) "P.nll and eagle — ^ Ilaliactioi leucovephalm, [Linn.) Sav:'' Rii!>>liiii;;' Bfar (a Dakota chief). Place the right fist in front of tlie right side of the breast, i)alni down ; extend and cnrve the tluunh and little finger so that their tips point toward one another before the knuckles of the remaining closed fingers, then reach forward a short distance and i)all toward the body several times rather (luickly; suddenly piisli the fist, in this form, forward to arm's length twice. {Itaknta VI; Aril;ara\.) ''Bear and rusliini;."' M|»ot((Ml Tail (a Dakota clncf). With the index only of the right hand extended, indicate a line or cnr\e from the sacrum (or from the right buttock) downward, backward, and outward toward the left; then extend the left forefinger, jjoiuting forward from the left side, and with the extended index draw imaginary lines transversely across the left forefinger. (Abmroka I; Slto.slioni I; J>akotayi,VlI; Arihira l.) "Tail; spotted." Kliiiiibiiii;:' Bear (a Kaiowa cliicf). Place the right fist in front of the right side of the breast, palm ddwu ; exteinl and curve the thumb and little fin'ger so that their ti[ts point toward one another before the knuckles of the remaining closed fingers; then place the left flat han> iiiaiiy elollie^, hut we don't want them. Lean forward, and, holding the hands concavo-convex, draw them up over the limbs severally, then cross on the chest as wrapping a blanket. The arms are then extended before the body, with the hands in type- ])osition (W), to a height indicating a large pile. The right hand then sweeps outward, showing a negative state of mind. The index of right hand finally touches the chest of the second party and approaches the body, in position (I), horizontal. {Otoniul Missouri I.) "Something to put on that I don't want from you." Question. Hold the extended and tiattened right hand, palm forward, at the height of tiie shoulder or face, and about fifteen inches from it, .shaking the hand from side to side (at the wrist) as the arm is slightly raised, resembling the outline of an interrogation mark (?) made from below upward. {Ahsarohi I; 7>«7,of« V, VI, VII ; Hidatsal; Kaiowa I; An- kara I; Comanche II, III; raiUte 1; IShoshoni and Banalc I; TJte I; Apache I, II; Wichita II.) What? What is it? First attra(;t the person's notice by the sign for Attention, and then the right-hand, fingers extended, pointing forward or outward, fin- 311 gers joined, &(•., horizontal, is ('amcd outward. obli((iiely in front of the rijilit breast, and there turned i)artiall.v ovei' and under s(^veral times. [IhikofK I.) What are yon (h)inf;' '. What (h> vou want? Tlirow the right iiand about a foot from risiht to left several times, describin.n' an are ni)\vard. ])alm inward, finders sli.nlitly bent and sejjar- ated, and pointinj;' forward. (I>((kn]m forward, tingers relaxed and a little sejiarated. (Ihikutu W.) I'lace the tlat right hand at sonu^ distance in front of iind as high as the shoulder, palm forward and downward, then shake the hand from side to side, i)assing it slightly foiward and npwar), or a little more (closed. From ineei»tion of sign near center of body the hand slowly describes the arc of a quadrant, and fingers unfold as the hand n^eedes. ^Ve tiiink the proper intention is, for the inception of sign to be located at the heart, but it is seldom truly, anatomically thus located. (Olo I.) "To unfold one's self or make known." Are vou through ? With arms hanging at the side and forearms horizontal, ])lace the fists near each other in front of body; then with a quick motion separate them as though breaking something asuiuler. (Sahaplin I.) Do you know ? Shake the right hand in front of the face, a little to the right, the whole arm elevated so as to throw the hand even with the face, and the forearm standing almost perpendicular. Principal motion with hand, slight motion of forearm, ])alm out. (Sah(([itin I.) 312 How far is it ? Sign tor Do yoii know? followed with a precise luoveineut throw- ing right luind (i)alui toward face) to a position as far from body as convenient, signifying "far?"; then with the same quick, precise mo- tion, bring the hand to a position near the face — near? (Sahuiitin I.) How will vou go — horseback or in wagon? First make the sign lor I>o yon know? then throw right hand forward — "go or going,"; then throw fore and middle tingers of right astride the forefinger of the left hand, signifying, "will you ride?"; then swing the forefingers of each hand around each other, sign of wheel running, signifying, "or will you go in wagon?" [Saluipthi I.) DIALOGUES, ETC. The following cou^'crsation took place at Washington, in April, ISSO, between Tendoy, chief of the Shoshoni and Banak Indians of Idalio, and HuERiTO, one of the Apache chiefs from Xew Mexico, in the presence of Dr. W. J. Hoffman. Neither of these Indians spoke any language known to the other, or had ever met or heard of one another before that occasion : HuERiTO.— AVIio are yon I Place the flat and extended right hand, palm forward, about twelve inches in front of and as high as the shouUler, then shake the hand from side to side as it is moved forward and upward — question, who are you ? Tendoy. — !SliO!od ; place lioth closed hands to their respective sides of the head, palms toward the hair, leaving the forclin- gerscurved—/<«/f ((/«,• then reach out tiic fist to arm's length toward the west, and throw it forcibly toward the ground for a distance of al)ont six inches, edge downward — coHntry, (ticdi/ to the west; then i)oint the carved index rather (inicKly and carelessly toward the jicrsoii ad- dressed — yoKr. Tendoy.— Tej< ; many black luiliaio. Pass the closed right hand. \\ ith the index partly tiexeil, to a posi- tion about eight inches before the right collarbone, and, as the hand reaches that elevation, quickly close the index — ym ; then make the same sign as in the jireceding (piestion for b>(ff'ass the in- dex, pointing up'vard, as high as the top of the head; turn it forward and downward as far as the breast — chief; i>ass the extended index, Iiointing ui)ward and forward, forward from the mouth twice — talk; ■40 314 then ()))cii and Hatteii the hand, palm up, outer edge toward the face, phice it about tifteeii inches in front of the chin, and draw it liorizontally inward until tlie hand nearly touches the neck — tell me. UuERiTO. — He lold me that in Ibiir (literally, two sleeps hcnee); point toward the individual addressed with the right hand — you; and in a continuous movement jiass the hand to the right, /. e., toward the south, nearly to arm's length — f/o ; then throw the fist edge- wise toward the ground at that distance — your country ; then touch the breast with the tips of the fingers of the left hand — /; move the hand off slowly toward the left, /. e., towaid the north, to arm's length — yo to*; and throw the clinched hand toward the ground — my country; then hold both hands toward the left as high as the head, palms down, with fingers and thumbs pendent and separated; move them toward the ground two or three rimes — rain ; then i)lace the flat hands hori- zontally to the left of the body about two feet from the ground — decji ; (liteially, deep rain) .snow — and raise them until about three feet fi'om the ground — very deep — much; place the hands before .the body about twelve inches apart, i)alms down, with forefingers only exteuded aud lK)inting toward one another; push them toward and from one another several times — see each other; then hold the flat right hand in front of the breast, pointing forward, i)alm to the left, and throw it over on its back toward the right — not, no more. Kxi>LANATORY NoTE. — AVhere the asterisks appear in the above dia- logue the preposition to is included in the gestui-e. After touching the breast for /, the slow movement forward signifies going to, and country 815 is .sifjiiified hy locMtiiiji" it at arm's Icii-tli toward llic west, to t lie left of tlie jiVstiirtT, as tlie st()i)|>iiiL;- place, also iioasr.ssion by tlic cliiiclicd flst lK'iii.n(lirc(!t('(l toward the t;roiiiid. It is the same as tor mi/ov mine, though made before tiie body in the hitt(H' signs. The direction ol'l'en- (hiv's hands, tirst to tlie soutli and aftcrwaid to the north, was nnder- stooil not as |)ointiug to the exact locality <>{' the two parts of the country, but to tlic ditfcrcncc in thcii- rcspcctj\c clinialcs. PATRICIU'S X A K IJATR-E. This narrative was obtained in July, ISSO, by ])r. Francis H. A'J'KINS, acting assistant surgeon, United States Army, at South Fork, New. Mexico, from Ti-pe-BES-TLEL (Sheepskin-leggings), habitually called Patricio, an intelligent young Mes('alero At)aehe. It gives an account of what is locally termed the "A}>ril Uound-up," which was the disarm- ing and im])risoning by a cavalry command of the Ihiited States Army, of the small Apache subtribe to whit-h the narrator belonged. The ref- erences to signs not described are to the contributions of Dr. Atkins, marked in the Vocabulary {Aparlic III). (1) Left hand on edge, cnrved, palm forward, extended backward length of arm toward the West {far ircsficdri]). (2) Arms same, turned hand. ti[>s down, and moved it from north to south (river). (3) Dipped same hand several times above and beyond last line (be- j/ond). (4) Hand carved (Y, more flexed) and laid on its back on to]) of his foot (moeeasiihs much curved up at toe) ; then drew hands up legs to near knee, and cuts off with edges of hands (ixuit tnpts). (Warm Sjiriiif/ AjMchefi, who wear booted moccasins with turnup toes.) (.5) Hands held before him, tips near together, fingers gathered (U) ; then alternately opened and gathered fingers of both hands (P to \\ U to P), and thrusting them toward each other a few times (xhot or li-iUefJ mauy). ((!) TIeld hands six inches from side of head, tiiumlis and foretiiigers \Yidely separated (Mexican, i. c., wears a broad hat). (7) Held right hand on edge, paliu toward him, threw it on its back, forward and downward sharply toward earth (T on edge to X), (dead, so many dead). (8) Put thumbs to temples and indices forward, meeting in liont, other fingers closed (soldier.f, i. e., cap-vixor.) ('.)) Kepeated No. 5 and No. 7 (icerealso .'iliot dead). (10) Placed first and second lingers of right hand (others closed) astride of left incUix, held horizontally (hor.ses). (11) Held hands on edge and forward (T on edge forward), jiushed them forward, waving vertically (mnrehin/j, which see; also, travel or 316 fight, i. c, ran of with soldicr.s' horses or others). N. B. — Using both liands indicates double ranks of troops marcliinf; also. (12) Struck light fist across in front of chin from right to left sharply (had). (l.'J) Eepeated No. 4 {War in f!priii and down {icalkiny, i. e., infantry). (55) Beckoned with right hand, two fingers curved (H^ horizontal and (uirved) {eame). (5(i) Repeated No. 11 {inarehin;/). (57) Repeated No. 28 {to thi.s eamp, or rilhuie). (58) Repeated No. 23 {n'ith Mexmleros). (50) Repeated No. 24 {as prisoners, surronnded). (00) Repeated No. .3.'! (iSVn* C((rlns sront.s). ((!1) Placed hands, sitread out (R inverted), tips down, aliout waist {many eartridye.s). (02) Repeated No. 4(! {and f/inis). (03) Repeated No. 5 {shot many). (04) Repeated No. 4 ( Warm Spring Apaehe.s). (05) Repeated No. 23 {and. Mescalcros). (00) Moved list — tliTimbs to liead — across his forehead from right to left, and cast it toward earth over left shoulder {brave, i. c., the San Car- los scouts are hrare). CONTINUOrS TRANSLATION OP THE ABOVE. Far westward beyond the Rio Grande are tlieWarm Spring Apaches, who killed many ^Mexicans and soldiers and stole tlieir horses. They (the United States soldiers) are bad and fools. ais Some (cavalry came, here iiiidei' an aued officer of higli rank, but of inferior intelli.ineiice, to capture the Mescalero Iiuliaiis. Tlie Mescaleros wished to have their village peruiaueutly liere by the agency, aiul to receive their rations, i. e., were peacefully inclined. Our village was over there. I saw the general come with troo])s and San Carlos scouts to surround (or capture) the Mescalero Jrulians. There were a great many San Carlos scouts and soldiers. I saw that my people were afraid, and half ot tliem fled. Next iiiorniMg the Mescaleros did not shoot (were not hostile). The otheis came and killed many Mescaleros. The cavalry and infantry brought us (the Mescaleros) to this cam]) as ])risi)ners. The San (Jarlos scouts were well supplied with ammunition and guns, and shot many Warm Spring ludiaus and Mescaleros. The San Carlos scouts are brave men. TSODIAKO'S REPORT. Tlie lolldwiiig statement was made to Dr. W. .J. Hoffman by TsodiIko (Slid rid head Bin/), chief of the W'icliitas in Indian Territory, while on a visit to Washington, D. C, in June, 1S80. The Indian being asked whether there was any timber in his part of the Territory, rei)lied in signs as follows: (1) Move the right hand, fingers loosely extended, separated and pointing u])ward, back to the front, upward from the height of the waist to the front of the face— tree; rejieat this two or three times — trees : (2) then hold the hand, lingers extended and Joined, i)ointing ui)ward, with the back to the front, and jiush it forward toward difiereut points on a level with the face — staiKliu;/ at various pl<(ces ; [3] both hands, with spread and slightly curved Hngers, are held al)out two feet ai)art, before the thighs, palms facing, then draw them toward one another horizon- tally and gradually ui)ward unHl the wrists cross, as if grasping a bunch of grass and pulling it u]> — many ; (4) point to the southwest with the index, elevating it a little above the horizon — countri/ ; (5) then throw the list edgewise toward the surface, in that direction — mi/, mine: ((>) i)la(;c both hands, extended, flat, edgewise before the body, the left below the right, and both edges i)ointiug toward the ground a .short distance to the left of the body, then make reiieated cuts toward that direction from ditferent i)oiuts, the termination of each cut ending at lu^arly tll(^ sam(^ ]Hnnt—ciit down ; (7) hold the left hand with the lingers and thumb collected to a point, directed horizontally forward, and make several cutting motions with the edge of the flat right hand transversely by the tii)s of the left, and upon tlie wrist — cut op' the ciiils : (S) then cut upon tlu^ left hand, still held in the same posi- tion, with the right, tln^ cuts being jjarallel to the longitudinal axis of the i)alm — split ; (it) both hands closed in front of the body, about four inches aj)art, with foretingers and thumbs approximating half circles, 'A 1 <) j)aliiis toward the ground, move tliciii forward so tliat the back of the band comes forward and the half cindes imitate the iiio\(Mneiit of wheels — ivoj/on ; (Id) hold the Ud't tlat hand l)cforc the liody, pointing horizontally forward, with the palm down, then bring the right flat hand from the right si(b' and slap the |ialni iijton the back of the left seveiid times — IokiI upon : (11) partly close tlie right hand as if gi-asi)- ing a thick rod, jialiii toward the ground, and pnsh it straight forward nearly to arm's length — f((l:c; (12) hold both hands with lingers naturally extended and slightly separated nearly at arm's length liefore the body, l)alms down, the right lying uiion the left, then i)ass the njijier forward and downward from the lelt quickly, so that the wrist of the right is raised and the fingers point earthward — tlirmr off; (\:\) cut the left l)abn repeatedly with the outer edge of t lit; extended right hand — hidtd ; (14) hold both hands edgewise^ l)el'ore the body, ]»alnis fa<-ing, s|)read the lingers and place those of one hand into the spaces l)et ween those of the left, so that the tips of one protrude beyond the liacks of the fingers of (he other — lot/ li<>:is<- ; (\.'>) then place the Hat right hand, palm down and fingers pointing to the left, against the breast and luove it forward, and slightly upward and to the right — [loocl. ANAIASIS Ol' THE l-'OKECiOING. [There is| much | timber | [in] my | country | [of which l| cut down C-il (l.-Ji (.M (-1) (111 [somej, I trimmed, | split, | loaded it u|)on | |a| wagon |aiid| | toolc it (71 (SI dm i:ii iili away, | [where 1] threw [it| otf | [and] bnilt | |a| good | house | . (1-1 (i:;i ii:i) (Hi Notes. — As will be seen, the wiird liiaihci' is composed of signs Xo. 1 and 2, signifying iret's !«t.iiidiii;i'. Sign No. '!. for in.iiiy, in this instance, as in similar other examples, becomes iiiiu-li. The word in, in connection with ooillltrt' and my, is exjiressed by th(! gesture of pointing (passing the hand less (piickly thin Iti (jrdinary sign language), before making sign No. 5. That sign, <'omiuonly given for |>OK«i(>i>iMi4>ii, ^vould. without the prefix of imlical imi. imply my <'«Mlllf I'y, and with that prefix signifies in my ooiiiif I'v. Sign No. 7, Irimmcd, is in- dicated by chopping off the ends, and facial expression denoting i«n>- faction. In sign Nos. 11 and 12, the gestures wei\' continuous, but at the termination of the latter the narrator straightened himselt' some- what, denoting that he had overcome the greater part of the labor. Sign No. 14, denotes Io;;'-Iioiin(> from the manner of interlacing the flnger-ends, thns representing the corner of a log-house, and tlit^ ar- i-angemeut of the ends of the same. Indinii io(l;;'(' would l>e indi- cated by another sign, although the latter is often used as an alibrevia- tion for the former, when the subject of conversation is known to all present. SIGNALS. The coll alxn-a tors in the present work have not generally responded to the request to coiuiunnicate material under this head. It is, however, h()])ed that by now i)riutiug- some extracts from published works and the few un])ublislie(l statements recently procured, the attention of ob- servers will be directed to the further prosecution of research in this direction. Tlieterni "signal'' is here used in distinction from the signs noted in the VocAiiULAitY, as being some action or manifestation intended to be seen at a distance, and not allowing of the minuteness or detail possible in close converse. Signals may be executed, tirst, exclusively by bodily action; second, by action of the ])erson in connection with objec'ts, such as a blanket, or a lance, or in the direction imparted to a horse; third, by various devices, such as smoke or (ire-arrows, when the person of the signalist is not visilile. Tliey are almost entirely conventional, ami while their study has not the same kind of importance as that of gest- ure-signs, it possesses some peculiar interest. SIGNALS EXECUTED BY BODILY ACTION. Some of these will probably be found to be identical, or neai-ly so, with the gesture-signs used by the same peoi)le. Alarm. See notes on Cheyenne and Arapaho signals. Aii;;er. Close the liand, place it agaiust the forehead, and turn it back and forth while in that position. {Thirty Years of Army Life on the Border, by Col. U. n. .Marcy, TJ. S. A., p. 34, Xew York, 1S6(!.) Come Ik'im'. The right luxud is to be advanced about eighteen inches at the height of the navel, horizontal, relaxed, palm downward, thumb in the palm ; then draw it near the side and at the same tinu^ drop the hand to bring the palm backward. The farther away the person called is, the higher the hand is raised. If very far off, the hand is raised high up over the head and then swung forward and downward, then bac^kward and down- ward to the side. {D((l-otH IV.) Iliiii^'cr. (There is something dangerous in that placte.) Right iiand iudex-flnger and thumb forming a curve, the other fingers 320 321 closed; move tlu^ riij'lit liaiul forward. i)oiiitiii.u in tin- direction of the (laiiii'erous place or auiiiial. [Oiiuiha 1.) Kijilit-liaiid index ami middle tiiiL;-ers Dpcn ; imit ion towaid I lie enemy. "1 do not fearyon." ileverse tlie motion, brin.uin.i; 1 lie iiand toward tlie siihjeef. " Do yonr worst to nie." {(hixdid 1.) Direction. Pass around liiat olijeet or place near you — sheilieti- dha--a. \Vlien a man is at a distance, I say to him '-do around that way." Descrihe a curve by raisin^' tin; hand alio e tlif head, ibrefinjier opeu, move, to right or left according to direction inti'uded and hand that is used, ). c, move to the left, use i-iglit hand ; move to the right, use left hand, {(hiiithii I ; I'onkd 1.) Halt ! (To inquire disposition.) Kaise the right hand with the palm in front and gradually push it foi'ward and back several times; if they are not hostile it will at once be obeyed. {The rndrir Trarclcr, by i;andol|.h I!. .Marcy, ]). 214, Xew York, IS.V.t.) Stand there I lie is eoming to you. Eight hand extended, tlat, eilgewise, moved downward se\ cral tinu's. {Omalin 1.) He is going toward von. Hold the open right hand, jialin to the left, with the tipsof the lingers toward the per.son signaled to; thrust the hand forward in either an upward or downward curve. (OmalKi I ; Poiikd I.) Lie down fhit where you are (shedliu liis[)('' zha"'-ga). Extend the right arm in the direction of the person signaled to, having the ])alm down ; move downward by degrees to about the knees. Omaha I ; I'onlit J.) Peace; Friendship. Hold up jialm of hand. — Observed as nu^de by an Indian of the, Kan- sas tribe in IS.;.!. (Indiiui Slaicka^, by Johu T. Irving, vol. ii, p. 253, Philadelphia, IS.T).) Elevate the outstretched hands wide ojx'n and tingers parted above and on either side of the liead at arm's length. — Observed by Dr. W. J. Hoffman, as made in Xorthern Arizona in 1S71 by the i\IoJav(^ and Seviches. " ^oarms" — corresponding with " hands up" of road-agents. The right hand held aloft, empty. {My Life on the Phiiii.s, by Oenei-al a. A. Custer, p. 23S, New York, 1874.1 41 322 Question. (I do not know you. Whoarej^ou?) After lialtinj;' a party coming : Riglit liaiid raised, palm in front and slowly moved totlie riglit and left. [Answered by tribal sign] (^Marey's Prairie Traveler, loc. cit., 214.) To impiire if eomiiij; jiarty is peaceful. Raise both hands, grasjied in the manner of shaking hands, or by lock- ing the two forefingers firmlj' while the hands are held up. If friendly they will respond with the same signal. (Marcy's iV«iw Trareler, loc. cit., 214.) Whence come you ? First the sign for Voii, then tlie hand extended open and drawn to the breast, and lastly the sign for Briil$;'ill$;'. (Dioibar.) !§iil>iiii*>Mion. The United States steamer Saranac in 1S74, cruising in Alaska waters, dropped anchor in July, 1.S74, in Freshwater Harbor, back of Sitka, in latitude 59° north. An armed party landed at a T'lin kit village de- serted by all the inhabitants except one old man and two women, the latter seated at the feet of the former. The man was in great fear, turned his back and held up his hands as a sign of utter helplessness. (Extract from notes kindly furnished by Lieutenant-Commander Wm. Bainbridge Iloff, U. S. X., who was senior aid to Kear- Admiral Penuock, on the cruise mentioned.) Surrender. The palm of the hand is held toward the person [to whom the surren- der is made]. {Long.) SIGNALS IN WHICH OBJECTS ARE USED IN CON- NECTION WITH PERSONAL ACTION. Buffalo di!«ieovereai*k ! (latlicr or .^rasp the left side of the iiubuttoiied coat (or bhxnket) with the right liaiid, and, eitlier st;mdiii<>- or sittiii,;;' in i)()sitioii so tiiat the sig-ual eau he seen, wave it to the h'ft and rijilit as often as may be necessary for the sii;n to be reeognized. WIkmi niide standing the per- son shoiihl not move Ids body. {Dalcota I.) UauS'er. See also notes on Cheyenne and Arapaho signals. Horseman at a distan(!e, galloping, ])assing and re]>assing, and cross- ing each other — enemy comes. Jint tin- notice of herd of bnlfaio, tliey gallo]) back and forward abreast — do not cross each other. ( \'ieirs of Liiinsitiiiii, by H. M. IJrackeni'idge, |). 2.")l), Pittsbnrgli, 1S14.) Riding rapidly round in a circle. " Danger! (let together as (piickly as possil)le." [The I'luiiix of Ike (I rent West, ^c, by Kicliard Irving Dodge, lientenant-colonel Ciiited States Ai-niy, p. ,'i().S, New Vork, 1877.) Discovery of eiieiaicK, or ol* otlicr ii;aiiii' tliuii biiHalo. See also notes on Clieyenne and .Vrapaho signals. When enemies are discovered, or otiier game than linlfalo, the senti- nel waves his blanket over his head n[) and down, holding an end in each hand. [Omaha \\ I'onka i.) Drill, llilitai-v. It is (lone by signals, devised after a system of the Indian's own in- vention, and comnumieated in various ways. Wonderful as the statement may appear, the signaling on a bright day, when the sun is in the proper direction, is done with a piece of looking-glass held iu the hollow of the hand. The reflection of the sun's rays thrown on the ranks communi(-ates in some mysterious way the wishes of the chief. Once standing on a little knoll, overlooking the valley of the South Platte, I witnessed almost at my feet a drill of about one hundred warriors by a Sioux chief, who sat on his horse on a knoll opposite me, and al)Out two hundred yards from his command in the plain below. For more than half an hour he commanded a drill, which for variety and i)romptness of action could not lie equaled by any civilized cavalry of the world. All I could see was an occasional movement of the right arm. lie iiimself afterwards told me that he u.sed a looking-glass. [Tlw Vhiins of the (Ireat Went, &c., by Richard Irving Dodge, lieutenant-colonel United States Army, pp. .'>(I7, 308. Kew York, 1877.) Half! Stand there ! He iw eoiiiiiii; that nay. Grasp the end of the lilanket or robe; wave it downward several times. (Omaha I.) 324 Peace, coupled with invitation. jVIotioii of spieadiiis' a real or imaginary robe or skin on the ground Noticed l)y Lewis and Clarlv on their tirst meeting with tlie Slioslioni in 1805. {Leirin and Ghtrk's Truvvh, &(.'., London, 1817, vol. ii, p. 74.) Qiie*>>lioii. The ordinary manner of oi)ening commnuication with i)arties known or siiiiposed to lie hostile is to ride toward them in zigzag manner, or to ride in a eirek'. {My Life on the J'Uiins, &c., by Gen. (1. A. Custer, U. S. A., p. 58. New York, 1874.) This author mentions (p. 202) a systematic manner of waving a l)lanket, by wliich the son of Satana, the Kaiowa chief, conveyed information to liim, and a simihir perfornnince by YeMow Hear, a chief of the Arapahos (p. 21!t), neitlier of which lie exjilains in detail. Safety. .4,11 quiet. See notes on Cheyenne and Arapalio signals. SIGNALS MADE WHEN THE PERSON OF THE SIGNALIST IS NOT VISIBLE. Those noted consist of Siiioke, Fire, or Dnixt signals. SMOKE SUJNALS GENERALLY. "Their .systems of telegrajihs are very peculiar, and though tliey might seem impracticable at first, yet so thoroughly are they understood by the savages that it is availed of frequently to immense advantage. The most remarkable is by raising smokes, by which many important facts are communicated to a considerable distance and made intelligi- ble by the numner, size, numlier, or repetition of the smokes, which are commonly raised by firing spots of dry grass. When traveling, they will also pile heajis of stones upon mounds or conspicuous points, .so ar- ranged as to be understood by their passing comrades ; and sometimes they set up tlie bleached buffalo heads, which are everywhere scattered over those plains, to indicate the direction of their march, and many other facts which may be communicated by those simple signs." {('om- merve of the Pnnriefi, by Josiah (Iregg, vol. ii, p. 28(3. Xew York, ISU.) The highest elevations of hind are .selected as stations from which signals with smoke are made. These; can be seen at a distance of from twenty to fifty miles. By varying the number of columns of smoke dif- ferent meanings are conveyed. The most simple as well as the most varied mode, and resembling the telegraphic alphabet, is arranged by building a small flie, which is not allowed to blaze ; then by placing an armful of partially green grass or weeds over the fire, as if to smother it, a dense white smoke is created, which ordinarily will ascend iu a con- tinuous vertical column for hundi'eds of feot. Having established a cur- rent of siiiiikc, tlic liiili:iM siiii]il\ takes liis blanket ami by .sprcadiiiij it over the sinall pile of weeds or grass from wliieli the smoke takes its soiiree, and properly eoiitrolliiij;- the edges and comers of the blanket, he coiitines the smoke and is in this way able to retain it for se\"eral moments. JJy rapidly disidaeing the blanket, the operator is enable|ilied close to the ground: but the blaze was no sooner well lighted and about to eiut'lop the entire amount of grass collected than it was snu)thered v\iih the unlighted portion. A slender eolninn of gray smoke then began to ascend in a peijiendicnlar <'((lnmn. This was not enough, as it might be taken for the snM)ke rising IVoin a .simple camp tire. The smoldering grass was then <'overed with a blaid. I'lT.) SMOKt; SIGNALS Ol^ THE Al'ACIIES. The following information was obtained by Dr. \V. J. Ildi'ioiAN, from the Ai)ache chiefs named on page 15, under the title of Tinnkan, Ajmche I : The materials used in making smoke of sutlieient density and color consist of pine or cedar boughs, leaves and grass, which can nearly always be obtained in the regions occupied by the .Vi>aches of Northern New Mexico. These Indians state that they employ but three kinds of signals, each of which consists of columns of smoke, numbering from one to three or more. Alarm. This signal is made by causing three or more columns of smoke to ascend, and signilies danger or the approach of an enemy, and also rerpiires the conceutratiou of those who see them. These signals are communicated from one camp to another, and the most distant bands are guided by their location. The greater the haste desired the greater 326 tlie imiiiber of columus ofsinokt'. Tliese are often so hastily made tliat tliey may resciiible piiHs of smoke, aud arc caused hy ilirowiiig heaps of grass and leaves npoii the eml)ers ayain and aji'ain. Attention. This signal is generally made by i)r()ducing one continuous column, and signilies attention for se\'eral purposes, viz, when a bind had become tired of one locality, or the grass may have been consumed by the ponies, or some other cause necessitating removal; or vshould an enemy be reported, which would n^quire further watching before a decision as to future action would be made, the intention or knowledge of anything unusual would be cominunicated to neighboring bands by causing one cohiinn of smoke to ascend. E!«tal>li»hiii('iil of a rningi' ; 4|iiii't ; Mal'ety. When a removal of camp has been made, after the signal for Atten- tion has been given, and the party have selected a i)lace where they propose to reinaiTi until there may be a necessity or desire for Iheir re- moxal. two columns of sinoki' are made, to inform their fiiends that they proi)ose to remain at tiiat place. Two columns are also made at other times during a long-continued residence, to inform the neighbor- ing bands that a cam]) still exists, and that all is favoialile and (|uiet. FOUEIGX SMOKE «r(t>!ALS. The following exanii)les of sino^ve signals in foreign lands are added for comparison. Miss Haigli, speaking of the Guduchcx of the Canary Islands at the time of the Spanish conquest, says: "When an enemy approached, they alarnu'd the country by raising a thick smoke or by whistling, which was repeated from one to another. This latter method is still in use anu)ug the people of Teuerirt'e, aud may be heard at an almost in- credible distan(-e." {Tnois. Eth. Soc. Loud, vii, 1809, sec. ser., ])p. ]09, 110.) "The 7iatives have an easy method of telegraphing news to their dis- tant friends. When Sir Thomas Mitchell was traveling through Eastern Australia he often saw columns of smoke ascending through the trees in the foiests, and he soon learned that the natives used the smoke of fires for the purpose of making known his movements to their friends. Near Jlonnt Frazer he observed a dense column of smoke, and subse- quently other smokes arose, extending in a telegraphic line far to the south, along the base of the mountains, and thus communicating to the natives who might be u])on his route homeward the tidings of his return. " When Sir Thomas reached Portland Bay he noticed that when a whale a))peared in the bay the natives were accustomed to send uj) a column of siiiDkc, thus s-ivitit;- timely intiiiialioii to all liir wIimIci-s. It'tlic wluilc should he pursued by out', hont's cicw oidy, it iui,i;lit lie takeu ; hut if pursued by several, it would probalily lie ruu ashore aud heeonie food for the blacks." (Knstcrn Aiisfntll,i, by MaJ. T. L. Mitchell, F. (i. S., vol. ii, ]i. L'U.) .lardiiH', writing- of the ual i\('s of ( 'ape York, says that a coiiniiiiuica- tiou betweeu tile islauders aud tlie ualives of the liiaiulaud is fre(|iient; iiud till' rapid uianner in whicli news is eanied from tribe to tribe, to fl'reat dislauees, is astouishin^-. I was iiiforuied of the ajiproach of Her Majesty's Steamer Salamander, on iier last visit, two days before her arrival heie. lutellijicnee is conveyed by means of files made to thiow uj) smoke in different forms, aud by messeii<;'ers who iierform jou.i;' aud rapid jcuirneys.'' ((^)uoted l)y Smi/th. lor. (v7., vol. 1, p. I.IIJ, iVom Orer- haul E.fpcditiiiii, ]). S,~).) Messengers in all parts of Australia appear to ha\(' used this mode of si,i;ualiu,n-. In Victoria, when travelinji' tlirou.uh the forests, they were aeeustomed to raise smoke by tilliuj;' the hollow of a tree with f;re(?n bouiihs and settiuj^- tire to the trunk at its base; and in this way, as they always selected an elevated position for the fire when they could, their luovenuMits were made known. When engaji'ed in hiintinj;', when tra\t'liug' on secret expeditions, when approaehint;' an eucami)ment, when threatened with daus'ci-, or when foes nu'uaced their friends, the natives made signals by raisiuji' ;i smoke, aud their lii'cs were liiihted in such a way as to ' up signal lights at night, and have wondered how it was done. * * * They take off the head of the arrow and dii> the sliat't in gunpowder, mixed with glue. * * * The gunjiowder adheres to the wood, aud coats it three or four inches from its end to the de|>th of one Ibuith of an inch. Chewed bark mixed with dry gunpowder is then fastened to the stick, and the arrow is ready for use. When it is to be fired, a warrior places it on liis bowstring and draws his bow ready to let it fly: the point of the arrow is then lowered, another warrior lights the dry bark, and it is shot high in the air. \N'heu it has gone ui) a little distance, it bursts out into a flame, aud burns brightly until it falls to 328 theKiouu.l. Varic.us nicniiiii-s ;uc Mttacli.'oes out or before it separates. The Indians send their si;;uals very intellijfently, and seldom make inislakes in t.Oe-raphin.-.-aeh other by these silent monitors. The amount of information th.'V can eomiuunieate by fires and liurniiif;- :irrows is perfectly wondertul. Mvery war party carries with it bundles o|- si-nal arrows."' ( lirhlcn. The While Chief; or Tirelee Yenrx among the WiM liHlixity oflhr I'hiiii.s, pp. KMi, 107. CinciuTuiti and New York, 1.S71.) Willi re-anl to the above, it is i.ossible that while inllueuce has been r,.|t in the mode of si.nualint;- as well as in the use of -unpowder, but it woidd l)e interesting- to learn ifany Indians ado|ite(l a similar exiiedi- cnt before gunpowder was known to them. Dl'sr SKINAI.S. When any fiameoran enemy is discovered, and shoidd the sentincd l)e without ablank.-t,hetlirowsahamllulofdusl up into the air. WIumi the Urules attacke.l the I'onkas, in ISTl', they stood on the blulf and threw ui> dust. {Omahn I ; I'oiiku 1.) Thei-c appears lobe auion.u the Hushmeu a custom of throwing; up^ sand or earth into the air when at a distaucc from home and in need o^f hell, of some kind from those who were there. (Miss L. 0. Lloyd, ^J/S". LeUer, dated July 10, I.SSO, from Charlton House, Mowbray, near Cape Town, Africa.) NOTl-'.S ON CIIF.VKNNK AND AKArAlTO SIGNALS. The followinj;- information was obtained from Wa-I'" {liohfail), Mo- iiiNi KMA-itA IT (/>'/;/ Jlor.se), Cheyenne.s, au- runners. A party is only systcmati.-ally orjianized when several days away from their headquarters, nuhiss circumstances should re.pnrc immediate action. The i)ipe-bearers are appointed, who precede the party while on the march, carryiui;- the i)ipes, and no one is allowed to cross ahead of these indivuluals, or to join the party by riding up before the head of the column, as it would endanger the success of the expedition. All new arrivals fall in from either side or the rear. Upon condiig in sight of any elevations of land likely to aflord a good view of the surrounding country the party come to a halt and secrete 329 selected, ..Iv.n,... U,st l-.i. ..,„,. "'""; ^' " '"' ''='^ " ^'''-'y '-O" i« only .iiscv..., I. :; ,; :v , :;;;:';;;;^ "^'^■" •"'■'•••" •"-■ '-'- areh. motion; if ,,0, ,1... ,ii. I, f"; """" "'-•'• ''■^"..v ol,,.,.,. -th....si.,..and.iisa,,.a,i, no! .: ' ;;:';V' ^"""'-^ ---to i.s ivason to snsiHM.f an ..„..„„. /^ '';--"".s l.-arn.-.l ,l.a, Mht,. closdy wa,du..i 1 v ,1,.. ua i ', ' ,"'"' '''" ='" "'"' '""- •"- ^tiii, si.n„yi,„ »:...,;';. ;,;;;; '■•; -^ ^' -^-" '...• ..,..„. ,0 ,i.. W='"'^"t will, ,1,.. ,„i„ |,„„, ,,,""• . " ''^ "'^"'" '•> ^^''^'-I'in^- .1... quiet!" ' '""'"' '"'"Hn- t,, ,|j,,.,-t "Jie -nt,,-. irtiH-nisnoon:,:,:;;; ;:t:;.T'''^''''='^*''"- '''•''"• horizontally fro,,, ri.l,, ,., i,.,', ,,„| : . , ''"'.'^'•"^ -'■^'■^l-> =""! "a v.-d cl<'ar snrfac... Jf ,1,, ,,,,„, ':' '^ '"'"" •■'■|'"='>"- "'" p4rr::^::"::!;;^;-,:7;. ■;:;;■";;:;:;;-..,;..> ...„„,. «=;;-™::::;:;r,--;rr::;:r;r-r':'"-™-- head; and if o,,,,,,. j, diseo ve.e.^1 t , I . •? " "' '''" ■^'"""''"'■^ •"• left to H,ht) a short di'::" l! ii:,;;; ^'-'^ -<' '^..-.i. (fVon. maneuver. If a lar-e herd of In . ' ." ."-"-V" "''■■^'•'Vi-s can vi.nv the •iuieker ,ait is t,.veM . j;! ^ ':" "; """ '^'^" '"' '"" '"■'•"• ^^ of the hunters is desire.! '^ ^''''.v huj^e or haste on the ,, art they .ave no ,ou.er .e rX^^-Z^tl^l^i;;''^ '' "" ''' & D-4. ,J ifm I .-^ ,^.-4:v\ /.>a;-^ ^^.-^-°-\ /^-.'^"^"^ ,^ :^ /v -ai- /^o ^fc^ /•% -I-^K- /-^^ : ■ z-*,^ y.....%-"v^',.-;..v->°. ....%■■■■• v<.v-.>o - /.-.s yr- \.^- {^'"r %/ ^m-. v ^^^ ^^ ■^""' '^ " s . o ' .0 c^ ,. ,^S- %/ .-^^.X %^** .•*^«^\ \/ ;^<^;. ^^^^ -fm- o'^ .■■'•. "o a'^ o ° " ° ■. "^ :*"/" ■ ^^ ^-"^/^^'.^ .^/.H.;;%^^ ^■^^^iS".^ c// ,0^ \ ^ /^. ^^»:^ .^-^ ■'!^- /\, ^!^ /% -m^^ /^o ■ % .'. ■ '■/ -^ -^ -.^^tf^v / % / ^^ -^ -^z / ^. Vm'')^^ • , o .* c'""" '^^ 0' .''», o i"* t " *= » -^v^ 0" .^'". o A • --^ 4 o^ • » « 3 ..^• i** ./.^-^f^, *^^^. ,->'m-: \/ :-4M. %,^ ; -^ C-- ^^^>'>. o A > V <^^ •^ ■^-5^ ,o- o >-(.-< '% ct.' i;- .x-^-- •^/>^''' =v. .-^'^ ^-^..N^^ ^<.. "oo v\ A ,0' .•< -p. :-■■ ,0^ -^- .^:^;% ^. f^' .'•.','4^. °.s> -.-^^ cy c .'.'%.?r% ■\ s"- >t>^X'. -tr A-^ ^^^^ -\ ^ -^V^ c^^- °^ .A* a^' o. '^ '>, ^ ^ o. ''t A b V" • .-rJ-V " - -^ z, ^^-n^ '<'■ .^^ ,\^ K aT^ * ■•'..■- ."., <>■ «. .^\^ ^. .■v t, C^ -^-0^ o o V ^' ^, '^^ V ' X!; -v ^^•^o-.. .0- ■O. oN- .-N^ .'■ •p O .'.-■• ^ i J' -5s .,^ o. .0- . ;'o ■' ,0- V .-, -. ■'^ -?> ^ A- "''-<■ S "o V-' ^ ' •^■0 ^^'■^^^. ''-'■-.■■■■■. •^ . ^^ ^ */■.■- , ^ A' ^^^ . <\^' v* ^■ -_ . c V ^ --^^.^'^ „ •.-^ x^-r^ 0' s o y ^-0^ %: , V .0' ^^ ^'^:a^'^^'" ,•^ q. v-\" [/ ^^ ,/ • ^4 ( ,0 e c & y ' '' r-* >* ^N^^ • V •^^. • ^0 V. '» = (, 0^ .^ * « .1 'p. ^^^ °-/. .0- •v^' .:■• ^0 o V" c°' .p ■"■£' x %.• "'^ /dobbsbkothcrsN o a\ ' : - , I IIBRIRT BINDING CO INL I ■<" '^ •PS ,0- ^ \' IK -'-se,^ :»6 . ..^ liliiliiiilli iiii^ m * ^lil^ -ill |i